Service LDC850 870

SERVICE
MANUAL
Published in July 99
2AN70761
Revision 1
LDC-850
LDC-870
L
D
C
-
8
5
0
L
D
C
-
8
7
0
Service
M anual
LDC-850
LDC-870
CAUTION : DANGER OF EXPLOSION IF BATTERY IS INCORRECTLY RE-
PLACED. REPLACE ONLY WITH THE SAME OR EQUIVALENT TYPE REC-
OMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. DISPOSE OF USED BATTERIES
ACCORDING TO THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.
CAUTION : DOUBLE-POLE / NEUTRAL FUSING
ATTENTION : IL Y A DANGER D'EXPLOSION S'IL Y A REMPLACEMENT IN-
CORRECT DE LA BATTERIE. REMPLACER UNIQUEMENT AVEC UNE
BATTERIE DU MME TYPE OU D'UN TYPE RECOMMAND PAR LE
CONSTRUCTEUR. METTRE AU RBUT LES BATTERIE USAGES
CONFORMMENT AUX INSTRUCTIONS DU FABRICANT.
Safety Precautions
This booklet provides safety warnings and precautions for our service
personnel to ensure the safety of their customers, their machines as well
as themselves during maintenance activities. Service personnel are
advised to read this booklet carefully to familiarize themselves with the
warnings and precautions described here before engaging in
maintenance activities.
R
Safety warnings and precautions
Various symbols are used to protect our service personnel and
customers from physical danger and to prevent damage to their
property. These symbols are described below:
DANGER : High risk of serious bodily injury or death may result from
insufficient attention to or incorrect compliance with warning
messages using this symbol.
WARNING : Serious bodily injury or death may result from insufficient
attention to or incorrect compliance with warning messages
using this symbol.
CAUTION : Bodily injury or damage to property may result from
insufficient attention to or incorrect compliance with warning
messages using this symbol.
Symbols
The triangle ( ) symbol indicates a warning including danger
and caution. The specific point of attention is shown inside
the symbol.
General warning.
Warning of risk of electric shock.
Warning of high temperature.
indicates a prohibited action. The specific prohibition is
shown inside the symbol.
General prohibited action.
Disassembly prohibited.
indicates that action is required. The specific action
required is shown inside the symbol.
General action required.
Remove the power plug from the wall outlet.
Always ground the copier.
1. Installation Precautions
WARNING
Do not use a power supply with a voltage other than that specified.
Avoid multiple connections to one outlet: they may cause fire or electric
shock. When using an extension cable, always check that it is
adequate for the rated current. ...............................................................
Connect the ground wire to a suitable grounding point. Not grounding
the copier may cause fire or electric shock. Connecting the earth wire
to an object not approved for the purpose may cause explosion or
electric shock. Never connect the ground cable to any of the following:
gas pipes, lightning rods, ground cables for telephone lines and water
pipes or faucets not approved by the proper authorities. ........................
CAUTION:
Do not place the copier on an infirm or angled surface: the copier may
tip over, causing injury. ...........................................................................
Do not install the copier in a humid or dusty place. This may cause fire
or electric shock. .....................................................................................
Do not install the copier near a radiator, heater, other heat source or
near flammable material. This may cause fire. .......................................
Allow sufficient space around the copier to allow the ventilation grills to
keep the machine as cool as possible. Insufficient ventilation may
cause heat buildup and poor copying performance. ...............................
Always handle the machine by the correct locations when moving it. ....
Always use anti-toppling and locking devices on copiers so equipped.
Failure to do this may cause the copier to move unexpectedly or
topple, leading to injury. ..........................................................................
Avoid inhaling toner or developer excessively. Protect the eyes. If toner
or developer is accidentally ingested, drink a lot of water to dilute it in
the stomach and obtain medical attention immediately. If it gets into the
eyes, rinse immediately with copious amounts of water and obtain
medical attention. ....................................................................................
Advice customers that they must always follow the safety warnings and
precautions in the copiers instruction handbook. ...................................
2. Precautions for Maintenance
WARNING
Always remove the power plug from the wall outlet before starting
machine disassembly. ............................................................................
Always follow the procedures for maintenance described in the service
manual and other related brochures. ......................................................
Under no circumstances attempt to bypass or disable safety features
including safety mechanisms and protective circuits. .............................
Always use parts having the correct specifications. ...............................
Always use the thermostat or thermal fuse specified in the service
manual or other related brochure when replacing them. Using a piece
of wire, for example, could lead to fire or other serious accident. ...........
When the service manual or other serious brochure specifies a
distance or gap for installation of a part, always use the correct scale
and measure carefully. ...........................................................................
Always check that the copier is correctly connected to an outlet with a
ground connection. .................................................................................
Check that the power cable covering is free of damage. Check that the
power plug is dust-free. If it is dirty, clean it to remove the risk of fire or
electric shock. .........................................................................................
Never attempt to disassemble the optical unit in machines using lasers.
Leaking laser light may damage eyesight. ..............................................
Handle the charger sections with care. They are charged to high
potentials and may cause electric shock if handled improperly. .............
CAUTION
Wear safe clothing. If wearing loose clothing or accessories such as
ties, make sure they are safely secured so they will not be caught in
rotating sections. .....................................................................................
Use utmost caution when working on a powered machine. Keep away
from chains and belts. .............................................................................
Handle the fixing section with care to avoid burns as it can be
extremely hot. .........................................................................................
Check that the fixing unit thermistor, heat and press rollers are clean.
Dirt on them can cause abnormally high temperatures. .........................
Do not remove the ozone filter, if any, from the copier except for
routine replacement. ...............................................................................
Do not pull on the AC power cord or connector wires on high-voltage
components when removing them; always hold the plug itself. ..............
Do not route the power cable where it may be stood on or trapped. If
necessary, protect it with a cable cover or other appropriate item. ........
Treat the ends of the wire carefully when installing a new charger wire
to avoid electric leaks. ............................................................................
Remove toner completely from electronic components. .........................
Run wire harnesses carefully so that wires will not be trapped or
damaged. ................................................................................................
After maintenance, always check that all the parts, screws, connectors
and wires that were removed, have been refitted correctly. Special
attention should be paid to any forgotten connector, trapped wire and
missing screws. ......................................................................................
Check that all the caution labels that should be present on the machine
according to the instruction handbook are clean and not peeling.
Replace with new ones if necessary. ......................................................
Handle greases and solvents with care by following the instructions
below: .....................................................................................................
Use only a small amount of solvent at a time, being careful not to
spill. Wipe spills off completely.
Ventilate the room well while using grease or solvents.
Allow applied solvents to evaporate completely before refitting the
covers or turning the main switch on.
Always wash hands afterwards.
Never dispose of toner or toner bottles in fire. Toner may cause
sparks when exposed directly to fire in a furnace, etc. .........................
Should smoke be seen coming from the copier, remove the power
plug from the wall outlet immediately. ..................................................
3. Miscellaneous
WARNING
Never attempt to heat the drum or expose it to any organic solvents
such as alcohol, other than the specified refiner; it may generate toxic
gas. .........................................................................................................
2AN
CONTENTS
I THEORY AND CONSTRUCTION SECTION
1-1 Specifications
1-1-1 Specifications ................................................................................ 1-1-1
1-2 Handling Precautions
1-2-1 Consumables ................................................................................ 1-2-1
1-2-2 Precaution for Operation ............................................................... 1-2-1
1-2-3 Document ...................................................................................... 1-2-2
1-2-4 Paper ............................................................................................. 1-2-3
1-3 Mechanical Construction
1-3-1 Names of machine parts and their functions ................................. 1-3-1
1-3-2 Machine cross section ................................................................... 1-3-6
1-3-3 Drive system ................................................................................. 1-3-7
1-3-4 Mechanical construction .............................................................. 1-3-11
II ELECTRICAL SECTION
2-1 Electrical Parts Layout
2-1-1 Layout of electrical parts ............................................................... 2-1-1
2-2 Detection of Paper Misfeed
2-2-1 Paper jam detection ...................................................................... 2-2-1
2-2-2 Paper jam detection conditions ..................................................... 2-2-2
2-3 Operation of the PCBs
2-3-1 Configuration of electrical circuits ................................................. 2-3-1
2-3-2 Power source PCB ........................................................................ 2-3-2
2-3-3 Control PCB .................................................................................. 2-3-3
2-3-4 Network control unit PCB .............................................................. 2-3-4
2-3-5 Operation unit PCB ....................................................................... 2-3-5
III SET UP AND ADJUSTMENT SECTION
3-1 Installation
3-1-1 Unpacking and installation ............................................................ 3-1-1
3-1-2 Setting and registering data ........................................................ 3-1-14
3-1-3 Installing the RS-232C board (Option) ........................................ 3-1-17
3-1-4 Installing the GDI (Printer) board (Option) .................................. 3-1-20
3-1-5 Installing the Dual line kit (Option) .............................................. 3-1-23
3-1-6 Memory (memory board) expansion ........................................... 3-1-32
3-2 Maintenance Mode
3-2-1 Outline of service mode and test mode......................................... 3-2-1
3-2-2 Service mode ................................................................................ 3-2-2
3-2-3 Test mode ................................................................................... 3-2-47
3-3 Assembly and Disassembly
3-3-1 Precautions for assembly and disassembly .................................. 3-3-1
3-3-2 Outer covers .................................................................................. 3-3-2
3-3-3 Paper feed section ........................................................................ 3-3-5
3-3-4 Document feed/image reading sections (ADF) ........................... 3-3-13
3-3-5 Optical section ............................................................................. 3-3-23
3-3-6 Fixing section .............................................................................. 3-3-24
3-3-7 Eject section ................................................................................ 3-3-32
2AN-1/2AP
3-3-8 PCBs ........................................................................................... 3-3-35
3-3-9 Adjustments ................................................................................ 3-3-42
3-4 PCB Initial Settings
3-4-1 Replacing the control PCB ............................................................ 3-4-1
3-4-2 Non-adjustable variable resistors (VR) ......................................... 3-4-7
3-5 Self-Diagnosis
3-5-1 Abnormality detection .................................................................... 3-5-1
3-5-2 Error code tables ........................................................................... 3-5-2
3-6 Troubleshooting
3-6-1 Image formation problems ............................................................ 3-6-1
3-6-2 Paper jams .................................................................................. 3-6-12
3-6-3 PCB terminal voltages ................................................................. 3-6-15
3-6-4 Electrical problems ...................................................................... 3-6-22
3-7 Appendixes
Timing chart No. 1 .................................................................................... 3-7-1
Timing chart No. 2 .................................................................................... 3-7-2
Timing chart No. 3 .................................................................................... 3-7-3
Power source PCB ................................................................................... 3-7-4
Network control unit PCB.......................................................................... 3-7-5
Control PCB 1/8 (Standard modem speed 14400 model) ........................ 3-7-6
Control PCB 5/8 (Standard modem speed 14400 model) ...................... 3-7-10
Control PCB 1/8 (Standard modem speed 33600 model) ................... 3-7-13-1
Operation unit PCB (Standard modem speed 14400 model) ................. 3-7-14
Operation unit PCB (Standard modem speed 33600 model) .............. 3-7-14-1
Connection diagram................................................................................ 3-7-15
Wiring diagram........................................................................................ 3-7-16
2AN
CONTENTS
1-1 Specifications
1-1-1 Specifications ...................................................................................... 1-1-1
2AN-1/2AP
1-1-1
1-1-1 Specifications
Type ............................................... Desktop transceiver
Power source ................................. 120 V AC, 60 Hz, 5.4 A
Power consumption ....................... Rated: Approx. 700 W (120 V AC)
In the auto shut-off mode: 30 W or less (120 V AC)
Dimensions .................................... 425 mm (W) 505 mm (D) 436 mm (H)
16
3
/4" (W) 19
7
/8" (D) 17
3
/16" (H)
Weight ............................................ 21 kg (46
3
/16 lbs)
Option ............................................ Handset, Paper feed unit, Memory board (2 MB,
4 MB, 8 MB), GDI board, RS-232C board,
Dual line kit
Facsimile function
Applicable line ................................ Subscription telephone line
Compatibility .................................. Group 3 (standard modem speed 14400 model)
Super Group 3 (standard modem speed 33600
model)
Communication system.................. Half-duplex
Modulation ..................................... TCM, QAM, PhM
Encoding system............................ MMR, MR, MH (standard modem speed 14400
model)
MMR, MR, MH, JBIG (standard modem speed
33600 model)
Error Correction ............................. ITU-T ECM
Modem speed ................................ Standard modem speed 14400 model
14400/12000/9600/7200/4800/2400 (bps) (with
automatic fallback)
Standard modem speed 33600 model
33600/31200/28800/36400/24000/21600/19200/
16800/14400/12000/9600/7200/4800/2400 (bps)
(with automatic fallback)
Minimum transmission rate ............ Standard modem speed 14400 model
10 ms/line (nomal mode), 5 ms/line (fine mode)
5 ms/line (nomal mode), 5 ms/line (fine mode)
Transmission time .......................... Standard modem speed 14400 model
Approx. 7 sec. (14400 bps, Memory transmission,
MMR (ECM), ITU-T #1 chart)
Approx. 3 sec. (33600 bps, Memory transmission,
JBIG (ECM), ITU-T #1 chart)
Memory capacity ............................ Standard modem speed 14400 model : 1.25 MB
(standard)
Standard modem speed 33600 model : 3.25 MB
(standard)
Resolution mode ............................ Normal mode, Fine mode, Super fine mode, Half
tone mode
Gray-scale ...................................... 64 levels
Features ......................................... Refer to Table 1-1-1 on page 1-1-2 and Table 1-1-2
on page 1-1-2-1.
2AN-1
1-1-2
Operation features One-touch dialing (45 destinations)
Abbreviated number dialing (100 destinations)
Program dialing *1
Group dialing *1
Chain dialing (45 destinations)
Auto redialing
Manual redialing *2
Remote reception *2
Auto FAX/TEL switching *2
D.R.D. (Distinctive ring service) reception *2
TAD reception *2
Duplex fax transmission/reception
Standby transmission
Polling communication (Polling transmission, Polling
reception, Continuous polling reception)
F-code based confidential transmission
F-code based relay broadcast transmission
Auto clear function
Auto shut-off function
Reliability features TTI transmission (Transmit Terminal Identifier)
ECM communication
Password check communication
Memory back-up (10min.)
Encryption communication
Remote diagnosis
Report features Activity report Transmission report
Reception report Restricted access report
Delayed communication report Confirmation report
User setting list Confidential box report
Relay box report Encryption key list
Department list
Memory features Memory reception
Broadcast transmission (145 destinations)
F-code based confidential communication (10 confidential
boxes)
Restricted Access (department code: 50)
Dual access
Batch transmission
Fax forwarding
Telephone features Directory
*1: It is possible to register under one-touch keys. Each of the 20 keys can be
designated to function as either a program key or a group dial key.
*2: When the optional dual line kit is attached to the machine and two lines are used,
those functions will be unavailable.
Table 1-1-1 (Standard modem speed 14400 model)
2AP
1-1-2-1
Operation features One-touch dialing (70 destinations)
Abbreviated number dialing (170 destinations)
Program dialing *1
Group dialing *1
Chain dialing (70 destinations)
Auto redialing
Manual redialing *2
Remote reception *2
Auto FAX/TEL switching *2
D.R.D. (Distinctive ring service) reception *2
TAD reception *2
Duplex fax transmission/reception
Standby transmission
Polling communication (Polling transmission, Polling
reception, Continuous polling reception)
F-code based confidential transmission
F-code based relay broadcast transmission
Auto clear function
Auto shut-off function
Reliability features TTI transmission (Transmit Terminal Identifier)
ECM communication
Password check communication
Memory back-up (10min.)
Encryption communication
Remote diagnosis
Report features Activity report Transmission report
Reception report Restricted access report
Delayed communication report Confirmation report
User setting list Confidential box report
Relay box report Encryption key list
Department list
Memory features Memory reception
Broadcast transmission (200 destinations)
F-code based confidential communication (20 confidential
boxes)
Restricted Access (department code: 50)
Dual access
Batch transmission
Fax forwarding
Telephone features Directory
*2: When the optional dual line kit is attached to the machine and two lines are used,
those functions will be unavailable.
This page is intentionally left blank.
2AN-1
1-1-3
Copy function
Copy speed .................................... 8 sheets/min. (A4R/8
1
/2" 11"R, equal
magnification)
Resolution mode ............................ Normal mode, Fine mode, Super fine mode,
Half tone mode
Copy mode ..................................... Sort copy, Group copy
Magnification ratios ........................ In the normal mode, the fine mode, and the half-
tone mode; 50 - 200% (1% increments)
In the super fine mode; 70-200% (1% increments)
Continuous copying ....................... 1 - 99 sheets
Document image reading section (ADF)
Scanning system............................ Flat bed scanning by the contact image sensor
Auxiliary scanning line density ....... Horizontal/Vertical (600 600 dpi max.)
Normal (8 dots/mm 3.85 lines/mm)
Fine (8 dots/mm 7.7 lines/mm)
Super fine (8 dots/mm 15.4 lines/mm)
Document reading system ............. Document moving system
Light source ................................... LED
Document set position ................... Width adjustable with the document centered on the
contact image sensor
Document feed............................... Automatic feed
(Up to 50 documents (75 - 80g/m
2
) can be set at
one time. However, paper of any thickness other
than 75 - 80g/m
2
or paper of a size of smaller than
5
1
/2" - 4
1
/2" should be fed one sheet at a time.)
Document type ............................... Sheet
Maximum document size ............... A4R/8
1
/2" 14"R
Document width ............................. 140 - 216 mm, 5
1
/2" - 8
1
/2"
Document length ............................ 105 - 1000 mm, 4
1
/8" - 39
3
/8"
Document thickness ....................... 50 - 160 g/m
2
Paper type ...................................... Plain paper, Special paper (color paper, thermal
paper, art paper, letterhead) (Special paper should
be fed one sheet at a time.)
Effective scanning width ................ A4R: 202 mm or more, 8
1
/2" 11"R: 208 mm or
more
2AN
1-1-4
Printing section
Printing system .............................. Laser diode and electrophotography
Warm-up time ................................ 30 sec. or less (at 20C/68F, 65% RH)
Paper feed system ......................... Automatic feeding from the paper cassette
Paper capacity ............................... Paper cassette: 500 sheets (75 - 80g/m
2
)
Paper size ...................................... A4R, Folio/8
1
/2" 14"R, 8
1
/2 11"R
Paper type...................................... Plain paper (75 - 80g/m
2
)
Drum charging system ................... Single positive corona charge
Exposure light source .................... Laser diode
Scanning ........................................ Polygon mirror
Photoconductor .............................. OPC (drum, 30 mm in diameter)
Developing system......................... Dry non-magnetic reverse developing
(1) Developer: Single-component
(2) Toner replenishment: Toner cartridge
replacement
Image transfer system ................... Transfer roller
Separation system ......................... Curvature separation
Cleaning system ............................ Blade cleaning
Toner disposal system ................... Toner disposal tank
Charge erasing system .................. Exposure by the cleaning lamp
Fixing system ................................. Heat roller
(1) Heat source: Halogen heater (550 W: 120 V AC)
(2) Control temperature: 185-170C/365-338F
(3) Abnormally high temperature preventive
measure: 140C/284F (Thermostat)
(4) Fixing pressure: 51 N (one side: 25.5 N)
2AN
CONTENTS
1-2 Handling Precautions
1-2-1 Consumables ...................................................................................... 1-2-1
(1) Paper ........................................................................................... 1-2-1
(2) Imaging unit ................................................................................. 1-2-1
(3) Toner cartridge ............................................................................ 1-2-1
1-2-2 Precaution for Operation ..................................................................... 1-2-1
1-2-3 Document ............................................................................................ 1-2-2
(1) Type of documents ...................................................................... 1-2-2
1-2-4 Paper .................................................................................................. 1-2-3
(1) Type of paper .............................................................................. 1-2-3
2AN
1-2-1
1-2-1 Consumables
(1) Paper
Keep paper in a cool and dry place away from direct sunlight. If the machine is not
going to be used for a long period, remove the paper from the paper cassette and seal
in the wrapping paper it was originally supplied in.
(2) Imaging unit
Keep the imaging unit in a cool and dry place away from direct sunlight. Always store it
horizontally. Storing it upside down or on its side may result in poor printing or leaking
toner.
(3) Toner cartridge
Keep the toner cartridge in a cool and dry place away from direct sunlight. Always store
it horizontally. Do not store it on its side.
1-2-2 Precaution for Operation
1. Do not open the machine while printing is in progress; it will cause a jam.
2. Attach the paper cassette correctly. A jam may otherwise occur.
3. Do not open the ADF cover while document reading is in progress; it will cause a
jam.
4. Adjust the position of the width guides to match the width of a document to be
used. A jam may otherwise occur.
5. Do not set documents of different sizes on the document table at one time. A jam
may otherwise occur.
6. Replace the toner cartridge when the message of ADD TONER appears on the
message display to keep the printed image clean and clear.
Once the toner cartridge is attached, do not remove it until the message of ADD
TONER appears.
7. Replace the imaging unit when the message of REPLACE IU appears on the
message display to keep the printed image clean and clear.
8. Always keep the imaging unit horizontally.
9. While checking the laser scanning unit, PROTECT yourself from the laser, which
is invisible and cam harm the eyes.
2AN
1-2-2
1-2-3 Document
(1) Types of documents
This machine can use the following types of documents
Type: Sheet
Size: A4R, Folio/8
1
/2" 14"R, 8
1
/2" 11"R
(Width: 140 mm - 216 mm, 5
1
/2" - 8
1
/2", Length: 128 mm - 1000 mm, 5
1
/16" - 39
1
/4")
Thickness: 50g/m
2
- 160g/m
2
Capacity: Up to 50 sheets
(However, paper of any thickness other than 75 - 80 g/m
2
or paper of a size of smaller
than 5
1
/2" - 4
1
/2" should be fed one sheet at a time.)
Material: Plain paper, Special paper (color paper thermal paper, art paper, letterhead)
(Special paper should be fed one sheet at a time.)
[Precautions]
The areas within 10 mm from top and bottom or 4 mm from right and left sides of a
document may not be transmitted.
The size of paper printed at a destination party may differ from that of paper which
was used for transmitting.
When a document of a length of longer than the maximum length is set on the ADF,
this is treated as a document jam and DOCUMENT JAM appears on the message
display.
Very low density characters may not be printed at a destination unit.
Do not transmit hand-written or stamped documents until they are completely dry.
Remove clips and staples from documents before transmitting. (After removing
staples, fan documents to ensure they do not stick together.)
Documents that do not meet size and thickness requirements described above may
not be transmitted successfully.
Do not feed different-size documents through the ADF simultaneously or jams may
occur.
If some documents are crinkled, bent, or curled, make those documents flat, and be
careful to insert them.
2AN
1-2-3
1-2-4 Paper
(1) Types of paper
This machine can use the following types of paper.
Size: A4R, Folio/8
1
/2" 14R, 8
1
/2" 11"R
(Note that the size of paper which can be received with the facsimile is only
A4R/8
1
/2" 14"R and 8
1
/2" 11"R.)
Thickness: 75g/m
2
- 80g/m
2
Material: Plain paper (75g/m
2
- 80g/m
2
)
Capacity: Up to 500 sheets
[Precautions]
Do not use the following paper; otherwise paper jams or machine problems may occur.
Sheets with punched holes, perforations, tears, folds, or creases.
Damp or curled sheets.
Sheets with staples or clips.
Sheets that have already been passed through copiers or printers.
Sheets with glue or adhesive on them.
2AN-1/2AP
CONTENTS
1-3 Mechanical Construction
1-3-1 Parts names and their functions ......................................................... 1-3-1
(1) Main body .................................................................................... 1-3-1
(2) Operation panel (Standard modem speed 14400 model) ........... 1-3-3
(3) Operation panel (Standard modem speed 33600 model) ........ 1-3-5-1
1-3-2 Machine cross section ........................................................................ 1-3-6
1-3-3 Drive system ....................................................................................... 1-3-7
1-3-4 Mechanical construction ................................................................... 1-3-11
(1) Document feed/image reading sections (ADF) ......................... 1-3-11
(2) Paper feed section ..................................................................... 1-3-13
(3) Laser scanning unit .................................................................... 1-3-16
(4) Imaging unit ............................................................................... 1-3-19
(5) Transfer/charge erasing sections .............................................. 1-3-24
(6) Fixing section ............................................................................ 1-3-25
(7) Duplex/eject sections ................................................................ 1-3-27
2AN-1/2AP
1-3-1
1-3-1 Names of machine parts and their functions
(1) Main body
1 3
2
0
4
7
!
%
8
5
9
6
Figure 1-3-1
1Operation panel ...................... Use to operate the machine.
2Document table ....................... Set documents to be transmitted and copied here.
3Document guides .................... Adjust to match the width of documents.
4ADF (Automatic Document Feeder)
cover ....................................... Open when a document jams.
5Main body release button........ Press to open the machine.
6Document eject tray ................ Once ejected, documents are stacked on this tray.
7Paper eject table ..................... Once ejected, received faxes and copies are stacked
on this table.
8Paper eject table extensions ... Fold open when receiving faxes or making copies.
9Paper cassette ........................ Up to 500 sheets of plain paper (75 g/m
2
-
80 g/m
2
) can be set here.
0Cover plate.............................. One cover plate (Standard modem speed 14400
model) or two cover plates (Standard modem speed
33600 model) are attached to the one-touch keys.
Flip the attached cover plate up or down in order to
access the desired one-touch key number.
!Duplex unit .............................. Open if a paper jam occurs during print out of a
Duplex fax reception or when making Duplex copies.
(Front view)
2AN
1-3-2
%
^
&
*
$
@
#
(
)
Figure 1-3-2
@Imaging unit ............................ This unit plays a major role in creating the image on
received faxes and copies. When a message is
displayed which tells you to replace the imaging unit,
replace the old unit with a new one.
#Toner cartridge........................ When a message telling you to replace the toner
cartridge is displayed, replace the old unit with a new
one.
$Toner cartridge release lever ... Use this lever when replacing the toner cartridge.
%Fax moving handles ................ Hold these handles when moving the machine.
^Telephone jack........................ Use this jack to connect a separately purchased
telephone.
&Line jack .................................. Use this jack to connect the machine to a telephone
line with the supplied modular cord.
*Power receptacle .................... Connect the supplied power cord here.
(Memory slot cover (M1) ........... Open this cover when the optional memory board is
installed.
)Memory slot cover (M2) ........... Open this cover when the optional memory board is
installed while the optional dual line kit is installed.
(Rear view)
(Internal view)
2AN-1
1-3-3
(2) Operation panel (Standard modem speed 14400 model)
1
#
3
DEF
5
JKL
6
MNO
4
GHI
8
TUV WXYZ
9 7
PQRS
0
OPER
*
2
ABC
Copy/
Space
Darker
Lighter
Half-Tone
Super Fine
Fine
TAD
Auto Rx.
Document
in Memory
Error
PC-On Line
Pause/
Redial
Abbr./
Directory
Memory
Tx.
Clear/
On-Hook
Stop
Reset /
Send
Enter
A4 A4
8
1
2 8
1
2
26 27 28 29 30
21 22 23 24 25
31 32 33 34 35
36 37 38 39 40
41 42 43 44 45
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20
ABC DEF GHI JKL MNO
PQR ST UVW XYZ
Caps Lock
Alternate
Display
Print
Reports Duplex
Delayed
Tx. Function
*
# 0~9 @ / . : ( ) &
? [ ] % ! =
%
@! 231)5467
^& 90 8 * $ # (
With the cover plate flipped down
Figure 1-3-3
1Reset/Stop key ............ Press to stop operations in progress, revert to the initial
mode, or eject documents from the ADF (Automatic
Document Feeder).
2Copy/Space key .......... Press in order to make copies or to change a character into
a space during input of the other partys name or fax
number.
3Send key ...................... Press to start fax transmission, manual fax reception or
other operations.
4Clear/On-Hook key ...... Press to dial without the need to pick up the telephone
receiver or to erase a registered fax number or other data
when registering and canceling data under a given function.
5On-Hook indicator ....... Lit when the Clear/On-Hook key has been pressed while
the telephone receiver is still on the hook.
6Pause/Redial key......... Press to redial the last number dialed. Press also while
registering a fax number under an abbreviated number or
one-touch key in order to insert a pause of a few seconds
at that point in dialing.
7Abbr./Directory key ..... Press to dial with abbreviated numbers or to search the
directory for names that are registered under abbreviated
number.
2AN
1-3-4
1
#
3
DEF
5
JKL
6
MNO
4
GHI
8
TUV WXYZ
9 7
PQRS
0
OPER
*
2
ABC
Copy/
Space
Darker
Lighter
Half-Tone
Super Fine
Fine
TAD
Auto Rx.
Document
in Memory
Error
PC-On Line
Pause/
Redial
Abbr./
Directory
Memory
Tx.
Clear/
On-Hook
Stop
Reset /
Send
Enter
A4 A4
8
1
2 8
1
2
26 27 28 29 30
21 22 23 24 25
31 32 33 34 35
36 37 38 39 40
41 42 43 44 45
(
With the cover plate flipped up
Figure 1-3-4
8Message display ................... Displays the present date, time, operation
procedures and trouble, etc.
9Resolution select key ........... Press to select the degree of resolution most suitable
to the documents being transmitted or copied.
0Resolution indicators ........... The uppermost indicator is for the Half-Tone mode,
the middle indicator is for the Super Fine mode, and
the lowermost indicator is for the Fine mode. Press
the resolution select key to light the resolution
indicator corresponding to the desired mode. When
all of the indicators are out, the machine is in the
Normal mode.
!Reception mode select key ..... Press to select the desired reception mode.
@Reception mode indicators ..... The upper indicator is for the TAD reception mode.
The bottom indictor is for the auto fax reception mode.
When using a separately purchased telephone with
answering machine capabilities in conjunction with the
machine, press the reception mode select key until the
TAD indicator light. When using the auto fax reception
mode, make sure the Auto Rx. indicator is lit. When
using the manual fax reception mode with a
separately purchased telephone connected to the
machine, both indicators should be out.
#Function key .......................... Press to select one of the machines functions or
registration procedures.
$Enter key ................................ Press during registration and setting procedures to
register the currently entered data under a given
function.
%PC-On line indicator ............. Lit when the machine is to be used as a printer or
scanner.
Êrror indicator ....................... Lit when a communications error or mechanical
problem has occurred.
2AN-1
1-3-5
&Document in
Memory indicator ........ Lit when there are documents stored in memory.
*Numeric keys............... Use to enter fax numbers.
* Even if your telephone service is for pulse dialing, press the
key after connecting to the other party and any key
pressed on the key pad after that will transit the related
tone signal.
(One-touch keys ........... Press to dial the fax number registered under the
(No.1-45) corresponding one-touch key, as well as to enter one of the
characters marked under that key. Each of these keys can
be also designated to function as either a program key, a
group dial key or a chain dial key. Flip the cover plate
down to access one-touch keys No.1-20, and flip it up to
access one-touch keys No.21-45. When entering
characters, flip the cover plate down and press the one-
touch key (No.1-15) marked with the desired character.
One-touch key No.19 serves as the Caps Lock key.
)Memory Tx. indicator .. Lit in the Memory transmission mode. When this indicator
is out, the machine is in the Direct Feed transmission
mode.
Alternate Display key.. When carrying out 2 operations simultaneously (Dual
access function), the display can be switched for the
duration this key is held down to allow monitoring of the
background operation currently in progress. If the Reset/
Stop key is pressed while this key is held down, it is
possible to cancel that background operation.
Print Reports key ........ Press to print out a desired report or list.
Delayed Tx. key ........... Press to perform procedures for communications which use
the timer.
Memory Tx. key ........... Press to select between the Memory transmission and
Direct Feed transmission modes.
Cursor keys (O) (P) ... Press to scroll through the message display and select the
desired function and/or setting. When entering characters,
the (P) cursor key is also used to register the selected
character.
Duplex key ................... Press this key when transmitting 2-sided documents or
making Duplex (2-sided) copies.
Contrast select key ..... Press to select the level of contrast most suitable to the
documents being transmitted or copied.
Contrast indicators ..... Press the contrast select key to light the contrast indicator
corresponding to the desired mode. Make sure the
Darker indicator is lit in order to increase the contrast of
lighter documents and the Lighter indicator in order to
reduce the contrast of darker documents. When both of the
indicators are out, the machine is in the Normal mode.
2AP
1-3-5-1
(3) Operation panel (Standard modem speed 33600 model)
1
#
3
DEF
5
JKL
6
MNO
4
GHI
8
TUV WXYZ
9 7
PQRS
0
OPER
*
2
ABC
Copy/
Space
Darker
Lighter
Half-Tone
Super Fine
Fine
TAD
Auto Rx.
Document
in Memory
Error
PC-On Line
Pause/
Redial
Abbr./
Directory
Memory
Tx.
Clear/
On-Hook
Reset /
Stop
Send
Enter
A4 A4
8
1
2 8
1
2
51 52 53 54 55
46 47 48 49 50
56 57 58 59 60
61 62 63 64 65
66 67 68 69 70
26 27 28 29 30
21 22 23 24 25
31 32 33 34 35
36 37 38 39 40
41 42 43 44 45
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20
ABC DEF GHI JKL MNO
PQR ST UVW XYZ
Caps Lock
Alternate
Display
Print
Reports Duplex
Delayed
Tx. Function
*
# 0~9 @ / . : ( ) &
? [ ] % ! =
%
@! 231)5467
^& 90 8 * $ #
(
With both cover plates down
Figure 1-3-4-1
1Reset/Stop key ............ Press to stop operations in progress, revert to the initial
mode, or eject documents from the ADF (Automatic
Document Feeder).
2Copy/Space key .......... Press in order to make copies or to change a character into
a space during input of the other partys name or fax
number.
3Send key ...................... Press to start fax transmission, manual fax reception or
other operations.
4Clear/On-Hook key ...... Press to dial without the need to pick up the telephone
receiver or to erase a registered fax number or other data
when registering and canceling data under a given function.
5On-Hook indicator ....... Lit when the Clear/On-Hook key has been pressed while
the telephone receiver is still on the hook.
6Pause/Redial key......... Press to redial the last number dialed. Press also while
registering a fax number under an abbreviated number or
one-touch key in order to insert a pause of a few seconds
at that point in dialing.
7Abbr./Directory key ..... Press to dial with abbreviated numbers or to search the
directory for names that are registered under abbreviated
number.
2AP
1-3-5-2
Copy/
Space
Pause/
Redial
Abbr./
Directory
Memory
Tx.
Clear/
On-Hook
Reset /
Stop
Send
Enter
A4
8
1
2
51 52 53 54 55
46 47 48 49 50
56 57 58 59 60
61 62 63 64 65
66 67 68 69 70
26 27 28 29 30
21 22 23 24 25
31 32 33 34 35
36 37 38 39 40
41 42 43 44 45
(
Copy/
Space
Pause/
Redial
Abbr./
Directory
Memory
Tx.
Clear/
On-Hook
Reset /
Stop
Send
Enter
A4
8
1
2
51 52 53 54 55
46 47 48 49 50
56 57 58 59 60
61 62 63 64 65
66 67 68 69 70
(
With one cover plate up With both cover plates up
Figure 1-3-4-2
8Message display ................... Displays the present date, time, operation
procedures and trouble, etc.
9Resolution select key ........... Press to select the degree of resolution most suitable
to the documents being transmitted or copied.
0Resolution indicators ........... The uppermost indicator is for the Half-Tone mode,
the middle indicator is for the Super Fine mode, and
the lowermost indicator is for the Fine mode. Press
the resolution select key to light the resolution
indicator corresponding to the desired mode. When
all of the indicators are out, the machine is in the
Normal mode.
!Reception mode select key ..... Press to select the desired reception mode.
@Reception mode indicators ..... The upper indicator is for the TAD reception mode.
The bottom indictor is for the auto fax reception mode.
When using a separately purchased telephone with
answering machine capabilities in conjunction with the
machine, press the reception mode select key until the
TAD indicator light. When using the auto fax reception
mode, make sure the Auto Rx. indicator is lit. When
using the manual fax reception mode with a
separately purchased telephone connected to the
machine, both indicators should be out.
#Function key .......................... Press to select one of the machines functions or
registration procedures.
$Enter key ................................ Press during registration and setting procedures to
register the currently entered data under a given
function.
%PC-On line indicator ............. Lit when the machine is to be used as a printer or
scanner.
Êrror indicator ....................... Lit when a communications error or mechanical
problem has occurred.
2AP
1-3-5-3
&Document in
Memory indicator ........ Lit when there are documents stored in memory.
*Numeric keys............... Use to enter fax numbers.
* Even if your telephone service is for pulse dialing, press the
key after connecting to the other party and any key
pressed on the key pad after that will transit the related
tone signal.
(One-touch keys ........... Press to dial the fax number registered under the
(No.1-70) corresponding one-touch key, as well as to enter one of the
characters marked under that key. Each of these keys can
be also designated to function as either a program key, a
group dial key, or a chain dial key. Flip both cover plates
down to access one-touch keys No.1-20, flip the top plate
up to access one-touch keys No.21-45 and flip both plates
up to access one-touch keys No.46-70. When entering
characters, flip both cover plates down and press the one-
touch key (No.1-15) marked with the desired character.
One-touch key No.19 serves as the Caps Lock key.
)Memory Tx. indicator .. Lit in the Memory transmission mode. When this indicator
is out, the machine is in the Direct Feed transmission
mode.
Alternate Display key.. When carrying out 2 operations simultaneously (Dual
access function), the display can be switched for the
duration this key is held down to allow monitoring of the
background operation currently in progress. If the Reset/
Stop key is pressed while this key is held down, it is
possible to cancel that background operation.
Print Reports key ........ Press to print out a desired report or list.
Delayed Tx. key ........... Press to perform procedures for communications which use
the timer.
Memory Tx. key ........... Press to select between the Memory transmission and
Direct Feed transmission modes.
Cursor keys (O) (P) ... Press to scroll through the message display and select the
desired function and/or setting. When entering characters,
the (P) cursor key is also used to register the selected
character.
Duplex key ................... Press this key when transmitting 2-sided documents or
making Duplex (2-sided) copies.
Contrast select key ..... Press to select the level of contrast most suitable to the
documents being transmitted or copied.
Contrast indicators ..... Press the contrast select key to light the contrast indicator
corresponding to the desired mode. Make sure the
Darker indicator is lit in order to increase the contrast of
lighter documents and the Lighter indicator in order to
reduce the contrast of darker documents. When both of the
indicators are out, the machine is in the Normal mode.
2AN
1-3-6
1-3-2 Machine cross section
Paper conveying path
Laser beam path
Document conveying path
1
7
7
2
3
4
6
5
Figure 1-3-5 Machine cross section
1Document feed/image reading sections (ADF) (Page 1-3-11)
2Paper feed section (Page 1-3-13)
3Laser scanning unit (Page 1-3-16)
4Imaging unit (Page 1-3-19)
5Transfer/charge erasing sections (Page 1-3-24)
6Fixing section (Page 1-3-25)
7Duplex/eject sections (Page 1-3-27)
2AN
1-3-7
1-3-3 Drive system
)
*
&
(
^
%
$
1
2
3
#
@
!
0
4
5
6
7
8
9
Figure 1-3-6 Drive system 1 (Printing section)
1Main motor gear
2IU gear 138/27
3Paper feed gear 54/30
4Paper feed gear 52/30
5Paper feed gear 41
6Paper feed gear 30
7Paper feed gear 46
8Paper conveying roller gear
9Paper feed gear 31
0Registration clutch gear
!Drum gear 62
@Drum drive gear
#Idle gear 59
$Paper feed drive gear
%Fixing drive gear 46/16
^Fixing joint gear
&Heat roller gear
*Fixing gear 25/17
(Developing gear 24
)Middle roller gear 14/20
2AN
1-3-8
@
!
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
1
2
Figure 1-3-7 Drive system 2 (Duplex/eject sections)
1Eject roller gear
2Developing spiral gear
3Feedshift drive gear 18/22
4Idle gear 52
5Eject drive gear 116/34
6Duplex motor gear
7Duplex gear 112/50
8Idle gear 37
9Idle gear 30
0Duplex roller gear A
!Idle gear 58
@Duplex roller gear B
2AN
1-3-9
#
@
!
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2 1
Figure 1-3-8 Drive system 3 (Document feed section (ADF)
1ADF eject pulley 36
2ADF paper conveying belt
3ADF motor gear
4ADF paper conveying pulley 36
5ADF paper conveying gear 29
6Idle gear 40
7ADF forwarding gear
8ADF paper feed gear 59
9ADF paper feed gear 18
0ADF paper conveying belt pulley
!Idle gear 56
@Idle gear 53/25
#ADF paper conveying belt pulley
2AN
1-3-10
2
3
4
7
8
9
0
!
5
6
1
@
Figure 1-3-9 Drive system 4 (Imaging unit)
1Drum flange left gear
2Spiral gear 13
3Idle gear 13
4Drum idle gear
5Coupling gear 33
6Coupling gear 35/35
7Agitation gear 35
8Agitation idle gear
9Replenishment roller gear 16
0Developing idle gear 14
!Developing roller gear 14
@Drum drive gear (machine main body)
2AN
1-3-11
1-3-4 Mechanical construction
(1) Document feed/image reading sections (ADF)
The document feed/image reading sections consist of the components shown in Figure
1-3-10. Those sections convey documents set on the document table to the contact
image sensor (CIS) and read the document images.
When the document detection switch (DDSW) is turned on by placing documents on the
document table, the ADF motor (ADFM) starts rotating, and the set documents are fed
and stacked between the forwarding retainer and the ADF forwarding pulley for the
standby condition of sending faxes or making copies (ADF standby operation). When
the ADF standby operation is complete, the ADF motor (ADFM) stops rotating.
Pressing the Send key or Copy/Space key makes the ADF motor (ADFM) start rotating,
and starts feeding the set documents one by one in the direction of the arrow shown in
Figure 1-3-11 by the ADF forwarding pulley, ADF paper feed roller, ADF paper
conveying roller, and ADF eject roller. The ADF pad prevents multiple documents from
being fed at a time.
The images of the fed documents are read by the contact image sensor (CIS) when the
documents passed on it.
6
87
6
5
4
3
2 1
^
% $ # @ ! 0 9
Figure 1-3-10 Document feed/image reading sections
1Document table
2ADF upper housing
3Forwarding retainer
4ADF pad
5Pad retainer
6ADF upper pulley
7CIS upper sheet
8CIS retainer
9ADF eject roller
0Contact image sensor (CIS)
!ADF timing switch (ADFTIMSW)
@ADF paper conveying roller
#ADF paper feed roller
$Document detection switch (DDSW)
%ADF forwarding pulley
ÂDF lower housing
2AN
1-3-12
DDSW
ADFTIMSW
CIS
ADFM
CPCB
CN5-15
CN5-12
CN5-1
~CN5-10
CN8-1
~CN8-6
Figure 1-3-11 Document feed/image reading sections block diagram
2AN
1-3-13
(2) Paper feed section
The paper feed section consists of the components shown in Figure 1-3-12. This
mechanism conveys the paper set in the paper cassette into the imaging unit and the
transfer/charge erasing sections in sync with the timing of image writing.
@ !
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Figure 1-3-12 Paper feed section
1Paper cassette
2Cassette guide
3Paper switch (PSW)
4Paper feed roller
5Middle paper conveying roller
6Middle paper conveying pulley
7Paper feed turn over pulley
8Registration switch (RSW)
9Registration lower roller
0Registration upper roller
!Transfer front guide plate
@Transfer front guide
2AN
1-3-14
CN2-7
CN2-5
CN2-2
CN4-5
CN7-1
~ CN7-6
MM
CPCB
FCL
PSW
RSW
RCL
Figure 1-3-13 Paper feed section block diagram
Feeding paper
FCL
MM
RSW: ON PRINT signal: sent RSW: OFF MM: ON
RCL
RSW
460 ms
470 ms
20 ms
Approx. 430 ms
1000 ms
A B
C
D
E
Timing chart 1-3-1 Feeding paper
A460 ms after the laser scanning unit of the machine has entered into the readiness
of writing images and the main motor (MM) has started rotating, the feed clutch
(FCL) is turned on to rotate the paper feed roller, starting the primary paper feed.
B470 ms after the leading edge of the fed paper has turned on the registration switch
(RSW), the feed clutch (FCL) is turned off to complete the primary paper feed.
C20 ms after the feed clutch (FCL) has been turned off, the registration clutch (RCL)
is turned on to rotate the registration upper and lower rollers, starting the secondary
paper feed.
2AN
1-3-15
DApproximately 430 ms after the registration clutch (RCL) has been turned on, the
PRINT signal is sent, starting the operation of printing images.
E1000 ms after the trailing edge of the paper has passed and turned off the
registration switch (RSW), the registration clutch (RCL) is turned off to complete the
paper feed. The paper is subsequently conveyed into the developing, transfer, and
fixing sections and the operation of printing images is completed.
2AN
1-3-16
(3) Laser scanning unit
The laser scanning unit consists of the components shown in Figures 1-3-14 and 1-3-
15.
The laser scanning unit forms a static latent image on the drum surface by repeatedly
turning the laser on and off depending on the laser control signals (LD signals) sent
from the control PCB.
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
9
0
!
@
7
Figure 1-3-14 Laser scanning unit (1)
1Polygon motor control board
2Polygon mirror
3Polygon motor (PM)
4Mirror
5Lens
6Cylindrical correcting lens
7Laser diode board (with BD sensor)
8Cylindrical lens
9Lens
0Mirror
!BD sensor mirror
@Cover
2AN
1-3-17
To drum
0
9
6
9
4
3
2
1
8
7
5
!
Figure 1-3-15 Laser scanning unit (2)
1Laser diode: Generates the laser beam which forms a static latent
image on the drum.
2Collimator lens: Collimates the diffused laser beam emitted form the laser
diode to convert it into a cylindrical beam.
3Cylindrical lens: Shapes the collimated laser beam to suit the printing
resolution.
4Mirror: Reflects the laser beam onto the polygon mirror.
5Polygon mirror: Six-facet mirror that rotates at approximately 11338 rpm
with each face reflecting the laser beam toward the drum
for one horizontal scan.
6BD sensor mirror: Reflects the laser beam to the BD sensor to generate the
horizontal synchronous signal (HSYNC).
7Cylindrical correcting lens: Corrects for the deviation of the laser beam reflected by
the BD sensor mirror to the BD sensor.
8BD sensor: Detects the beam reflected by the BD sensor mirror,
outputting a signal to the control PCB (CPCB) to provide
timing for the horizontal synchronous signal (HSYNC).
9Lens: Corrects for non-linearity of the laser beam scanning
speed on the drum surface, keeps the beam diameter
constant and corrects for the vertical alignment of the
polygon mirror to ensure that the focal plane of the laser
beam is on one plane as it moves.
0Mirror: Reflects the laser beam onto the drum surface.
!Drum
2AN
1-3-18
The dimensions of the laser beam are as shown in Figure 1-3-16.
100 m
80 m
Figure 1-3-16
Scanning in the horizontal direction is provided by the rotating polygon mirror, while
scanning in the vertical direction is provided by the rotating drum, forming a static latent
image on the drum.
The static latent image of the letter A, for example, is formed on the drum surface as
shown in Figure 1-3-17. Electrical charge is dissipated on the area of the drum surface
irradiated by the laser.
The focal point of the laser beam is moved line by line, and adjacent lines slightly
overlap each other.
Horizontal scanning
Vertical scanning
: laser beam is on
Figure 1-3-17
2AN
1-3-19
(4) Imaging unit
The imaging unit consists of the components shown in Figure 1-3-18, and unites the
developing section, the drum/cleaning sections and the main charger.
Developing section
The developing section consists of the developing blade which forms a uniform toner
layer on the developing roller, the agitation shaft (agitation paddle) which agitates
developing agent, and the toner supply roller which replenishes toner.
Developing is performed by non-magnetic reverse developing system.
The toner is agitated by the agitation shaft (agitation paddle) to be charged positively
(+). The positively charged toner forms a uniforms layer on the developing roller. The
thickness of the formed layer is controlled to be held constant by the developing blade.
The toner is supplied to the developing roller by the toner supply roller. The bias
voltage of + 500 V is applied to the toner supply roller to supply the toner uniformly to
the developing roller.
The developing bias voltage is applied on the developing roller to enhance the contrast
of images. Since this machine employs the reverse developing system, the developing
bias voltage is altered depending on whether the image area or the non-image area
passes the developing roller. The positive bias voltage (+ 400V) is applied on the
developing roller when the image area passes the developing roller in order to enhance
the contrast of images, while the negative bias voltage ( 200 V) is applied on the
developing roller when the non-image area passes the developing roller in order to
prevent the toner from adhering to the non-image area.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 0
!
@
Figure 1-3-18 Imaging unit
1Toner cartridge
2Doctor blade upper stay
3Doctor blade spring
4Doctor blade spring positioning plate
5Doctor blade installing plate
6Developing blade
7Developing upper seal
8Developing roller
9Developing roller lower seal
0Toner supply roller
!Agitation paddle
@Developing housing
2AN
1-3-20
Drum/cleaning sections
The drum/cleaning sections consist of the drum and the cleaning section shown in
Figure 1-3-19.
1
2
3
4
5
Figure 1-3-19 Drum/cleaning sections (1)
2
1
Figure 1-3-20 Drum/cleaning sections (2)
Cleaning the drum
The drum is cleaned by the cleaning blade.
The cleaning blade removes the residual toner from the drum surface after transfer.
The residual toner removed by the cleaning blade is conveyed to the toner disposal
tank by the rotating cleaning spiral.
1Drum
2Cleaning blade
3IU housing
4Cleaning spiral
5Housing lower blade
1Toner conveying pipe
2Toner disposal box
2AN
1-3-21
Main charger assembly
The main charger assembly consists of the components shown in Figure 1-3-21. By
applying a high voltage (+DC) from the high voltage transformer PCB (HVTPCB) to the
charger wire (tungsten wire) of the main charger assembly, positive corona is
discharged and the drum OPC layer is positively charged.
The charger grid is installed on the main charger assembly so that the drum becomes
charged evenly by the charger wire.
The main charger turns on and off in sync with the main motor (MM).
1
2
3
4
5
6
Figure 1-3-21 Main charger assembly
1Main charger housing
2Charger cleaner
3Main charger pin
4Charger grid
5Main charger spring
6Main charger (charger wire)
2AN
1-3-22
Main charger
Drum
Developing roller
Toner supply
roller
CPCB
CN13-2
CN13-4
CN6-2
CN1-2
CN1-4
MC/DB REM
DB1 CHG
CN13-5 CN1-5
DB2 CHG
CN13-6 CN1-6
LEAK
HVTPCB
TEDS
Figure 1-3-22 Imaging unit block diagram
Operation of the imaging unit
MM
ESW
DB1 CHG
DB2 CHG
MC/DB REM
2300 ms
200 ms
50 ms
75 ms
50 ms
500 ms
400 ms
360 ms
OFF
Forward
MSYNC signal: sent
ESW: OFF
A
B
C
D
E
Timing chart 1-3-2 Operation of the imaging unit
A300ms after the laser scanning unit of the machine has entered into the readiness of
writing images and the MSYNC signal has been sent, developing bias changing
signal 1 (DB1 CHG) goes low. At this time, non-image area voltage 1 ( 200V) (the
developing bias voltage) is output.
B360 ms after the main motor (MM) has started rotating, developing bias changing
signal 1 (DB1 CHG) goes high and the main charger/developing bias signal (MC/DB
REM) goes low. During this time, the developing bias voltage is switched to non-
image voltage 2 (0V) in order to switch between the non-image area and the image
area.
2AN
1-3-23
C50 ms after the main charger/developing bias signal (MC/DB REM) has gone low,
developing bias changing signal 2 (DB2 CHG) goes low. 50 ms after that,
developing bias changing signal 1 (DB1 CHG) goes low, and the developing bias
voltage is switched into the image voltage (+ 400V).
D2300 ms s after the paper has been ejected after print out and the eject switch
(ESW) has been turned off, the main charger/developing bias signal (MC/DB REM)
goes high. 400 ms after that, the main motor (MM) stops rotating and developing
bias changing signal 1 (DB1 CHG) goes high.
E 75 ms after the main motor (MM) has stopped rotating, developing bias changing
signal 2 (DB2 CHG) goes high.
2AN
1-3-24
(5) Transfer/charge erasing sections
The transfer/charge erasing sections consist of the components shown in Figure 1-3-23.
Transfer roller
The transfer roller is installed under the drum and electrically transfers the toner images
on the drum surface to the paper.
A high voltage ( DC) is applied to the transfer roller (conductive urethane rubber roller)
so that the transfer roller becomes more negatively charged than the drum surface.
The transfer roller thus transfers the toner on the drum surface to the paper.
1028 ms after the registration clutch (RCL) has turned on, transfer charging starts
(charging the transfer roller), and 168 ms after the registration clutch (RCL) has turned
off, transfer charging stops.
Cleaning lamp
The cleaning lamp (CL) removes the residual charge from the drum surface by lighting
the drum and collects the residual toner on the drum surface after transfer and send it
into the imaging unit (developing section).
The cleaning lamp (CL) turns on when the main motor (MM) turns on, and then it turns
off when the main motor (MM) turns off.
2
3
1
Figure 1-3-23 Transfer/charge erasing sections
CN13-3 CN1-3
CN2-16
CPCB
HVTPCB
TC1 REM
CN13-8 CN1-8
TC2 REM
CL
Drum
Transfer roller
Figure 1-3-24 Transfer/charge erasing sections block diagram
1Transfer roller
2Cleaning lamp
3Drum
2AN
1-3-25
(6) Fixing section
The fixing section consists of the components shown in Figure 1-3-25.
The fixing section uses heat and pressure to fuse the transferred toner image to the
paper. The heat roller is heated by the fixing heater (FH) located inside of the fixing
section. During printing, the heat roller temperature is controlled to be 165C/329F-
166C/330.8F (From the power on to the end of the initial stabilization control: 185C/
365F-186C/366.8F) by switching the fixing heater on/off depending on the heat roller
surface temperature detected by the fixing thermistor (TH). When printing ends, the
fixing heater (FH) turns off.
If the temperature rises abnormally high, the fixing thermistor (TH) detects the
temperature abnormality, and the power to the fixing heater (FH) is cut off by the fixing
thermostat (FTH).
The press roller is pressed against the heat roller by the press springs at both ends of
the press roller. The pressure between the press roller and the heat roller is
approximately 51 N (25.5 N for one side).
Separating paper from the heat roller
There are two separation claws on the fixing housing. When paper passes the fixing
section, those claws prevent the paper from sticking to the heat roller and wrapping
around it. The separation claws are constantly pressed toward the heat roller by the
separation claw springs.
1
2
34 5
6
7
Figure 1-3-25 Fixing section
1Fixing housing
2Fixing thermistor (TH)
3Fixing heater (FH)
4Heat roller
5Fixing thermostat (FTH)
6Separation claw
7Press roller
2AN
1-3-26
AC input
Fixing heater
control circuit
CN3-7 CN3-5
H LIVE H NEUTRAL
CN3-1
CN3-3
CN1-7
CN1-1
CN1-2
FTH FH
TH
CPCB
CN2-14
CN1-2
CN1-7
H REM
Fuse Fuse
Fuse
HRY
PSPCB
PG
CN1-1
24V
Noise
filter
Figure 1-3-26 Fixing section block diagram
2AN
1-3-27
(7) Duplex/eject sections
The duplex/eject sections consist of the components shown in Figure 1-3-27.
Those sections switch the paper conveying path depending on the copy mode, ejecting
paper and conveying into the duplex section.
After printing out on the back side of the paper, in the duplex copy mode, the paper is
conveyed into the duplex section by the operation of the feedshift section. The
conveyed paper is turned over in the duplex section and is fed again for printing on the
front side of paper.
7
$
#
@
!
0
6
5
4
3
2
9
1
%
8
Figure 1-3-27 Duplex/eject sections
1Feedshift A roller
2Feedshift roller
3Eject switch (ESW)
4Feedshift switching guide
5Middle eject lower roller
6Feedshift guide plate
7Eject pulley
8Eject roller
9Middle eject upper roller
0Reverse switch (REVSW)
!Duplex guide
@Duplex B roller
#Duplex pulley
$Duplex A roller
%Duplex turn over guide
2AN
1-3-28
ESW
REVSW
FSSOL
CPCB
CN4-2
CN2-9
CN25-2
Figure 1-3-28 Duplex/eject sections block diagram
2AN
CONTENTS
2-1 Electrical Parts Layout
2-1-1 Layout of electrical parts ..................................................................... 2-1-1
2AN
2-1-1
2-1-1 Layout of electrical parts
5
4
6
2
3
1
Machine right side Machine inside Machine left side
Figure 2-1-1 Layout of electrical parts: PCBs
1. Control PCB (CPCB) ................................... Controls the PCBs and electrical
components. Modulates or
demodulates image signals.
2. Network control unit PCB (NCUPCB) .......... Controls connection to the telephone
line.
3. Power source PCB (PSPCB) ....................... Generates +24 V DC, +12 V DC, +5 V
DC and -12 V DC.
4. High voltage transformer PCB (HVTPCB) ... Generates a main charge high voltage
(main charger), transfer charge high
voltage (transfer roller) and developing
bias voltage.
5. Operation unit PCB (OPPCB) ...................... Controls the operation unit. Consists of
operation keys, a message display and
LEDs.
6. Modular PCB (MODPCB) ............................ Connects the network control unit PCB
to the telephone line.
2AN
2-1-2
3
2
4
7
6
11
5
8
9
10
12
1
Figure 2-1-2 Layout of electrical parts: switches and sensors
1. Document detection switch (DDSW) ........... Detects the presence of documents on
the document table.
2. ADF timing switch (ADFTIMSW) ................. Detects paper jams in the ADF section.
3. Contact image sensor (CIS) ........................ Reads document images.
4. Eject switch (ESW) ...................................... Detects the timing of feedshifting, and
paper jams in the feedshift and eject
sections.
5. Fixing unit thermistor (TH) ........................... Detects the surface temperature of the
heat roller.
6. Reverse switch (REVSW) ............................ Detects paper jams in the duplex unit.
7. Duplex switch (DUPSW) .............................. Detects the presence of the duplex unit.
8. Toner empty detection sensor (TEDS) ........ Detects the presence of toner in the
imaging unit.
9. Safety switch (SSW) .................................... Breaks the safety circuit when the
machine is opened, and resets paper
jam detection.
10. Toner cartridge detection switch.................. Detects the presence of a toner
(TCDSW) cartridge.
11. Registration switch (RSW) ........................... Detects paper jams in the paper feed
section.
12. Paper switch (PSW) .................................... Detects paper in the paper cassette.
2AN
2-1-3
4
3
6
5
2
7
1
Figure 2-1-3 Layout of electrical parts: motors, clutches, and solenoid
1. ADF motor (ADFM) ...................................... Drives the ADF section.
2. Duplex motor (DUPM) ................................. Drives the duplex and eject sections.
3. Main motor (MM) ......................................... Drives the printer sections.
4. Cooling fan motor (CFM) ............................. Exhausts heat out of the machine
interior and the fixing section.
5. Registration clutch (RCL) ............................ Controls the rotation of the registration
upper and lower rollers.
6. Feed clutch (FCL) ........................................ Controls the rotation of the paper feed
roller.
7. Feedshift solenoid (FSSOL) ........................ Operates the feedshift switching guide.
2AN
2-1-4
2
4
1
3
7
6
5
Figure 2-1-4 Layout of electrical parts: other electrical parts
1. Laser scanning unit (LSU)
Polygon motor (PM) .................................. Drives the polygon mirror.
Laser diode (LD) ........................................ Generates laser beam.
2. Cleaning lamp (CL) ...................................... Removes residual charge from the
drum surface.
3. Fixing heater (FH) ........................................ Heats the heat roller.
4. Fixing thermostat (FTH) ............................... Prevents overheating in the fixing
section. (breaks the safety circuit of the
fixing heater.)
5. Speaker (SP) ............................................... Sounds an alarm and monitors the
telephone.
6. Heater relay (HRY) ...................................... Turns off and on the AC power for the
fixing heater.
7. Backup battery (BT) ..................................... Protects memory data during the power
off.
2AN
CONTENTS
2-2 Detection of Paper Misfeed
2-2-1 Paper jam detection ............................................................................ 2-2-1
2-2-2 Paper jam detection conditions ........................................................... 2-2-2
2AN
2-2-1
2-2-1 Paper jam detection
Paper jams are detected by on and off timing of the switches located on the paper or
document conveying path of the machine.
When a paper jam occurs, pull out the paper cassette or open the machine to remove the
jammed paper.
When a document jam occurs, open the ADF cover to the removed jammed document.
In order to reset paper jam detection, open and close the machine (turning off and on the
safety switch).
In order to reset document jam detection, open the ADF cover to remove the jammed
document (turning off and on the document detection switch (DDSW) and the ADF timing
switch (ADFTIMSW)).
When the paper jam detection is reset, the error indicator goes out and the message on the
message display disappears.
2AN
2-2-2
2-2-2 Paper jam detection conditions
ADFTIMSW
ESW
FSSOL
REVSW
FCL
RCL
RSW
Figure 2-2-1 Paper jam detection
Paper jam at power supply on
When the power supply is on (the power plug is connected or the safety turns off and on),
any of the registration switch (RSW), eject switch (ESW), reverse switch (REVSW) or
ADF timing switch (ADFTIMSW) turns on.
2AN
2-2-3
No paper feed (JAM A)
The registration switch (RSW) does not turn on in 5.76 s after the feed clutch (FCL) has
turned on.
FCL
RSW
5.76 s
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
Timing chart 2-2-1
Paper jams in the paper feed and paper conveying sections (JAM B)
1 The registration switch (RSW) does not turn off in required time A after the
registration clutch (RCL) has turned on.
RCL
RSW
A
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
Timing chart 2-2-2
2 The eject switch (ESW) does not turn on in 5.85 s after the registration clutch (RCL)
has turned on.
RCL
ESW
5.85 s
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
Timing chart 2-2-3
Paper size
A4R
FOLIO
8-1/2"11"
8-1/2"14"
Required time A
12.63 s
13.88 s
11.79 s
14.91 s
2AN
2-2-4
Paper jams in the fixing, eject, and duplex sections (JAM C)
1 The eject switch (ESW) does not turn off in 5.85 s after the registration clutch (RCL)
has turned off.
RCL
ESW
5.85 s
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
Timing chart 2-2-4
2 While the duplex motor (DUPM) rotates forward, the eject switch (ESW) does not
turn off in required time B after the eject switch (ESW) has turned on.
ESW
B
OFF
ON
Timing chart 2-2-5
3 While the duplex motor (DUPM) rotates backward, the eject switch (ESW) does
not turn on in 320 ms after the eject switch (ESW) has turned off.
ESW
320ms
OFF
ON
Timing chart 2-2-6
Paper size
A4R
FOLIO
8-1/2"11"
8-1/2"14"
Required time B
6.69 s
7.375 s
6.315 s
7.915 s
2AN
2-2-5
4 While paper is conveyed to the duplex section, the reverse switch (REVSW) does
not turn on in 1.5 s after the eject switch (ESW) has turned on.
ESW
REVSW
1.5 s
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
Timing chart 2-2-7
5 While paper is fed from the duplex section, the registration switch (RSW) does not
turn on in 3 s after the reverse switch (REVSW) has turned on.
RSW
REVSW
3 s
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
Timing chart 2-2-8
2AN
2-2-6
Paper size error (JAM F)
1 The registration switch (RSW) turns off within required time C after the registration
clutch (RCL) has turned on. (The length of paper is too short.)
RCL
RSW
C
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
Timing chart 2-2-9
2 The registration switch (RSW) does not turn off in required time D after the
registration clutch (RCL) has turned on. (The length of paper is too long.)
RCL
RSW
D
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
Timing chart 2-2-10
3 The registration switch (RSW) does not turn off in 5 s after the feed clutch (FCL)
has turned on.
FCL
RSW
5 s
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
Timing chart 2-2-11
Paper size
A4R
FOLIO
8-1/2"11"
8-1/2"14"
Required time C
5.44 s
6.07 s
5.03 s
6.59 s
Paper size
A4R
FOLIO
8-1/2"11"
8-1/2"14"
Required time D
6.07 s
6.695 s
5.65 s
7.21 s
2AN
2-2-7
Paper jams in the document feed section (ADF)
1 A document of a length of longer than the specified length (set with Memory switch
No.51) has passed the document feed section (ADF).
2 The ADF timing switch (ADFTIMSW) does not turn on in 10 s after the ADF motor
(ADFM) has started rotating.
ADFTIMSW
ADFM
10 s
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
Timing chart 2-2-12
2AN-1/2AP
CONTENTS
2-3 Operation of the PCBs
2-3-1 Configuration of electrical circuits ....................................................... 2-3-1
2-3-2 Power source PCB.............................................................................. 2-3-2
2-3-3 Control PCB ........................................................................................ 2-3-3
(1) Standard modem speed 14400 model ......................................... 2-3-3
(2) Standard modem speed 33600 model ...................................... 2-3-3-1
2-3-4 Network control unit PCB.................................................................... 2-3-4
2-3-5 Operation unit PCB ............................................................................. 2-3-5
2AN
2-3-1
2-3-1 Configuration of electrical circuits
HRY
DDSW
ADFTIMSW
TDDSW
REVSW
PSW
DUPSW
ESW
TEDS
RSW
TH
ADFM
DUPM
MM
CFM
RCL
FCL
FSSOL
CL
SSW
AC input
Power source
PCB (PSPCB)
Operation unit
PCB (OPPCB)
BT
SP
Memory board
(OPTION)
GDI board
(OPTION)
RS-232C board
(OPTION)
Sub-FAX board
(OPTION)
Paper feed unit PCB
(PFUPCB)
(OPTION)
LINE
TEL
Modular PCB
(MODPCB)
Control PCB
(CPCB)
Network control
unit PCB
(NCUPCB)
Laser scanning
unit (LSU)
High voltage
transformer PCB
(HVTPCB)
Contact image
sensor (CIS)
H
Figure 2-3-1 Electrical circuit block diagram
The electrical circuit of the machine consists of the power source PCB (PSPCB), the control
PCB (CPCB), the network control unit PCB (NCUPCB), the modular PCB (MODPCB), the
high voltage transformer PCB (HVTPCB), the operation unit PCB (OPPCB), the laser
scanning unit (LSU), the contact image sensor (CIS), the loads and the switches.
2AN-1
2-3-2
2-3-2 Power source PCB
H REM
AC input
DC24 V
DC5 V
DC12 V
DC-12 V
Noise filter
SSW
DC power
source
circuit
Control
PCB
(CPCB)
Fixing heater
control circuit
Heater relay
(HRY)
FH
Figure 2-3-2 Power source PCB block diagram
The power source PCB consists of the components shown in Figure 2-3-2 and each
circuit operates as follows;
Noise filter
The noise filter prevents high-frequency noise peculiar to the switching regulator from
escaping out of the machine via the AC line input and also protects the internal circuits from
the adverse effects of external noise.
DC power source circuit
The DC power source circuit rectifies and smoothes the AC input through the noise filter
and generates 24 V DC, 5 V DC, 12 V DC and -12 V DC outputs that are supplied to the
control PCB (CPCB) using the switching regulator circuit.
Fixing heater control circuit
The fixing heater control circuit turns on or off the AC voltage that is applied to the fixing
heater (FH) according to the fixing heater control signal (HREM) from the control PCB
(CPCB).
2AN-1
2-3-3
2-3-3 Control PCB
(1) Standard modem speed 14400 model
I/O1
(IC20)
CPU
(IC17)
I/O2
(IC5)
SP
ADFTIMSW
DDSW
MODEM IC
(IC28)
FIP
(IC19)
I/O3
(IC3)
REVSW
PSW
DUPSW
TH
TEDS
TCDSW
ESW
RSW
FSSOL
CL
DUPM
MM
CFM
ADFM
FCL
RCL
PFUFM
PFUFCL
CDSW
PFUPSW
A
B
C
A B C
A B C
Operation unit
PCB (OPPCB)
Contact image
sensor (CIS)
RS-232C
board (OPTION)
GDI board
(OPTION)
Sub-FAX board
(OPTION)
Memory board
(OPTION)
Reset
circuit
(IC21)
ROM
(IC31)
RAM
(IC30,IC39)
Network control
unit PCB
(NCUPCB)
High voltage
transformer
PCB (HVTPCB)
Laser scanning
unit (LSU)
Paper feed unit
PCB (PFUPCB)
(OPTION)
Figure 2-3-3 Control PCB block diagram (Standard modem speed 14400 model)
The control PCB (Standard modem speed 14400 model) consists of the components shown
in Figure 2-3-3.
The CPU (IC17) on the control PCB, according to the program in the ROM (IC31), controls
the overall machine, receives the signals from the ADF timing switch (ADFTIMSW), the
document detection switch (DDSW), and the contact image sensor (CIS), controls the input/
output of the operation unit PCB (OPPCB), outputs audio-frequency signals to the speaker
(SP), and controls the input/output of the optional RS-232C board, GDI board, and sub-FAX
board. The CPU (IC17) also controls the input/output of the optional memory board, RS-
232C board, GDI board, and sub-FAX board via I/O1 (IC20) and I/O2 (IC5). I/O2 (IC5)
receives the signals from the toner empty detection sensor (TEDS), the toner cartridge
detection switch (TCDSW), the eject switch (ESW), and the registration switch (RSW), and
controls the output of the feedshift solenoid (FSSOL) and the cleaning lamp (CL). I/O3 (IC3)
receives the signals from the reverse switch (REVSW), the paper switch (PSW), the duplex
switch (DUPSW), and the fixing unit thermistor (TH), controls the drive of the duplex motor
(DUPM), the main motor (MM), the ADF motor (ADFM), the cooling fan motor (CFM), the
registration clutch (RCL), the feed clutch (FCL), controls the outputs of the high voltage
transformer PCB (HVTPCB) and the laser scanning unit (LSU), and controls the drive of the
optional paper feed unit.
The modem IC (IC28) emits and receives the image signals into and from the network
control unit PCB (NCUPCB).
The FIP (IC19) conducts A/D conversion of the image signals from the contact image sensor
(CIS), enlargement/reduction of the image data, and shading process.
The reset circuit (IC21) outputs reset signals to the CPU if there is a CPU error, when the
power is switched on, or when the power supply voltage drops.
2AP
2-3-3-1
(2) Standard modem speed 33600 model
I/O1
(IC22)
CPU
(IC18)
I/O2
(IC6)
SP
ADFTIMSW
DDSW
MODEM IC
(IC29)
FIP
(IC20, 7)
I/O3
(IC3)
REVSW
PSW
DUPSW
TH
TEDS
TCDSW
ESW
RSW
FSSOL
CL
DUPM
MM
CFM
ADFM
FCL
RCL
PFUFM
PFUFCL
CDSW
PFUPSW
A
B
C
A B C
A B C
Operation unit
PCB (OPPCB)
Contact image
sensor (CIS)
RS-232C
board (OPTION)
GDI board
(OPTION)
Sub-FAX board
(OPTION)
Memory board
(OPTION)
Reset
circuit
(IC21)
ROM
(IC32)
RAM
(IC31, 38)
Network control
unit PCB
(NCUPCB)
High voltage
transformer
PCB (HVTPCB)
Laser scanning
unit (LSU)
Paper feed unit
PCB (PFUPCB)
(OPTION)
Figure 2-3-3-1 Control PCB block diagram (Standard modem speed 33600 model)
The control PCB (Standard modem speed 33600 model) consists of the components shown
in Figure 2-3-3-1.
The CPU (IC18) on the control PCB, according to the program in the ROM (IC32), controls
the overall machine, receives the signals from the ADF timing switch (ADFTIMSW), the
document detection switch (DDSW), and the contact image sensor (CIS), controls the input/
output of the operation unit PCB (OPPCB), outputs audio-frequency signals to the speaker
(SP), and controls the input/output of the optional RS-232C board, GDI board, and sub-FAX
board. The CPU (IC18) also controls the input/output of the optional memory board, RS-
232C board, GDI board, and sub-FAX board via I/O1 (IC22) and I/O2 (IC6). I/O2 (IC6)
receives the signals from the toner empty detection sensor (TEDS), the toner cartridge
detection switch (TCDSW), the eject switch (ESW), and the registration switch (RSW), and
controls the output of the feedshift solenoid (FSSOL) and the cleaning lamp (CL). I/O3 (IC3)
receives the signals from the reverse switch (REVSW), the paper switch (PSW), the duplex
switch (DUPSW), and the fixing unit thermistor (TH), controls the drive of the duplex motor
(DUPM), the main motor (MM), the ADF motor (ADFM), the cooling fan motor (CFM), the
registration clutch (RCL), the feed clutch (FCL), controls the outputs of the high voltage
transformer PCB (HVTPCB) and the laser scanning unit (LSU), and controls the drive of the
optional paper feed unit.
The modem IC (IC29) emits and receives the image signals into and from the network
control unit PCB (NCUPCB).
The FIP (IC20, 7) conducts A/D conversion of the image signals from the contact image
sensor (CIS), enlargement/reduction of the image data, and shading process.
The reset circuit (IC21) outputs reset signals to the CPU if there is a CPU error, when the
power is switched on, or when the power supply voltage drops.
2AN-1/2AP
2-3-4
2-3-4 Network control unit PCB
LINE
TEL
Pulse dial
generation circuit
Ringing sound
detection circuit
Polarity detection
circuit
Line transformer/
Analog switch
External telephone
connection control
circuit
Control PCB
(CPCB)
Modem IC
(IC28*
1
)
(IC29*
2
)
Figure 2-3-4 Network control unit PCB block diagram
The network control unit PCB consists of the components shown in Figure 2-3-4 and
each of them operates as follows;
Polarity detection circuit
The polarity detection circuit detects the line polarity and outputs the data of the line
polarity to the control PCB (CPCB).
Line transformer
The line transformer forms a closed circuit with the line and do inputs/outputs of image
data.
Analog switch
The analog switch outputs image data from the line to the control PCB (CPCB).
Pulse dial generation circuit
The pulse dial generation circuit outputs dial pulses to the line according to the pulse dial
control signals from the control PCB (CPCB).
Ringing sound detection circuit
The ringing sound detection circuit detects the ringing sound from the line and notifies the
control PCB (CPCB) that there is an incoming call.
External telephone connection control circuit
The external telephone connection control circuit controls the connection with the external
telephone.
The network control unit PCB is controlled by the modem IC (IC28*
1
/IC29*
2
) on the
control PCB (CPCB).
*1: Standard modem speed 14400 model
2AN-1/2AP
2-3-5
2-3-5 Operation unit PCB
CPU
(IC17*
1
)
(IC18*
2
)
CPU
(IC1)
Control PCB
(CPCB)
Keyboard
input circuit
LED lighting
circuit
LCD
Figure 2-3-5 Operation unit PCB block diagram
The operation unit PCB consists of the components shown in Figure 2-3-5.
The operation unit PCB consists of the keyboard input circuit, the LED lighting circuit, and
the liquid crystal display device LCD, which are controlled by the one-chip CPU (IC1).
The CPU (IC1) on the operation unit PCB has programmable I/O terminals and a clock
oscillation circuit, and controls the input of the keyboard, the lighting of the LED, and the
message display on the LCD according to the program stored in the CPU.
The input data from the keyboard and the displayed data on the LED and LCD are output
and input as serial data in sync with the clock signal from the CPU (IC17*
1
/IC18*
2
) on the
control PCB (CPCB).
2AN
CONTENTS
3-1 Installation
3-1-1 Unpacking and installation .................................................................. 3-1-1
(1) Installation environment .............................................................. 3-1-1
(2) Installation procedure .................................................................. 3-1-2
3-1-2 Setting and registering data .............................................................. 3-1-14
(1) Setting data ............................................................................... 3-1-14
(2) Registering data ........................................................................ 3-1-16
3-1-3 Installing the RS-232C board (Option) .............................................. 3-1-17
3-1-4 Installing the GDI (Printer) board (Option) ........................................ 3-1-20
3-1-5 Installing the Dual line kit (Option) .................................................... 3-1-23
3-1-6 Memory (memory board) expansion ................................................. 3-1-32
3-1-1
2AN
3-1-1 Unpacking and installation
( 1 ) Installation environment
1. Temperature: 10-32.5C/50-90F
2. Humidity: 20-80%RH
3. Power supply: 120V AC, 5.8 A or more
4. Power source frequency: 50/600.3%
5. Installation location:
Avoid direct sunlight or bright lighting. Make sure that the photoconductor will not
be exposed to direct sunlight or other strong light when removing paper jams.
Avoid extremes of temperature and humidity, abrupt ambient temperature
changes, and hot or cold air directly hitting the machine.
Avoid dust and vibration.
Choose a surface capable of supporting the weight of the machine.
Place the machine on a level surface (maximum allowable inclination: 1).
Avoid air-borne substances that may adversely affect the machine or degrade the
photoconductor, such as mercury, acidic and alkaline vapors, inorganic gases,
Nox, Sox gases and chlorine-based organic solvents.
Select a room with good ventilation.
6. Allow sufficient access for proper operation and maintenance of the machine.
(Machine front: 500mm/20" or more, Machine rear: 150mm/6" or more, Machine
right: 500mm/20" or more, Machine left: 500mm/20" or more)
a
b
c
d
e
f
h
g
Figure 3-1-1 Installation dimensions
a: 1425mm, 56
3
/4"
b: 500mm, 20"
c: 425mm, 16
3
/4"
d: 500mm, 20"
e: 500mm, 20"
f : 505mm, 19
7
/8"
g: 150 mm, 6"
3-1-2
2AN
( 2 ) Installation procedure
Unpacking.
Removing the protective tape.
Installing the imaging unit.
Start.
Installing the document table.
Removing the spacer.
Installing the document eject tray.
Connecting a phone line.
Connecting the power cord.
Setting and registering data.
Setting paper.
Completion of machine installation.
Imaging unit
Document table
Modular cord
Spacer
Document eject tray
Power cord
Figure 3-1-2
3-1-3
2AN-1/2AP
1
#
$
*
%
^
&
(
)

34
5
6
6
!
0
7
8
8
9
@
9
1
2
2
Figure 3-1-3 Unpacking of the machine
Unpacking.
1 Spacer (upper front)
2 Spacer (upper rear)
3 Spacer
4 Caution label
5 Machine cover
6 Spacer (bottom)
7 Inner frame
8 IU label
9 Bar-code label
0 Machine
! Sling
@ Outer case
# Plastic bag
$ One-touch dial label sheet
% One-touch dial label seal
* One seal is supplied with the standard
modem speed 14400 model, and two
seals are supplied with the standard
modem speed 33600 model.
^ Imaging unit set
& Air cap
* Document table
( Document eject tray
) Accessory case
Modular cord
Power cord
3-1-4
2AN
1
2
3
7
8
9
0
!
4
5
6
Figure 3-1-4 Unpacking of the imaging unit
1 Imaging unit 8 Leaflet
2 Aluminum bag 9 IU case
3 IU label 0 Protective tape
4 Spacer (upper left) ! Protective sheet
5 Spacer (upper right)
6 Spacer (bottom left)
7 Spacer (bottom right)
3-1-5
2AN
1. Remove the five pieces of protective tape from the outer cover.
Protective tape
Protective tape
Figure 3-1-5
1. Press the main body release button on the front of the machine, and open the
machine.
2. Remove the protective tape, label, and spacer from inside the machine.
Spacer
Main body release button
Protective tape
Label
Figure 3-1-6
Removing the protective tape.
Removing the spacer.
3-1-6
2AN
1. Take the imaging unit out of its packing case. (Tear open the imaging unit
package at the notch, and take the imaging unit out.)
Imaging unit
Tear here.
Figure 3-1-7
2. Remove the protective tape and protective spacer affixed to the right and left
sides of the imaging unit.
Protective tape
Protective tape
Protective spacer
Protective spacer
Figure 3-1-8
3. Remove the protective tape and the protective sheet from the imaging unit.
Protective tape
Protective sheet
Imaging unit
Figure 3-1-9
Installing the imaging unit.
3-1-7
2AN
4. Grasp the handle on each side of the imaging unit as shown in Figure 3-1-10,
and aligning the both sides of the imaging unit with the cutouts of the machine,
install the imaging unit in the machine.
Cutouts
Handle
Figure 3-1-10
5. If the charger cleaner in the imaging unit has moved from its original position,
return it in its original position on the left side of the machine until it clicks into
place.
Figure 3-1-11
6. Gently close the machine.
* If the machine main body does not close properly, the imaging unit may not be
set properly. Reinstall the imaging unit correctly.
Figure 3-1-12
3-1-8
2AN
1. Open the ADF cover.
ADF cover
Figure 3-1-13
2. Hold the document table upright as shown in Figure 3-1-14. Set the table onto
the machine by inserting the two projections on both ends of the table into the
designated openings.
3. Close the ADF cover.
Document table
ADF cover
Figure 3-1-14
Installing the document table.
3-1-9
2AN
1. Install the document eject tray into the rear of the machine.
Document eject tray
Figure 3-1-15
2. Fold open the paper eject table extensions.
Paper eject table extensions
Figure 3-1-16
Installing the document eject tray.
3-1-10
2AN
1. Plug one end of the modular cord into the line jack on the machine and the
other end into the phone jack in the room.
Line jack
Figure 3-1-17
1. Pull the paper cassette straight out towards you. After pulling it out as far as it
will go, lift up slightly on the paper cassette and remove it from the machine.
Paper cassette
Figure 3-1-18
Connecting a phone line.
Setting paper.
3-1-11
2AN
2. Press down on the cassette bottom plate to lock it into place.
3. Apply pressure on the center chip and the chips on both ends of the paper stop
plate that is set in the cassette, and lower the paper stop plate in the direction of
the arrow shown in Figure 3-1-19 to remove the paper stop plate from the
cassette.
Chips
Paper stop plate
Cassette bottom plate
Paper cassette
Figure 3-1-19
4. Insert the chip on one side of the paper stop plate into the appropriate hole in
the cassette, and then place the center clip and the clip on the opposite side
into their respective holes as well.
* Make sure that the clips are properly inserted into the cassette and that the
cassette stop plate is firmly in place.
Chips
Paper cassette
Paper stop plate
Figure 3-1-20
3-1-12
2AN
5. Set paper in the paper cassette.
* Make sure that the paper is set under the claws located on both side of the
paper cassette.
Claw
Claw
Figure 3-1-21
6. Reinsert the paper cassette in the machine.
Paper cassette
Figure 3-1-22
3-1-13
2AN
1. Plug one end of the power cord into the power receptacle and the other end into
the power outlet in the room.
* Once the power cord is connected to the machine and an outlet, the machine will
begin to warm up. Warm up normally requires approximately 30 seconds. Once
the machine has warmed up, it will automatically enter the initial mode (waiting
for operation).
Figure 3-1-23
1. Set and register the data of the items described in 3-1-2 Setting and registering
data, page 3-1-14.
Connecting the power cord.
Setting and registering data
Completion of machine installation.
3-1-14
2AN
3-1-2 Setting and registering data
After the machine has been installed, the following items should be set and registered.
( 1 ) Setting data
Setting the type of phone line:
Set the type of phone line to correspond to the type of phone service in use (pulse
dialing or tone dialing).
Setting the paper size:
Set which size of paper will be used for fax reception. (A4, Letter (8-
1
/2" 11"R), and
Legal (8-
1
/2" 14"R)
Setting the automatic reception mode:
Select the desired automatic reception mode. Select from among Auto fax reception,
Auto FAX/TEL switching and D.R.D. reception.
Fax forwarding ON/OFF:
Set whether to turn the Fax forwarding ON or OFF.
Report automatic print out settings:
Activity report (whether or not to print out after every 40 communications.)
Transmission report (whether or not to print out after each fax transmission.)
Reception report (whether or not to print out after each fax reception.)
Delayed communication report (whether or not to print out after each
communication which uses the timer is scheduled.)
PBX/PSTN select:
Select the setting for the exchange system (PBX or PSTN) to which the machine is
connected.
TTI transmission ON/OFF:
Select whether or not the TTI (Transmit Terminal Identifier) will be printed out on the
received documents.
Reception data and time print out ON/OFF:
Select whether or not the time and date of the reception will be printed out onto the top
edge of incoming documents.
Add sample image on reports ON/OFF:
Select whether or not a sample image of a part of the first page of transmitted
documents will be included on Transmission reports.
Message display language:
Select the language used in the message display and on reports/lists.
Password check reception ON/OFF:
Select whether to turn the Password check reception ON or OFF.
Speaker monitor volume:
Select the volume of the speaker monitor (3 levels).
Alarm ON/OFF:
Select whether to turn the alarm which sounds in the event of an error, ON or OFF.
Speaker monitor ON/OFF:
Select whether to turn the speaker monitor ON or OFF.
Bulletin board function ON/OFF:
Select whether to turn the Bulletin board function ON or OFF for polling transmission.
3-1-15
2AN
Super fine function ON/OFF:
Select whether to turn the Super fine function ON or OFF for fax reception and
copying.
Duplex fax reception ON/OFF:
Select whether to turn the Duplex fax reception which can receive incoming faxes on
the front and reverse paper sides, OFF or ON.
Number of rings (Auto fax reception):
Set the number of rings (1-11 rings) before the fax answers an incoming call in the
Auto fax reception.
Number of rings (TAD reception):
TAD reception.
Number of rings (Auto FAX/TEL switching):
Auto FAX/TEL switching.
One-touch dial confirmation ON/OFF:
Select whether to turn the One-touch dial confirmation ON or OFF.
Auto shut-off time:
Set the amount of time the fax will wait before engaging the Auto shut-off function.
Remote diagnosis ON/OFF:
Turn the remote diagnosis ON when you need to receive certain information from our
service center computer.
3-1-16
2AN
( 2 ) Registering data
Setting the date and time:
Register the current data and time.
Registering your-self station information:
Register your facsimile number and station name.
Registering under One-touch keys:
Register destination fax or telephone numbers and names (max. 45)*1 under one-
touch keys.
Registering under Abbreviated numbers:
Register destination fax or telephone numbers and names (max. 100)*1 under 2-digit
abbreviated numbers (00-99).
Registering as Group dial keys:
Register multiple destination fax or telephone numbers and names (max. 20)*2 under
a one-touch key as a group dial key.
Registering as Program keys:
Register operations that are carried out often and fax numbers (max. 20)*2 under a
one-touch key as a program key.
Registering as Chain dial keys:
Register chain dial numbers and names (max. 45) under a one-touch key as a chain
dial key.
Changing the remote switching number:
Change the remote switching number, which should be entered to allow the machine
automatically begin receiving operations when a separately purchased telephone is
connected to the machine, from 55 of the factory default setting.
Management password:
Register the management password (4 digits) for using encryption keys. (Factory
default setting: 6482)
Registering encryption keys:
Register encryption keys (max. 16 characters) for encryption communication.
*1: When those functions are used for encryption communication, a maximum of 20
communications can be registered.
3-1-17
2AN
3-1-3 Installing the RS-232C board (Option)
If the optional RS-232C board is installed in this machine, in addition to its normal
facsimile functions, the RS-232C function of this machine will be available for use. The
RS-232C board enables the four functions shown below. In order to use these
functions, the machine must be in what is called the CLASS 1 mode and it is thus
necessary to turn the CLASS 1 mode ON before these functions will be available.
PC-Fax (Transmission and Reception)
PC-Printing
PC-Scanning
Scanning system (TWAIN)
* Be sure to remove the document eject tray, and disconnect the power cord and
modular cord plug from the machine before starting to install the RS-232C board.
Required parts for installation
RS-232C board
RS cable
Hexagon screws (2 pcs.)
Spacer bolts (2 pcs.)
Gasket (1 pc.)
Ferrite core (1 pc.)
* The spacer bolts and the gasket will not be used.
* For the ferrite core, one unit will be used only for the 220 to 240 V specifications.
This will not be used for other specification.
<Procedure>
1. Remove the two screws from the rear side of the machine and then the blanking
plate on the left.
2. Remove the eight screws and the rear cover.
Screws
Screws
Screws
Screws
Screw
Blanking plate
Rear cover
Figure 3-1-24
3-1-18
2AN
3. Connect the 30-pin connector (brown) of the RS cable to the RS-232C board.
* Only for the 220 to 240 V specifications, attach the ferrite core to the RS cable.
Ferrite core
30-pin connector (brown)
RS cable
RS-232C board
Figure 3-1-25
4. Fit the RS-232C board to the rear cover and secure it with the two screws that have
been removed in step 1 and the two hexagon screws.
Hexagon screws
Rear cover
RS-232C board
Screws
Figure 3-1-26
3-1-19
2AN
5. Connect the 30-pin connector (white) of the RS cable of which the other connector
has been connected to the RS-232C board, to CN 16 on the control PCB.
Rear cover
30-pin connector (white)
RS cable
CN16
RS-232C board
Control PCB
Figure 3-1-27
6. Refit the rear cover. (Refer to step 2.)
7. Refit all the removed parts.
3-1-20
2AN
3-1-4 Installing the GDI (Printer) board (Option)
If the optional GDI board is installed in this machine, the machine can be used as a
printer for a computer running under a Windows 95/98, Windows NT or Windows 3.1
environment. It is also possible to print under the DOS mode of each of those systems
using PCL emulation.
* This section describes only the way of installing the GDI board. For more detailed
information on printing operation or settings, refer to the instruction handbook of this
machine or application software.
* Be sure to remove the document eject tray, and disconnect the power cord, and
modular cord plug from the machine before starting to install the GDI board.
* While the GDI is installed, the dual line kit can not be installed.
GDI board
GDI cable
GDI board retainer
Screws (M3 5) (2 pcs.)
Spacer bolts (2 pcs.)
Gasket (1 pc.)
Ferrite cores (3 pcs.)
* The spacer bolts and the gasket will not be used.
* For the ferrite cores, one unit will be used only for the 220 to 240 V specifications.
These will not be used for other specification.
<Procedure>
1. Remove the two screws from the rear side of the machine and then the blanking
plate on the right.
2. Remove the eight screws and the rear cover.
Screws
Screws
Screws
Screws
Rear cover
Screw
Blanking plate
Figure 3-1-28
3-1-21
2AN
3. Connect the 20-pin connector (brown) of the GDI cable to CN1 on the GDI board,
and connect the 16-pin connector (brown) to CN2 on the GDI board.
* Only for the 220 to 240 V specifications, attach the ferrite core to the GDI cable.
CN1
CN2
GDI board
GDI cables
Ferrite core
Figure 3-1-29
4. Fit the GDI board and GDI board retainer to the rear cover and secure them with the
two screws that have been removed in step 1 and the two screws.
Screws
Screws
Rear cover
GDI board retaine
GDI board
Figure 3-1-30
3-1-22
2AN
5. Connect the 20-pin connector (white) of the GDI cable of which the other connector
has been connected to the GDI board, to CN 20 on the control PCB, and connect
the 16-pin connector (white) to CN21 on the control PCB.
6. Remove the ferrite core from the modular cable connected to the network control
unit PCB, wind the modular cable around the ferrite core once, and refit the ferrite
core to the modular cable.
CN20
CN21
Ferrite core
Modular cable
Rear cover
Control PCB
GDI cables
GDI board
Figure 3-1-31
7. Refit the rear cover. (Refer to step 2.)
3-1-23
2AN
3-1-5 Installing the Dual line kit (Option)
Normally, only one telephone line can be used with one facsimile. However, by
installing the optional Dual line board, this machine may be connected to two separate
phone lines at the same time, allowing you to send documents to one party while
receiving documents from another, or to send documents to two separate locations at
the same time.
* In order to use the Dual line function, two separate phone lines are required.
* This section describes only the way of installing the Dual line kit. For more detailed
information on operation or settings, refer to the instruction handbook of this
machine.
* Be sure to remove the document eject tray, and disconnect the power cord, and
modular cord plug from the machine before starting to install the Dual line kit.
* While the Dual line kit is installed, the GDI board can not be installed.
Sub-FAX board
Optional modular PCB
Modular PCB retainer assembly
Optional network control unit PCB
Sub-FAX cable (20-pin)
Sub-FAX power cord
Optional modular cable
Optional network control unit cable
<Procedure>
1. Open the ADF cover and push the main body release button to open the machine.
2. Pull out the duplex unit and the paper cassette.
Duplex unit
ADF cover
Paper cassette
Main body
release button
Figure 3-1-32
3-1-24
2AN-1
3. Remove the imaging unit, and remove the three screws and the two claws, and then
the left cover.
* When refitting them, insert the claws first and then secure them with the screws.
Imaging unit
Claws
Screw
Left cover
Screws
Figure 3-1-33
4. Remove the eight screws and then the rear cover.
Screws
Screws Screw
Screws
Rear cover
Figure 3-1-34
3-1-25
2AN-1
5. Remove the connectors connected to CN5, CN10, and CN15 on the control PCB.
6. Remove the cable of the connector that has been connected to CN5, from the cable
clamp.
7. Remove the 7-pin connector connected to CN1 on the power source PCB.
Power source PCB
Cord clamp
Control PCB
Figure 3-1-35
8. Remove the three screws and pull out the network control unit PCB retainer.
Screw
Network control unit PCB retainer
Screw
Screw
Network control
unit PCB retainer
Figure 3-1-36
3-1-26
2AN-1
9. Remove the modular cable from CN2 on the network control unit PCB that is
secured to the network control unit PCB retainer.
CN2
Network control unit PCB
Network control
unit PCB retainer
Modular cable
Figure 3-1-37
10. Fit the optional modular PCB to the modular PCB retainer with the two screws.
Optional modular PCB
Screws
Modular PCB retainer
Figure 3-1-38
3-1-27
2AN-1
11. Remove the modular sheet and fit the modular PCB retainer to the machine with the
two screws.
* When fitting it, align the two projections of the modular PCB retainer to the two holes
of the machine.
12. Pass the optional modular cable attached to the dual line kit through the opening
and connect it to the optional modular PCB.
Screw
Hole
Hole
Screw
Projection
Modular PCB
retainer
Projection
Opening
Figure 3-1-39
13. Fit the optional network control unit PCB to the network control unit PCB retainer
and secure it with four screws.
14. Connect the optional network control unit cable attached to the dual line kit to CN1
on the optional network control unit PCB.
CN1 CN1
Network control
unit PCB retainer
Optional network
control unit cable
Screws
Optional network
control unit PCB
Screws
Network control
unit PCB retainer
Optional network
control unit cable
Screws
Optional network
control unit PCB
Screws
Figure 3-1-40
3-1-28
2AN-1
15. Fit the sub-FAX board to the network control unit PCB retainer and secure it with six
screws.
16. Connect the optional network control unit cable that has been connected in step 14,
to CN2 on the sub-FAX board.
CN2
Optional network
control unit cable
Sub-FAX board
Network control
unit PCB retainer
Screws
Screws
Figure 3-1-41
17. Connect the connector of the optional modular cord of which the other connector
has been connected in step 12, to CN2 on the optional network control unit PCB
that has been fitted in step 13.
18. Refit the modular cable that has been removed in step 9, to the network control unit
PCB and tie the cable and the optional modular cable together with the ferrite core.
CN2
CN2
Optional network
control unit PCB
Ferrite core
Modular cable
Figure 3-1-42
3-1-29
2AN-1
19. Refit the network control unit PCB retainer by aligning it with the guides and secure
it with the three screws.
Guides
Screw
Network control
unit PCB retainer
Screw
Network control
unit PCB retainer
Screw
Figure 3-1-43
20. Connect the sub-FAX power cord to CN1 on the sub-FAX board and to CN2 on the
power source PCB.
CN1
CN2
Sub-FAX board Power source PCB
Sub-FAX power cord
Figure 3-1-44
3-1-30
2AN
21. Connect the sub-FAX cable (20-pin) to CN4 on the sub-FAX board and to CN22 on
the control PCB, and connect the sub-FAX cable (28-pin) to CN5 on the sub-FAX
board and to CN23 on the control PCB.
22. Tie the sub-FAX cable (20-pin) and the sub-FAX cable (28-pin) together with the
ferrite core.
23. Connect the connectors that have been removed in steps 5 to 7.
CN22
CN23
CN4
CN5
Sub-FAX board
Control PCB
Figure 3-1-45
24. Cut off the covered modular port opening on the left cover with a nipper or the like.
Modular port opening
Left cover
Figure 3-1-46
25. Refit the imaging unit, the left cover, and the rear cover. (Refer to steps 3 and 4.)
3-1-31
2AN
27. Plug the supplied modular cord into the line jack (L2).
* Before plugging the modular cord, wind the two modular cords around the ferrite
core once.
Ferrite core
Figure 3-1-47
* After operation, upgrade the ROM versions of the control PCB and the sub-FAX
board to match each other if those ROM versions are different from each other.
(See page 3-4-2.)
3-1-32
2AN
3-1-6 Memory (memory board) expansion
The memory capacity for the facsimile can be increased by an optional memory board
of 2 MB, 4 MB or 8 MB.
Precautions
Always unplug the power cord before performing the operation.
Before unplugging the power cord, always check the display of the memory
amount on the message display to see if there is no data (transmission or
reception document data, etc.) left in this machines memory. If 100% is not
displayed on the message display, there is still data remaining. (When the power
cord is disconnected, the data in the memory is lost.)
If there is still data remaining, print, or transmit until there is no data left in the
memory.
Disconnect all the connectors connected to the machine such as connecting
cables to a computer and telephone cords before starting these operations.
Memory is extremely sensitive to static electricity. Always discharge any static
electricity safely before starting these operations.
Always work on a level and stable location.
<Procedure>
1. Disconnect the power cord and modular cord plug from the machine.
2. Pull the notch of the memory slot cover *1 on the left side of the machine in the
direction of the arrow shown in Figure 3-1-48 to remove the memory slot cover.
* 1: The memory slot (M2) is available only if the optional dual line kit is installed.
* When refitting it, insert the claw of the memory slot cover first.
Memory slot cover (M2)
Notch
Notch
Claw
Figure 3-1-48
3-1-33
2AN
3. Align the memory board with the guide rails and insert it securely into the machine.
* Insert the memory board securely until it clicks in place.
4. Refit the memory slot covers.
Memory board
Guide rail
Guide rail
Figure 3-1-49
5. Connect the power cord and modular cord plug to the machine.
2AN-1/2AP
CONTENTS
3-2 Maintenance Mode
3-2-1 Outline of service mode and test mode .............................................. 3-2-1
3-2-2 Service mode ...................................................................................... 3-2-2
(1) Setting the memory switch .......................................................... 3-2-3
(1-1) Setting the memory switch for control PCB ...................... 3-2-3
(1-2) Setting the memory switch for sub-FAX board ................. 3-2-4
(2) Default setting of memory switches............................................. 3-2-5
(2-1) Default setting of the standard modem speed
14400 model ...................................................................... 3-2-5
(2-2) Default setting of the standard modem speed
33600 model ................................................................... 3-2-6-1
(3) Memory switch description .......................................................... 3-2-7
(4) Printing out the memory switch setting list
for the control PCB .................................................................... 3-2-44
(5) Printing out the action list .......................................................... 3-2-45
(6) Printing out the memory switch setting list
for the sub-FAX board ............................................................... 3-2-46
3-2-3 Test mode ......................................................................................... 3-2-47
(1) Reading test mode .................................................................... 3-2-48
(2) Modem test mode...................................................................... 3-2-49
(3) Printing test mode ..................................................................... 3-2-51
(4) Aging test mode ........................................................................ 3-2-53
(5) Line test mode ........................................................................... 3-2-55
(5-1) Initialization of the country settings................................. 3-2-56
(5-2) Test chart ........................................................................ 3-2-57
(5-3) Timing adjustment .......................................................... 3-2-58
(5-4) Print density adjustment ................................................. 3-2-62
(5-5) ROM version display ...................................................... 3-2-63
(5-6) Displaying initialization ................................................... 3-2-63
(5-7) Report print out ............................................................... 3-2-64
(6) Sub-modem test mode .............................................................. 3-2-65
3-2-1
2AN
3-2-1 Outline of service mode and test mode
* When entering the password,
if each key is not pressed with-
in 2 sec or if any other key is
pressed, the machine will re-
turn to the user mode at that
time.
TEST MODE
USER MODE
Press the Reset/Stop key.
Press 0 key.
Press the Function key.
Press 2 key.
Press 3 key.
Press 1 key.
Press the left cursor key.
Press the Enter key.
Press the key
Press the # key.
Power turn off?
No Yes
SERVICE MODE
3-2-2
2AN
3-2-2 Service mode
* When entering the password,
if each key is not pressed with-
in 2 s or if any other key is
pressed, the machine will re-
turn to the user mode at that
time.
SERVICE MODE
USER MODE
Press 0 key.
Press 2 key.
04/01 '99 12 : 00
SET DOCUMENT
04/01 '99 12 : 00 S
SET DOCUMENT
SERVICE MODE ON
SERVICE MODE OFF
FUNCTION
MEMORY FORWARDING
Select the desired setting
item with the cursor keys.

Service mode is en-
tered. It is possible to
set the memory switch
and carry out the test
mode under this con-
dition.
Returning to the user

mode 1 s later.
Press 3 key.
Press 1 key.
Press the key
Press the # key.
Power turn off?
No Yes
1 s later
3-2-3
2AN
Use the numeric keys
to enter the desired
Memory Switch No. (2
digits)
to enter the setting
code corresponding to
the desired setting.
Select whether or not to
continue the setting of
memory switches with
the cursor keys.
Select MEMORY
SWITCH with the cur-
sor keys.
SERVICE MODE 04/01 '99 12 : 00
SET DOCUMENT
MEMORY SW No. : _ _
CONTINUE?
NO
Refer to (3)
Memory switch
description on
page 3-2-7.
Refer to (3) Memory

switch description on
page 3-2-7.
FUNCTION
MEMORY SWITCH
Press the
Enter key.
Press the
Enter key.
FUNCTION
MEMORY FORWARDING
YES NO
( 1 ) Setting the memory switch
(1-1) Setting the memory switch for control PCB.
3-2-4
2AN
(1-2) Setting the memory switch for sub-FAX board
Select MEMORY
SWITCH with the cur-
sor keys.
to enter the desired
Memory Switch No. (2
digits).
to enter the setting
code corresponding to
the desired setting.
Select whether or not to
continue the setting of
memory switches with
the cursor keys.
Select SET 2ND.
LINE with the cursor
keys.
SERVICE MODE 04/01 '99 12 : 00 S
SET DOCUMENT
MEMORY SW No. : _ _
CONTINUE?
NO
Refer to (3)
Memory switch
description on
page 3-2-7.
Refer to (3) Memory

switch description on
page 3-2-7.
FUNCTION
SET 2ND. LINE
FUNCTION
MEMORY SWITCH
Press the
Enter key.
Press the
Enter key.
FUNCTION
MEMORY FORWARDING
YES NO
3-2-5
2AN-1
System 00 Fax auto reduction select*
1
0
07 Conditions of turning communication*
1
1
error LED ON/OFF*
1
10 Initial resolution*
1
0
11 Initial contrast settings*
1
0
17 Smoothing function for copy*
1
1
32 Carrier off check 12
(carrier interval of RX data)*
2
34 Line error*
2
3
35 Consecutive line error*
2
7
40 Print page during the toner empty*
1
5
45 G3 tester mode*
2
0
48 Hook up alarm*
1
1
56 Speaker ON/OFF*
1
0
61 Auto shut-off function*
1
1
66 Fax number in report*
1
1
67 JBIG settings*
3
1
73 Copy reduction*
1
1
74 Date pattern*
1
1
75 Information code*
1
0
81 Error page redial*
1
0
88 TX report print condition*
1
0
89 Alarm after reception*
1
1
92 Time for calling an operator*
1
3
93 Operator-call bell volume*
1
1
97 Printing system time out*
1
2
Lines/Telephone 02 Pause time*
1
3
09 Tone change*
1
1
49 Dial/busy tone detect*
2
1
(For line standard application)
82 PABX ring detection*
2
1
83 PABX dial tone detection*
2
0
84 PSTN dial tone detection*
2
1
Communication 03 Auto redial*
1
2
06 Transmission mode*
1
1
12 V. 34 settings*
3
3
( 2 ) Default setting of memory switches
The default settings vary depending on the country settings.
(2-1) Default setting of the standard modem speed 14400 model
Section SW No. Description Default
3-2-6
2AN
Communication 13 V. 34 transmitting speed settings*
3
8
14 V. 34 receiving speed settings*
3
8
15 Multi-communication interval*
1
0
16 Redial interval*
1
3
20 Communication mode*
2
0
31 Reception start speed*
2
1
38 Auto reduction RX*
1
1
41 Received data hold*
1
0
51 1 meter jam*
1
1
55 CNG tone*
2
1
58 Symbol rate mask setting (only V. 34)*
3
5
59 Special speed 1
(abbreviated protocol) communication*
2
64 Echo protect tone*
2
1
71 T1 time out*
2
3
85 Communication speed print*
1
0
86 Communication speed/page display*
1
0
90 Sound signal check time*
1
9
91 Time for detection of CNG*
1
1
96 Adding document during 1
polling transmission*
1
98 TC time out*
1
6
Communication 21 ECM*
2
3
control 23 CED response time*
2
6
24 TSI transmitting condition*
1
1
25 DCS transmission timing*
2
0
36 FSK check before phase C*
2
6
Modem 26 Attenuator (trans.)*
2
10
27 Attenuator (DTMF)*
2
2
28 Receive level*
2
8
29 Cable equalizer*
2
0
95 Modem control*
2
0
Initialization 46 Initialize*
1
0
*1: Memory switch shared between the control PCB and the sub-FAX board.
*2: Memory switch with which the setting value can be stored for each of the control
PCB and the sub-FAX board.
*3: Memory switch with which the setting value can be set for only the sub-FAX board.
3-2-6-1
2AP
System 00 Fax auto reduction select*
1
0
07 Conditions of turning communication*
1
1
error LED ON/OFF*
1
10 Initial resolution*
1
0
11 Initial contrast settings*
1
0
17 Smoothing function for copy*
1
1
32 Carrier off check 12
(carrier interval of RX data)*
2
34 Line error*
2
3
35 Consecutive line error*
2
7
40 Print page during the toner empty*
1
5
45 G3 tester mode*
2
0
48 Hook up alarm*
1
1
56 Speaker ON/OFF*
1
0
61 Auto shut-off function*
1
1
66 Fax number in report*
1
1
67 JBIG settings*
2
1
73 Copy reduction*
1
1
74 Date pattern*
1
1
75 Information code*
1
0
81 Error page redial*
1
0
88 TX report print condition*
1
0
89 Alarm after reception*
1
1
92 Time for calling an operator*
1
3
93 Operator-call bell volume*
1
1
97 Printing system time out*
1
2
Lines/Telephone 02 Pause time*
1
3
09 Tone change*
1
1
49 Dial/busy tone detect*
2
1
(For line standard application)
82 PABX ring detection*
2
1
83 PABX dial tone detection*
2
0
84 PSTN dial tone detection*
2
1
Communication 03 Auto redial*
1
2
06 Transmission mode*
1
1
12 V. 34 settings*
2
3
(2-2) Default setting of the standard modem speed 33600 model
3-2-6-2
2AP
Communication 13 V. 34 transmitting speed settings*
2
8
14 V. 34 receiving speed settings*
2
8
15 Multi-communication interval*
1
0
16 Redial interval*
1
3
20 Communication mode*
2
0
31 Reception start speed*
2
1
38 Auto reduction RX*
1
1
41 Received data hold*
1
0
51 1 meter jam*
1
1
55 CNG tone*
2
1
58 Symbol rate mask setting (only V. 34)*
2
5
59 Special speed 1
(abbreviated protocol) communication*
2
64 Echo protect tone*
2
1
71 T1 time out*
2
3
85 Communication speed print*
1
0
86 Communication speed/page display*
1
0
90 Sound signal check time*
1
9
91 Time for detection of CNG*
1
1
96 Adding document during 1
polling transmission*
1
98 TC time out*
1
6
Communication 21 ECM*
2
3
control 23 CED response time*
2
6
24 TSI transmitting condition*
1
1
25 DCS transmission timing*
2
0
36 FSK check before phase C*
2
6
Modem 26 Attenuator (trans.)*
2
10
27 Attenuator (DTMF)*
2
2
28 Receive level*
2
8
29 Cable equalizer*
2
0
95 Modem control*
2
0
Initialization 46 Initialize*
1
0
*1: Memory switch shared between the control PCB and the sub-FAX board.
*2: Memory switch with which the setting value can be stored for each of the control
PCB and the sub-FAX board.
3-2-7
2AN
00 Fax auto reduction select
Display: REC. SELECT
[Description]
Selects operating conditions for the fax auto reduction.
[Purpose]
To change the size of reception documents which are reduced
automatically during reception.
[Method]
1 Press the Enter key.
2 Enter the setting with the numeric keys.
Setting Description
0
1
2
A document of a length shorter than 387 mm is
automatically reduced. A document of a length
longer than that is divided into multiple pages for
printing.
longer than that is divided into multiple pages for
printing.
longer than that divided into multiple pages for
printing.
( 3 ) Memory switch description
SW No. Operation procedure
3-2-8
2AN
02 Pause time
Display: PAUSE TIME
[Description]
Sets the pause time.
[Purpose]
To confirm or change the pause time.
[Method]
Setting Description
02
03
|
21
2 seconds
3 seconds
|
21 seconds
03 Auto redial
Display: # OF RETRIES
[Description]
Sets the number of auto redial.
[Purpose]
To change the number of auto redial.
[Method]
Setting Description
00
01
02
|
14
Auto redial is not performed.
1 time
2 times
|
14 times
3-2-9
2AN
06 Transmission mode
Display: TX DEFAULT
[Description]
Selects the transmission mode at power ON (effective at power ON).
[Note]
After power ON, the mode which is selected with the Memory Tx. key will
be effective.
After transmitting, the mode which is selected with the Memory Tx.
key is still effective.
Even when the Reset/Stop key is pressed after the mode has been
selected with the Memory Tx. key, the mode is still effective.
Even when the auto clear function is engaged after the mode has
been selected with the Memory Tx. key, the mode is still effective.
[Purpose]
To confirm or change the transmission mode at power ON.
[Method]
Setting Description
0
1
ADF transmission
(Direct feed transmission)
Memory transmission
07 Conditions of turning communication error LED ON/OFF
Display: COMM.LED
[Description]
Sets the condition of turning communication error LED ON/OFF.
[Purpose]
To confirm or change the condition of turning communication error LED
ON/OFF.
[Method]
Setting Description
0
1
Manual (Ireland specification)
Automatic (Indonesia specification)
3-2-10
2AN
09 Tone change
Display: TONE CHANGE
[Description]
Sets the conditions of changing the tone.
[Purpose]
To confirm or change the conditions of changing the tone.
[Method]
Setting Description
0
1
2
Holland specification
(Even when the "" key is pressed
the pulse dial is not switched to
the TONE.)
Others
(When the "" key is pressed,
the pulse dial is switched to the
TONE from the next pressing key.)
France specification
(When the "" key is pressed,
the pulse dial is switched to the
TONE from the "" key.)
3-2-11
2AN
10 Initial resolution
Display: RESOLUTION
[Description]
Sets the return position of resolution after transmission.
[Purpose]
To confirm or change the return position of resolution after transmission.
[Method]
Setting Description
0
1
2
3
Normal mode
Fine mode
S-Fine mode
Manual
3-2-12
2AN
11 Initial contrast settings
Display: CONTRAST
[Description]
Sets the initial contrast after transmission.
[Purpose]
To confirm or change the initial contrast after transmission.
[Method]
Setting Description
00
01
02
03
Normal
Dark
Light
Manual *1
*1: For the Manual, changing the initial contrast can be made only in
user settings.
12 V.34 settings
Display: V34 ON/OFF
[Description]
Turns the V.34 function on or off.
[Purpose]
To confirm or change the V.34 function settings.
[Method]
Setting Description
00
01
02
03
V.8 transmitting and receiving functions are turned OFF.
V.8 transmitting function is turned ON.
(V.8 receiving function is turned OFF.)
V.8 receiving function is turned ON.
(V.8 transmitting function is turned OFF.)
V.8 transmitting and receiving functions are turned ON.
3-2-13
2AN
13 V.34 transmitting speed settings
Display: V34 MAX.TX
[Description]
Sets the V.34 transmitting speed.
[Purpose]
To confirm or change the V.34 transmitting speed.
[Method]
Setting Description
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
14400 bps
16800 bps
19200 bps
21600 bps
24000 bps
26400 bps
28800 bps
31200 bps
33600 bps
3-2-14
2AN
14 V.34 receiving speed settings
Display: V34 MAX.RX
[Description]
Sets the V.34 receiving speed.
[Purpose]
To confirm or change the V.34 receiving speed.
[Method]
Setting Description
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
14400 bps
16800 bps
19200 bps
21600 bps
24000 bps
26400 bps
28800 bps
31200 bps
33600 bps
15 Multi-communication interval
Display: MULTI INTERVAL
[Description]
Sets the interval time for the multi-communication.
[Purpose]
To confirm or change the interval time for the multi-communication.
[Method]
Setting Description
0
1
2
10 seconds
1 minute and 10 seconds (70 seconds)
2 minutes (120 seconds)
3-2-15
2AN
16 Redial interval
Display: REDIAL INTERVAL
[Description]
Sets the interval time for redial.
[Purpose]
To confirm or change the interval time for redial.
[Method]
Setting Description
01
02
|
15
1 minute
2 minutes
|
15 minutes
17 Smoothing function for copy
Display: COPY SMOOTHING
[Description]
Turns the smoothing function for copy ON or OFF.
[Purpose]
To confirm or change the ON/OFF states of the smoothing function for
copy.
[Method]
Setting Description
0
1
Smoothing OFF
Smoothing ON
3-2-16
2AN
20 Communication mode
Display: COMMUNICATION
[Description]
Sets the communication mode.
[Purpose]
To select the communication mode between the auto mode and G3 mode.
[Method]
Setting Description
0
(Auto)
1
(G3)
*1: Special mode refers to an abbreviated protocol.
However, this operation is only possible between the
machines of this model.
If the other partys unit is equipped with the special
mode*
1
, communication is performed in special
mode, and if not, in G3 mode.
Communication is always performed in G3 mode.
21 ECM
Display: ECM MODE
[Description]
Turns the ECM transmission/reception ON or OFF.
[Purpose]
To confirm or change the ON/OFF states of the ECM transmission/
reception.
[Method]
Setting Transmission Reception
0
1
2
3
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
3-2-17
2AN
23 CED response time
Display: RESPONSE TIME
[Description]
Sets the maximum waiting time for the CED. (CED: Called station
identification) If the CED is not received within the setting time, a
communication error occurs.
[Purpose]
To check or change the maximum waiting time for the CED signal.
[Method]
Setting Description
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
35.0 seconds
38.5 seconds
42.0 seconds
45.5 seconds
49.0 seconds
52.5 seconds
56.0 seconds
59.5 seconds
91.0 seconds
119.0 seconds
24 TSI transmitting condition
Display: T.S.I.
[Description]
Determines the condition of transmitting the TSI signal.
TSI: Transmitting Subscriber Identification (TEL number of the transmitter)
CSI: Called Subscriber Identification (TEL number of the receiver)
[Purpose]
To check or change the condition of transmitting the TSI signal.
[Method]
Setting Description
0
1
2
Not transmit
Transmit
Transmit if CSI is received
3-2-18
2AN
25 DCS transmission timing
Display: DCS TIMING
[Description]
Determines the condition of transmitting the DCS signal.
DCS: Digital Command Signal
(Response signal to Digital Identification Signal)
DIS: Digital Identification Signal
(Signal indicating that the called subscriber has a standard facility)
[Purpose]
To check or change the condition of transmitting the DCS signal.
[Method]
Setting Description
0
1
Response to first DIS.
Response to second DIS.
26 Attenuator (trans.)
Display: TRANS. ATTN.
[Description]
Sets the transmitting power levels of the FAX signal (by 1 dBm step).
[Purpose]
To check or change the transmitting power levels of the FAX signal.
[Method]
Setting Description
00
|
20
0 dBm
|
20 dBm
3-2-19
2AN
27 Attenuator (DTMF)
Display: DTMF. ATTN.
[Description]
Sets the transmitting power levels of the DTMF signal (by 1 dBm step).
[Purpose]
To check or change the transmitting power levels of the DTMF signal.
[Method]
Setting Description
00
|
20
0 dBm
|
20 dBm
28 Receive level
Display: RECEIVE LEVEL
[Description]
Sets the receive levels of the FAX signal (by 1 dBm step). If the Fax signal
which is lower than the setting level is received, it is not recognized as the
FAX signal.
[Purpose]
To check or change the receive levels of the FAX signal.
[Method]
Setting Description
01
|
11
38 dBm
|
48 dBm
3-2-20
2AN-1/2AP
29 Cable equalizer
Display: CABLE EQUALIZE
[Description]
Sets the cable equalizer which rectifies the characteristics of the distance
from the setting station to the switching station.
[Purpose]
To check or change the characteristics of the cable equalizer.
[Method]
Setting
Description
Control PCB
Standard modem
speed 14400 model
Standard modem
speed 33600 model
Sub-FAX board
0
1
2
3
0 km
7.2 km
0 km
1.8 km
3.6 km
7.2 km
0 km
1.8 km
3.6 km
7.2 km
31 Reception start speed
Display: RX START SPEED
[Description]
Sets the reception start speed of the modem.
[Purpose]
To confirm or change the reception start speed of the modem.
[Method]
Setting Description
0
1
4800 bps
14400 bps
3-2-21
2AN/2AP
32 Carrier off check (carrier interval of RX data)
Display: CARRIER CHECK
[Description]
Sets the carrier off check time. If the carrier signal is cut off for more than
the setting time, only low-speed command signal is monitored for up to 6
seconds.
[Purpose]
To check or change the carrier off check time.
[Method]
Setting Description
00
01
|
12
0 second
0.5 seconds
|
6 seconds
* in 0.5 seconds increments
34 Line error
Display: LINE ERROR (%)
[Description]
Sets the error line treatments. If the code error exceeds the number of the
setting line in 1 page, the page falls into the image quality error and the
RTN signal is sent back.
[Purpose]
To confirm or change the error line treatments.
[Method]
Setting Description
0
1
2
3
4
5
0 %
5 %
10 %
15 %
25 %
OFF
3-2-22
2AN
35 Consecutive line error
Display: CONSEC. L-ERR.
[Description]
Sets the consective error line treatments. If the consecutive code error
exceeds the number of the setting line in 1 page, the page falls into the
image quality error and the RTN signal is sent back.
[Purpose]
To confirm or change the consecutive error line treatments.
[Method]
Setting Normal mode Fine/Super Fine mode
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
3 lines
4 lines
5 lines
6 lines
7 lines
8 lines
9 lines
OFF
6 lines
8 lines
10 lines
12 lines
14 lines
16 lines
18 lines
OFF
3-2-23
2AN
36 FSK check before phase C
Display: FSK CHECK
[Description]
Sets the conditions of the FSK check before phase C.
[Purpose]
To check or change the conditions of the FSK check before phase C.
[Method]
Setting Description
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
OFF
ON
FSK check is not made during 100 ms.
FSK check is not made during 1 second.
FSK check is not made during 1.5 seconds.
FSK check is not made during 2 seconds.
FSK check is not made during 2.5 seconds.
3-2-24
2AN
38 Auto reduction RX
Display: REC. DATA PRINT
[Description]
Sets the operating conditions of the auto reduction in the reception mode.
[Purpose]
To confirm or change the operating condition of the auto reduction in the
reception mode.
[Method]
Setting Description
0
1
2
Not reduce (100 %, 2 pages)
Reduce (70 %, in 1 % decrements) Horizontal and
vertical directions
Reduce (70 %, in 1 % decrements) Only vertical
direction
40 Print page during the toner empt
Display: PRINT PAGE
[Description]
Sets the number of page which will be printed until the lock of IU during the
toner empty.
[Purpose]
To confirm or change the number of page which can be printed until the
lock of IU during the toner empty.
[Method]
Setting Description
0
1
2
3
4
5
0 page
10 pages
20 pages
30 pages
40 pages
50 pages
3-2-25
2AN
41 Received data hold
Display: RECV.DATA HOLD
[Description]
Sets whether or not the received data is hold in the memory until the image
is printed out completely.
[Purpose]
To confirm or change the condition of holding received data in the memory.
[Method]
Setting Description
0
1
Not hold. (The received data is
deleted, as soon as it has been
printed out. (If there is a paper
jam during printing, the jammed
page can not be printed again.))
Hold. (All of the received data is
deleted when printing is
completed. (If there is a paper
jam during printing, the jammed
page can be printed again.))
45 G3 tester mode
Display: G3 TESTER MODE
[Description]
Determines whether or not G3 report is printed out after communication.
[Purpose]
To confirm or change the condition of printing out the G3 report after
communication.
[Method]
Setting Description
0
1
2
Not print
Print after every communication.
Print only if communication error has occurred.
3-2-26
2AN
46 Initialize
Display: SYSTEM INIT.
[Description]
Selects the conditions of initializing the facsimile data.
[Purpose]
To confirm or change the condition of initializing the facsimile data.
[Method]
Setting Description
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
All data clear. (Except for printer counter data)
File *1/Command data/Relay box/Confidential box clear
Abbreviated number dialing key/One-touch key/
Group dial key/Program dial key data clear
Report data clear
Memory switch table data clear
Printer counter data clear
Activity report TX/RX count clear
ADF adjustment/Engine data clear
Function setting data clear (Except for Relay box/
Confidential box/ Dial information)
*1: Document data stored in memory
48 Hook up alarm
Display: HOOK UP ALARM
[Description]
Determines whether the hook up alarm indicating that the internal/external
handset is hung on turns on or off.
[Purpose]
To confirm or change the ON/OFF status of the hook up alarm.
[Method]
Setting Description
0
1
Not alarm
Alarm
3-2-27
2AN
49 Dial/busy tone detect (For Line standard application)
Display: TONE DETECT
[Description]
Sets whether or not to detect dial/busy tone.
[Purpose]
To check or confirm the condition of detecting the dial/busy tone.
[Method]
Setting Description
0
1
2
Busy tone detection on, other tone detection off
Observe the regulation
All tone detection off
51 1 meter jam
Display: 1 METER JAM
[Description]
Sets the length (1m, 2m, and 3m)of a document which is judged as a paper
jam, if it exceeds 1m.
[Purpose]
To confirm or change the length of a document which is judged as a paper
jam.
[Method]
Setting Description
0
1
2
3
OFF
1 m
2 m
3 m
3-2-28
2AN
55 CNG tone
Display: CNG TONE
[Description]
Determines whether CNG tone for manual dialing is turned on or off.
[Purpose]
To check or change the ON/OFF status of the CNG tone for manual
dialing.
[Method]
Setting Description
0
1
OFF
ON
3-2-29
2AN
56 Speaker ON/OFF
Display: MONITOR
[Description]
Determines whether the speaker turns on or off.
[Purpose]
To confirm or change the ON/OFF status of the speaker.
[Method]
Setting Description
0
1
OFF
ON (From phase A to phase E)
58 Symbol rate mask settings (only V.34)
Display: V34 SYMBOL RATE
[Description]
Sets the symbol rate mask.
[Purpose]
To confirm or change the symbol rate mask.
[Method]
Setting Symbol rate (baud)
00
01
02
03
04
05
2400
2800
3000
3200
3429
21600
Not used. If this setting is selected
by mistake, the setting of 05 will
be automatically selected.
24000
26400
31200
33600
Maximum possible data rate (bps)
3-2-30
2AN
59 Special speed (abbreviated protocol) communication
Display: HI-SPEED SET
[Description]
Determines whether or not the special speed communication is set.
[Purpose]
To check or change the special speed communication conditions.
[Method]
Setting TX
0
1
2
3
Not special speed
Special speed
Not special speed
Special speed
Special speed
Special speed
Not special speed
Not special speed
RX
61 Auto shut-off function
Display: AUTO SHUT OFF
[Description]
Turns the auto shut-off function ON or OFF.
[Purpose]
To confirm or change the ON/OFF states of the auto shut-off function.
[Method]
Setting Description
0
1
OFF (No auto shut-off)
ON (Auto shut-off)
3-2-31
2AN
64 Echo protect tone
Display: ECHO PROTECT
[Description]
Sets the echo protect tone to ON or OFF.
[Purpose]
To confirm or change the ON/OFF states of the echo protect tone.
[Method]
Normal transmission
Setting
Echo protect tone
before TCF (V.29)
Echo protect tone
before phase C (V.29)
0
1
2
3
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
PC-FAX transmission
Setting
Echo protect tone
before TCF (V.29)
Echo protect tone
before phase C (V.29)
0
1
2
3
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
* For PC-FAX transmission, always set the setting for TCF.
3-2-32
2AN
66 Fax number in report
Display: FAX NUMBER REP.
[Description]
Sets the condition of recording the destination units information (fax
number, name).
[Purpose]
To confirm and change the condition of recording the destination units
information.
[Method]
Setting Description
0
1
2
If the destination's name is registered in its fax machine,
that name is included in reports. If not, only the fax
number is shown.
If the destination's name is registered in your fax ma-
chine, that name is included in reports. If not, only the fax
number is shown.
Only the destination's fax number registered in your fax
machine is shown in reports.
67 JBIG settings
Display: JBIG SETTING
[Description]
Turns the JBIG function on or off.
[Purpose]
To confirm or change the JBIG function settings.
[Method]
Setting Description
00
01
OFF
ON
3-2-33
2AN
71 T1 time out
Display: T1 TIME OUT
[Description]
Sets the period of the T1 time out.
[Purpose]
To confirm or change the period of the T1 time out.
[Method]
Setting Description
0
1
|
30
30 seconds
32 seconds
|
90 seconds
73 Copy reduction
Display: MAX REDUCTION
[Description]
Sets the maximum copy reduction.
[Purpose]
To confirm or change the maximum copy reduction.
[Method]
Setting Description
0
1
70 % (maximum reduction)
50 % (maximum reduction)*1
*1: When the copy is made with 69%-50% reduction in the Super fine
mode, it will be made in the Fine mode.
3-2-34
2AN
74 Date pattern
Display: DATE PATTERN
[Description]
Sets the date pattern.
[Purpose]
To confirm or change the date pattern.
[Method]
Setting Description
0
1
2
Year/Month/Day
Month/Day/Year
Day/Month/ Year
75 Information code
Display: INFORMATION
[Description]
Sets whether the information code is printed out or not.
[Purpose]
To confirm or change the condition of printing out the information code.
[Method]
Setting Description
0
1
Not print
Print (Prints the details of the error
in the TX report.)
3-2-35
2AN
81 Error page redial
Display: ERROR REDIAL
[Description]
Sets the condition of error page redial.
[Purpose]
To confirm or change the condition of error page redial.
[Method]
Setting Description
0
1
Pattern 1 (If a transmission error occurs during
the memory transmission, after the line is cut off,
transmission resumes at the page in which the
error occurred.)
Pattern 2 (Even if a transmission error occurs
during the memory transmission, since the line is
not cut off, transmission continues without re-
transmitting the page in which the error
occurred.)
82 PABX ring detection
Display: PBX RING
[Description]
Sets PABX ring detection.
[Purpose]
To confirm or change PABX ring detection.
[Method]
Setting Description
0
1
Ring pattern is detected up to the outer area of
the PTT required.
Ring pattern is detected only by the area of the
PTT required.
3-2-36
2AN
83 PABX dial tone detection
Display: PBX DIAL TONE
[Description]
Sets PABX dial tone detection.
[Purpose]
To confirm or change the PABX dial tone detection.
[Method]
Setting Description
0
1

2
Not detect dial tone, but dial after fixed time.
Detect dial tone which is same to PABX and start
dialing after detection.
Detect expanded PABX dial tone and start dialing
after detection.
84 PSTN dial tone detection
Display: PSTN DIAL TONE
[Description]
Sets PSTN dial tone detection.
[Purpose]
To confirm or change the PSTN dial tone detection.
[Method]
Setting Description
0
1

2
Not detect dial tone, but dial after fixed time.
Detect dial tone which is same to PSTN and start
dialing after detection.
Detect expanded PSTN dial tone and start dialing
after detection.
3-2-37
2AN
85 Communication speed print
Display: SPEED PRINT
[Description]
Determines whether the communication speed is printed out or not.
[Purpose]
To confirm or change the condition of printing out the communication
speed.
[Method]
Setting Description
0
1
Not print
Print
86 Communication speed/page display
Display: SPEED/PAGE DSP
[Description]
Determines whether the communication speed / page is displayed or not.
[Purpose]
To confirm or change the condition of displaying the communication speed/
page.
[Method]
Setting Description
0
1
Not display
Display
3-2-38
2AN
88 TX report print condition
Display: TX REPORT PRINT
[Description]
Sets the conditions of printing out the TX report in redialing.
[Purpose]
To confirm or change the condition of printing out the TX report in redialing.
[Method]
Setting Description
0
1
Prints out a TX report every time redialing is
performed.
Prints out a TX report after the set number of
redialings is completed.
89 Alarm after reception
Display: RX ALARM
[Description]
Turns the alarm which sounds after reception ON or OFF.
[Purpose]
To confirm or change the states of ON/OFF of the alarm.
[Method]
Setting Description
0
1
OFF (Not sound)
ON (Sounds)
3-2-39
2AN
90 Sound signal check time
Display: SOUND SIGNAL
[Description]
Sets the sound signal check time.
[Purpose]
To check or change the sound signal check time.
[Method]
Setting Description
00
01
|
30
0 second
1 second
|
30 seconds
91 Time for detection of CNG
Display: CNG TIME
[Description]
Sets the CNG detection time.
[Purpose]
To check or change the CNG detection time.
[Method]
Setting Description
0
1
2
3
4
1 second
2 seconds
3 seconds
4 seconds
5 seconds
3-2-40
2AN
92 Time for calling an operator
Display: FAX/TEL TIME OUT
[Description]
Sets the time for calling an operator.
[Purpose]
To check or change the time for calling an operator.
[Method]
Setting Description
0
1
2
3
10 seconds
15 seconds
20 seconds
25 seconds
93 Operator-call bell volume
Display: QUASI RING VOL.
[Description]
Determines the operator-call bell volume (the volume of bell which rings in
the fax when a call comes in from a telephone in the auto FAX/TEL
switching mode).
[Purpose]
To check or change the operator-call bell volume.
[Method]
Setting Description
0
1
2
Low
Normal
Loud
3-2-41
2AN
95 Modem control
Display: MODEM CONTROL
[Description]
Sets the conditions of controlling the modem.
[Purpose]
To check or change the conditions of controlling the modem.
[Method]
Setting Description
0
1
Equalizer freeze OFF
Equalizer freeze ON
3-2-42
2AN
96 Adding document during polling transmission
Display: POLLING DOCUMENT
[Description]
Sets whether or not to add documents during the polling transmission.
[Purpose]
To confirm or change the setting of adding documents during the polling
transmission.
[Method]
Setting Description
0
1
Not add documents
Adds documents
97 Printing system time out
Display: PC TIME OUT
[Description]
Sets the printing system time out. If the machine does not receive the
printing data from the computer within the setting time, the line is forcibly
cut off from the computer.
[Purpose]
To check or change the printing system time out.
[Method]
Setting Description
00
01
02
|
31
No time out
10 seconds
20 seconds
|
310 seconds
3-2-43
2AN
98 TC time out
Display: TC TIME OUT
[Description]
Sets the period of TC time out.
[Purpose]
To confirm or change the period of TC time out.
[Method]
* The number of rings can be set anytime between 1-11 by 1
increments.
Setting Description
00
01
02
|
25
1 second
10 seconds
20 seconds
|
250 seconds
3-2-44
2AN
(4) Printing out the memory switch setting list for the control PCB
Follow the procedure below to print out the memory switch setting list for the control
PCB.
SERVICE MODE 04/01 99 12 : 00 S
SET DOCUMENT
The memory switch set-
ting list for the control
PCB is printed out.
PRINT REPORT
ACTIVITY REPORT
Press the Print Reports
key.
Select SETTING LIST
with the cursor keys.
PRINT REPORT
SETTING LIST
PRINTING
3-2-45
2AN
(5) Printing out the action list
Follow the procedure below to print out the action list.
SERVICE MODE 04/01 99 12 : 00 S
SET DOCUMENT
The action list is printed
out.
PRINT REPORT
ACTIVITY REPORT
key.
Select ACTION LIST
PRINT REPORT
ACTION LIST
PRINTING
3-2-46
2AN
(6) Printing out the memory switch setting list for the sub-FAX board
Follow the procedure below to print out the memory switch setting list for the sub-FAX
board.
SERVICE MODE 04/01 99 12 : 00 S
SET DOCUMENT
The memory switch set-
ting list for the sub-FAX
board is printed out.
PRINT REPORT
ACTIVITY REPORT
key.
Select SETTING LIST
Select 2ND. LINE with
the cursor keys.
PRINT REPORT
SETTING LIST
PRINT REPORT
2ND. LINE
PRINTING
3-2-47
2AN
3-2-3 Test mode
Entering the service mode.
(See "3-2-2 Service mode" on page 3-2-2).
SERVICE MODE
TEST MODE
USER MODE
04/01 '99 12:00
SET DOCUMENT
Press the Function key
Press the left cursor key
04/01 '99 12:00 S

SET DOCUMENT
TEST MODE
Press One-
touch key No.1.
Press One-
touch key No.3.
Press One-
touch key No.2.
Press One-
touch key No.4.
Press One-
touch key No.6.
Press One-
touch key No.5.
Reading test
mode
Printing test
mode
Modem test
mode
Continuous
operating test
mode
Sub-modem
test mode
Line test mode
Enter "00" with the
numeric keys.
3-2-48
2AN
Press One-touch key
No.1.
SCANNER ON
TEST MODE
Reading test mode
SERVICE MODE
TEST MODE
SCANNER LED ON
* The exposure lamp

(LED) of the contact im-
age sensor lights.
( 1 ) Reading test mode
* The contact image sensor (CIS) operation is checked in this mode.
3-2-49
2AN/2AP
Press the One-touch
key (1-8) corresponding
to the desired output
signal.
Press One-touch key
No.2.
14400bps (V17) signal
output.
The signal correspond-
ing to the pressed One-
touch key is outputted.
Modem test mode
TEST MODE
SERVICE MODE
TEST MODE
MODEM TEST
14400 BPS (V17)
The name of the output
signal. (Refer to Table
3-2-1 and Table 3-2-1-1.
(Page 3-2-50, 3-2-50-1))
Refer to Table 3-2-1

and Table 3-2-1-1.
(Page 3-2-50, 3-2-50-1)
MODEM TEST

( 2 ) Modem test mode
* The modem operation (performing tests for outputting the DTMF signal and tonal
signal assigned to each numeric key) is checked in this mode.
3-2-50
2AN-1
770 Hz signal is outputted. (Message display: TONE 770 Hz)
Press One-touch key No.5.
*1: Every time pressing each One-touch key, the signal is outputted in the order de-
scribed in the Table 3-2-1.
For example, when pressing the One-touch key No.5, the signal is outputted as
follows.
*2: When pressing the numeric keys (0 to 9), key or # key, a DTMF signal corre-
sponding to the key (s) is output.
The character corresponding to the pressed key appears on the message dis-
play.
One-touch key
No.1.
One-touch key
No.2.
One-touch key
No.3.
One-touch key
No.4.
One-touch key
No.5.
One-touch key
No.6.
One-touch key
No.7.
One-touch key
No.8.
19600 bps (V29)
27200 bps (V29)
34800 bps (V27ter)
12400 bps (V27ter)
2300 bps
31100 Hz
12100 Hz
21209 Hz
31336 Hz
11477 Hz
21633 Hz
3697 Hz
1770 Hz
2852 Hz
3941 Hz
1PB signal *
2
2No signal (DP ON)
3No signal (DP OFF)
114400 bps (V17)
212000 bps (V17)
39600 bps (V17)
17200 bps (V17)
214400 bps (V33)
312000 bps (V33)
9600 bps (V29)
7200 bps (V29)
4800 bps
2400 bps
300 bps
1100 Hz
2100 Hz
TONE 1209 Hz
TONE 1336 Hz
TONE 1477 Hz
TONE 1633 Hz
TONE 697 Hz
TONE 770 Hz
TONE 852 Hz
TONE 941 Hz
PB (x) *
2
NO SIGNAL
DP OFF
14400 bps (V17)
12000 bps (V17)
9600 bps (V17)
7200 bps (V17)
14400 bps (V33)
12000 bps (V33)
Output signal Display
3-2-50-1
2AP
One-touch key
No.1.
One-touch key
No.2.
One-touch key
No.3.
One-touch key
No.4.
One-touch key
No.5.
One-touch key
No.6.
One-touch key
No.7.
One-touch key
No.8.
One-touch key
No.9.
One-touch key
No.10.
One-touch key
No.11.
One-touch key
No.12.
One-touch key
No.13.
One-touch key
No.14.
19600 bps (V29)
27200 bps (V29)
34800 bps (V27ter)
12400 bps (V27ter)
2300 bps
31100 Hz
12100 Hz
21209 Hz
31336 Hz
11477 Hz
21633 Hz
3697 Hz
1770 Hz
2852 Hz
3941 Hz
1PB signal *
2
2No signal (DP ON)
3No signal (DP OFF)
114400 bps (V17)
212000 bps (V17)
39600 bps (V17)
17200 bps (V17)
214400 bps (V33)
312000 bps (V33)
1V 21 input check
214400 bps (V17) input check
133600 bps (V34)
231200 bps (V34)
328800 bps (V34)
128800 bps (V34)
226400 bps (V34)
324000 bps (V34)
121600 bps (V34)
219200 bps (V34)
316800 bps (V34)
114400 bps (V34)
212000 bps (V34)
39600 bps (V34)
17200 bps (V34)
24800 bps (V34)
32400 bps (V34)
9600 BPS (V29)
7200 BPS (V29)
4800 BPS
2400 BPS
300 BPS
1100 Hz
2100 Hz
TONE 1209 Hz
TONE 1336 Hz
TONE 1477 Hz
TONE 1633 Hz
TONE 697 Hz
TONE 770 Hz
TONE 852 Hz
TONE 941 Hz
PB (x) *
2
NO SIGNAL
DP OFF
14400 BPS (V17)
12000 BPS (V17)
9600 bps (V17)
7200 BPS (V17)
14400 BPS (V33)
12000 BPS (V33)
CARRIER CHECK V. 21
CARRIER CHECK V. 17
CARRIER CHECK V. 29
33600 BPS (V34)
31200 BPS (V34)
28800 BPS (V34)
28800 BPS (V34)
26400 BPS (V34)
24000 BPS (V34)
21600 BPS (V34)
19200 BPS (V34)
16800 BPS (V34)
14400 BPS (V34)
12000 BPS (V34)
9600 BPS (V34)
7200 BPS (V34)
4800 BPS (V34)
2400 BPS (V34)
Table 3-2-1-1 (Standard modem speed 33600 model)
3-2-50-2
2AP
*1: Every time the One-touch key is pressed, the signal is output in the order
descried in Table 3-2-2. For example, when One-touch key No.5 is pressed, the
signal is output as follows;
*2: When pressing the numeric keys (0-9), the key or the # key, the DTMF
signal corresponding to the pressed key is output.
The character corresponding to the pressed key appears the message display.
770 Hz signal is output. (Message display: TONE 770 Hz)
3-2-51
2AN
( 3 ) Printing test mode
* The test chart is printed out in this mode (See Figure 3-2-1).
Enter desired printing
pages (00-99) with the
numeric keys.
Press the Left cursor key.
Press One-touch key
No.3.
Select a paper cas-
sette.
TEST MODE
SERVICE MODE
* "00" means continuous
printing.
TEST MODE

CASSETTE SELECT
0: UP/1:LOW
CHART PRINT 01
0: Paper cassette
1: Paper feed unit (option)
Press numeric key No.
0 or 1.
Is the
optional paper
feed unit
installed?
3 s later.
B
A
Yes
No
3-2-52
2AN
Press the Send key.
TEST REPORT PRINT
PRINTING
* The test chart is printed
out under the selected
conditions.
A
B
A
A
B
C
A
A
Reference line 1 dot 1 line
Figure 3-2-1 Test chart
A: 3mm/
1
/8"
B: 20mm/
13
/16" (159 dots)
C: 10mm/
3
/8" (76 lines)
3-2-53
2AN
( 4 ) Aging test mode
* The operations of the printer and the documents feed/image reading sections
(ADF) are checked in this mode.
SERVICE MODE
Press One-touch key
No.4.
TEST MODE
TEST MODE
CONT OPERATION
SCANNER
Press the Send key.
SCANNER ON
SCANNER OFF
A
B
*1
3-2-54
2AN
ENGINE
B A
Scanner ON?
ENGINE & SCANNER
Press the Enter key. Press the Enter key.
SCANNER OFF SCANNER ON
C D
C D
*
1
Yes
No
*1 When the ADF motor starts to drive and the exposure lamp of the contact image
sensor lights up, the document feed/ image reading sections (ADF) starts to per-
form a simulation of reading documents. When a document is on the document
table, the document is fed.
3-2-55
2AN
Press one-touch key
No.5.
Select the mode to be
executed with the cur-
sor keys.
Enter "00" with the nu-
meric keys.
TEST MODE
SERVICE MODE
TEST MODE
Line test modes which are capable of

being executed
FUNCTION NO. = _
LINE MODE
MODE No.
01

11
42
50
51
52
99
Initialization of
the country settings
Test chart
Timing adjustment
Print density adjustment
ROM version display
Displaying initialization
Report print out
Description
A
( 5 ) Line test mode
* The line test modes of the document feed/image reading sections (ADF) and the
printer are confirmed in the test mode.
3-2-56
2AN
(5-1) Initialization of the country settings
* The country settings are initialized in this mode.

Enter a 3-digit country
code *1.
The country settings
are initialized by
changing the country
data *2.
The set country code
and OEM code are
displayed.
The current ROM
version is displayed.
Are there
applicable codes?
2 s later
(or press the Enter key.)
2 s later
2 s later
(or press the Reset/Stop key.)
*2: The country data varies depending on
countries (Initial settings, Memory
switches, Telephone line settings of
countries).
Data to be initialized: S-RAM
D-RAM
A
Enter 01 with the
numeric keys.
FUNCTION NO. = 0 1
LINE MODE
COUNTRY = XXX OEM = YYY
COUNTRY INITIALIZE
COUNTRY INITIALIZE
NO SUCH A CODE !!!
COUNTRY INITIALIZE
COUNTRY CODE = XXX
OEM CODE = YYY
ROM VERSION
VER: XXXXXXXX
2 s later
*1: The OEM code is fixed.
No
Yes
3-2-57
2AN-1
(5-2) Test chart
* The test chart is printed out in this mode.

Press the Send key.
The test chart is printed
out. (see figure 3-2-1,
page 3-2-52.)
A
Enter "11" with the
numeric keys.
FUNCTION No. = 1 1
LINE MODE
CHART PRINT 01
PRINTING
* "00" means the continuous
printing
CASSETTE SELECT
0: UP/1: LOW
Enter desired printing
pages (00-99) with the
numeric keys.
Select a paper cassette.
Press numeric key No.
0 or 1.
Is the
optional paper
feed unit installed?
3 s later.
3-2-58
2AN-1
(5-3) Timing adjustment
* The adjustments of the document feed/image reading sections (ADF) and the
printer are confirmed in this mode.

ADF ADJ
PRINTER ADJ
Select the mode to be
adjusted with the cursor
keys.
Press the Reset/Stop
key.
A
B
Enter "42" with the
numeric keys.
FUNCTION NO. = 4 2
LINE MODE
** : Refer to page 3-2-60. * : Refer to the next page.
ADF adjusting mode Printer adjusting mode
3-2-59
2AN
ADF adjusting mode
* The adjustments of the document feed/image reading sections (ADF) are
confirmed in this mode.

Adjust the document
leading edge
registration timing
(See page 3-3-57).
ADF ADJ

DOC TOP TIMING

Adjust the document
trailing edge
registration timing
(See page 3-3-59).
ADF ADJ

DOC REAR TIMING
ADF adjusting mode
B
3-2-60
2AN
Printer adjusting mode
* The adjustments of the printer are confirmed in this mode.

Adjust the paper
leading edge
registration timing
(See page 3-3-43).
PRINTER ADJ _ _ _ _ _
PAP-U TOP TIMING

Adjust the paper trailing
edge registration timing
(See page 3-3-45).
PAPER REAR TIMING

Adjust the center
registration timing.
(See page 3-3-47.)
PAPER CENTER TIMING

Adjust the paper leading
edge registration timing
during duplex paper
feed.
(See page 3-3-49.)
DUPLEX TOP TIMING

Adjust the center
registration timing
during duplex paper
feed.
(See page 3-3-51.)
DUP-U CNETER TIMING
Printer adjusting mode
3-2-61
2AN
B

Adjust the center
registration timing.
(paper feed unit)
(See page 3-3-53.)
PAP-L CENTER TIMING

Adjust the center
registration timing
during duplex paper
feed. (paper feed unit)
(See page 3-3-55.)
DUP-L CENTER TIMING
*: Option
3-2-62
2AN
(5-4) Print density adjustment
* The threshold of print density is changed in this mode.

Press the Reset/Stop
key.
Enter the desired
setting value of print
density (1-7) with the
numeric keys.
A
Enter 50 with the
numeric keys.
FUNCTION NO. = 5 0
LINE MODE
DENSITY LEVEL : 4
ENTER (1-7)
3-2-63
2AN
(5-5) ROM version display
* The ROM version of the control PCB is displayed in this mode.
(5-6) Displaying initialization
* The country code and OEM code at initialization are displayed in this mode.

Enter 51 with the
numeric keys.
FUNCTION NO. = 5 1
LINE MODE
The ROM version is

displayed for 2 sec.
ROM VERSION
VER: XXXXXXXX
A

Enter 52 with the
numeric keys.
FUNCTION NO. = 5 2
LINE MODE
The country code and

OEM code at
initialization are
displayed for 2 sec.
COUNTRY CODE = XXX
OEM CODE = YYY
A
3-2-64
2AN
(5-7) Report print out
* The preset list is printed out in this mode.
* The following items are printed on the preset list.
User setting list
ROM version
Country code
OEM code
The number of sheets which have been transmitted or received
Engine counter
IU counter
Dial pulse making time (10PPS/20PPS)
Document registration timing value (leading/trailing edges)
Paper registration timing value (leading/trailing edges)
Center registration timing value
Duplex timing value
(leading edge/center (paper cassette)/center (paper feed unit*)
*: Option

Enter 99 with the
numeric keys.
FUNCTION NO. = 9 9
LINE MODE
The preset list is printed

out.
PRINTING
A
3-2-65
2AN
(6) Sub-modem test mode
* The operation of the modem (performing the test for outputting the DTMF signal
and tonal signal assigned to each numeric key) is checked in this mode.
* This mode can be executed when the optional sub-FAX board is installed.
Press the One-touch
key (1-8) corresponding
to the desired output
signal.
Press One-touch key
No.6.
14400bps (V17) signal
output.
The signal correspond-
ing to the pressed One-
touch key is outputted.
Sub-Modem Test Mode
TEST MODE
SERVICE MODE
TEST MODE
MODEM TEST
14400 BPS (V17)
The name of the output
signal appears here.
(Refer to Table 3-2-2
on the next page.)
Refer to Table 3-2-2 on

the next page.
MODEM TEST

3-2-66
2AN
One-touch key
No.1.
One-touch key
No.2.
One-touch key
No.3.
One-touch key
No.4.
One-touch key
No.5.
One-touch key
No.6.
One-touch key
No.7.
One-touch key
No.8.
One-touch key
No.9.
One-touch key
No.10.
One-touch key
No.11.
One-touch key
No.12.
One-touch key
No.13.
One-touch key
No.14.
19600 bps (V29)
27200 bps (V29)
34800 bps (V27ter)
12400 bps (V27ter)
2300 bps
31100 Hz
12100 Hz
21209 Hz
31336 Hz
11477 Hz
21633 Hz
3697 Hz
1770 Hz
2852 Hz
3941 Hz
1PB signal *
2
2No signal (DP ON)
3No signal (DP OFF)
114400 bps (V17)
212000 bps (V17)
39600 bps (V17)
17200 bps (V17)
214400 bps (V33)
312000 bps (V33)
1V 21 input check
133600 bps (V34)
231200 bps (V34)
328800 bps (V34)
128800 bps (V34)
226400 bps (V34)
324000 bps (V34)
121600 bps (V34)
219200 bps (V34)
316800 bps (V34)
114400 bps (V34)
212000 bps (V34)
39600 bps (V34)
17200 bps (V34)
24800 bps (V34)
32400 bps (V34)
9600 BPS (V29)
7200 BPS (V29)
4800 BPS
2400 BPS
300 BPS
1100 Hz
2100 Hz
TONE 1209 Hz
TONE 1336 Hz
TONE 1477 Hz
TONE 1633 Hz
TONE 697 Hz
TONE 770 Hz
TONE 852 Hz
TONE 941 Hz
PB (x) *
2
NO SIGNAL
DP OFF
14400 BPS (V17)
12000 BPS (V17)
9600 bps (V17)
7200 BPS (V17)
14400 BPS (V33)
12000 BPS (V33)
CARRIER CHECK V. 21
CARRIER CHECK V. 17
CARRIER CHECK V. 29
33600 BPS (V34)
31200 BPS (V34)
28800 BPS (V34)
28800 BPS (V34)
26400 BPS (V34)
24000 BPS (V34)
21600 BPS (V34)
19200 BPS (V34)
16800 BPS (V34)
14400 BPS (V34)
12000 BPS (V34)
9600 BPS (V34)
7200 BPS (V34)
4800 BPS (V34)
2400 BPS (V34)
Table 3-2-2
3-2-67
2AN
*1: Every time the One-touch key is pressed, the signal is output in the order
descried in Table 3-2-2. For example, when One-touch key No.5 is pressed, the
signal is output as follows;
*2: When pressing the numeric keys (0-9), the key or the # key, the DTMF
signal corresponding to the pressed key is output.
The character corresponding to the pressed key appears the message display.
2AN
CONTENTS
3-3 Assembly and Disassembly
3-3-1 Precautions for assembly and disassembly ........................................ 3-3-1
3-3-2 Outer covers ....................................................................................... 3-3-2
(1) Detaching and refitting the left cover and the rear cover ............. 3-3-2
(2) Detaching and refitting the right cover ......................................... 3-3-3
(3) Detaching and refitting the document table ................................. 3-3-4
3-3-3 Paper feed section .............................................................................. 3-3-5
(1) Detaching and refitting the paper feed roller ............................... 3-3-5
(2) Detaching and refitting the paper conveying roller ...................... 3-3-8
(3) Detaching and refitting the registration upper roller .................. 3-3-10
(4) Detaching and refitting the registration lower roller ................... 3-3-11
3-3-4 Document feed/image reading sections (ADF) ................................. 3-3-13
(1) Detaching and refitting the ADF upper housing ........................ 3-3-13
(2) Detaching and refitting the ADF paper conveying guide ........... 3-3-15
(3) Detaching and refitting the contact image sensor (CIS) ............ 3-3-16
(4) Detaching and refitting the ADF pad ......................................... 3-3-19
(5) Detaching and refitting the ADF paper feed roller and
the ADF forwarding roller ........................................................... 3-3-20
(6) Detaching and refitting the ADF paper conveying roller and
the ADF eject roller ..................................................................... 3-3-21
3-3-5 Optical section .................................................................................. 3-3-23
(1) Detaching and refitting the laser scanning unit ......................... 3-3-23
3-3-6 Fixing section .................................................................................... 3-3-24
(1) Detaching and refitting the fixing housing ................................. 3-3-24
(2) Detaching and refitting the fixing heater .................................... 3-3-26
(3) Detaching and refitting the heat roller ....................................... 3-3-27
(4) Detaching and refitting the press roller ...................................... 3-3-28
(5) Detaching and refitting the fixing thermistor .............................. 3-3-29
(6) Detaching and refitting the fixing thermostat ............................. 3-3-30
(7) Detaching and refitting the separation claws............................. 3-3-31
3-3-7 Eject section...................................................................................... 3-3-32
(1) Detaching and refitting the eject roller ....................................... 3-3-32
(2) Detaching and refitting the feedshift roller ................................. 3-3-34
3-3-8 PCBs ................................................................................................. 3-3-35
(1) Detaching and refitting the control PCB (CPCB) ....................... 3-3-35
(2) Detaching and refitting the network control unit PCB................ 3-3-36
(3) Detaching and refitting the high voltage transformer PCB ........ 3-3-38
(4) Detaching and refitting the power source PCB ......................... 3-3-39
(5) Detaching and refitting the operation unit .................................. 3-3-41
3-3-9 Adjustments ...................................................................................... 3-3-42
(1) Adjusting the threshold of document image reading density ..... 3-3-42
(2) Adjusting the paper leading edge registration timing ................ 3-3-43
(3) Adjusting the paper trailing edge registration timing ................. 3-3-45
(4) Adjusting the center registration timing ..................................... 3-3-47
2AN
(5) Adjusting the paper leading edge registration timing
during duplex paper feed........................................................... 3-3-49
(6) Adjusting the center registration timing
during duplex paper feed........................................................... 3-3-51
(paper feed unit) [option] ............................................................ 3-3-53
during duplex paper feed (paper feed unit) [option] .................. 3-3-55
(9) Adjusting the document leading edge registration timing .......... 3-3-57
(10) Adjusting the document trailing edge registration timing ........... 3-3-59
2AN
3-3-1
3-3-1 Precautions for assembly and disassembly
<Precautions>
Always unplug the power cord before starting disassembly and assembly operations.
Disconnect all connectors connected to this machine (telephone line and computer
connection cable, etc.) before starting these operations.
Remove the imaging unit, paper cassette, and document eject tray before starting
these operations.
During disassembly, if wires are fastened to the machine with binding bands, you may
cut those bands as necessary. If you cut them, always fasten those wires and return
them to their original positions during assembly.
When handling PCBs, do not touch the PCB connection sections with bare hands or
damage them.
When ICs are installed on a PCB, do not touch with bare hands or with any object that
might carry a static electric charge.
When replacing the fixing thermostat, always use the specified parts. Never use wire
or the like instead of the specified thermostat. It can damage the machine and cause
accidents.
Always use the tester indicated below when measuring voltage.
Hioki 3200
Sanwa MD-180C
Sanwa YX-360TR
Beckman TECH300
Beckman 3030: Capable of measuring RMS values.
Beckman 330: Capable of measuring RMS values.
Beckman DM45
Beckman DM850: Capable of measuring RMS values.
Fluke 8060A: Capable of measuring RMS values.
Arlec DMM1050
Arlec YF1030C
2AN-1
3-3-2
3-3-2 Outer covers
Follow the procedure below to detach the outer covers to perform disassembly.
( 1 ) Detaching and refitting the left cover and the rear cover
<Procedure>
1. Detach the ADF cover, and press the main body release button to open the
machine.
2. Detach the imaging unit.
4. Remove the three screws and disengage the two claws from the holes in the left
cover to remove the left cover.
* When refitting the left cover, insert the two claws and the bottom edge of the left
cover into the appropriate holes in the machine, and secure the cover with the
screws.
Claws
ADF cover
Screw
Left cover
Duplex unit
Main body release button
Imaging unit
Screws
Paper cassette
Figure 3-3-1
5. Remove the eight screws and then the rear cover.
Rear cover
Left cover
Figure 3-3-2
2AN
3-3-3
( 2 ) Detaching and refitting the right cover
<Procedure>
1. Detach the ADF cover, and press the main body release button to open the
machine.
2. Detach the imaging unit.
4. Remove the three screws and disengage the two claws from the holes in the right
cover to remove the right cover.
* When refitting the right cover, insert the two claws and the bottom edge of the right
cover into the appropriate holes in the machine, and secure the cover with the
screws.
Claws
ADF cover
Screws
Screw
Right cover
Duplex unit
Imaging unit
Paper cassette
Figure 3-3-3
2AN
3-3-4
( 3 ) Detaching and refitting the document table
<Procedure>
2. Hold the document table upright and disengage the projections on both ends of the
document table from the openings of the machine.
Document table
ADF cover
Figure 3-3-4
3. Refit all the removed parts after operations.
2AN
3-3-5
3-3-3 Paper feed section
( 1 ) Detaching and refitting the paper feed roller
Follow the procedure below to detach and refit the paper feed roller when cleaning or
replacing.
<Procedure>
1. Detach the right and left covers. (See pages 3-3-2 and 3-3-3.)
3. Detach the high voltage transformer PCB. (See page 3-3-38.)
4. Remove the E-ring and the bushing.
Bushing
E-ring
(Machine right side)
Figure 3-3-5
2AN
3-3-6
5. Free the wires from the cord clamp, and remove the stop ring and the feed clutch.
* When refitting the feed clutch, make sure that the stopper on the machine is firmly
inserted into the cutout in the hook of the feed clutch (the circled section shown in
Figure 3-3-6).
6. Remove paper feed gear 30, and then the E-ring and the bushing.
Stop ring
Cord clamp
Feed clutch
Bushing
Paper feed gear 30
E-ring
(Machine left side)
Figure 3-3-6
2AN
3-3-7
7. Remove the three screws and the switch cover.
8. Move the paper feed roller toward the left to remove it.
* When refitting the paper feed roller, re-hook the paper feed roller guides to the
machine.
Switch cover
Paper feed roller guide
Paper feed roller guide
Screws
1
2
Paper feed roller
Figure 3-3-7
9. Refit all the removed parts after cleaning or replacing.
2AN
3-3-8
( 2 ) Detaching and refitting the paper conveying roller
Follow the procedure below to detach and refit the paper conveying roller when cleaning
or replacing.
<Procedure>
Bushing
E-ring
Figure 3-3-8
4. Remove the E-ring and the paper conveying roller gear.
Bushing
Paper conveying
roller gear
E-ring
E-ring
(Machine left side)
Figure 3-3-9
2AN
3-3-9
6. Remove the paper conveying roller as shown in Figure 3-3-10.
Paper conveying roller
1
2
Figure 3-3-10
2AN
3-3-10
( 3 ) Detaching and refitting the registration upper roller
Follow the procedure below to detach and refit the registration upper roller when
cleaning or replacing.
<Procedure>
1. Press the main body release button to open the machine, and detach the imaging
unit.
2. Remove the crimp-style springs from the square holes in the right and left sides of
the machine, and remove the registration upper roller.
* When detaching and refitting, be careful not to bend the grounding plate.
Crimp-style
spring
Registration upper roller
Grounding plate
Figure 3-3-11
3. Remove the registration upper roller gears and the bushings from both ends of the
registration upper roller.
Registration upper roller
Bushing
Bushing
Registration upper roller gear
Figure 3-3-12
2AN
3-3-11
( 4 ) Detaching and refitting the registration lower roller
Follow the procedure below to detach and refit the registration lower roller when
cleaning or replacing.
<Procedure>
2. Remove the registration upper roller. (See page 3-3-10.)
3. Remove the E-ring, and then the registration lower roller gear and the bushing.
Registration lower
roller gear
Bushing
E-ring
Figure 3-3-13
4. Remove the wires from the cord clamp, and remove the stop ring and the
registration clutch.
* When refitting the registration clutch, make sure that the stopper on the machine is
firmly inserted into the cutout in the hook of the registration clutch (the circled
section shown in Figure 3-3-14).
5. Remove the stop ring and the bushing.
Stop ring
Cord clamp
Registration clutch
Stop ring
Bushing
Figure 3-3-14
2AN
3-3-12
6. Remove the registration lower roller as shown in Figure 3-3-15.
* When detaching and refitting, be careful not to bend the grounding plate.
Registration lower roller
Grounding plate
2
1
Figure 3-3-15
2AN-1
3-3-13
3-3-4 Document feed/image reading sections (ADF)
( 1 ) Detaching and refitting the ADF upper housing
Follow the procedure below to detach the ADF upper housing to perform disassembly.
<Procedure>
1. Detach the left cover. (See page 3-3-2.)
2. Detach the operation unit. (See page 3-3-41.)
3. Detach the document table. (See page 3-3-4.)
4. Remove the two screws, and free the two grounding wires from the ADF upper
housing.
5. Disconnect the 2-pin connector of the speaker.
6. Remove the two screws and the ADF fulcrum.
Grounding wire
Grounding wire
Screws
ADF fulcrum
Screws
2-pin connector
Figure 3-3-16
2AN-1
3-3-14
7. Pass the right grounding wire through the hole of the ADF hinge on the machine
right.
8. Pass the removed grounding wire and the wires for the 2-pin connector of the
speaker and the 8-pin connector of the operation unit in the direction of the arrow in
Figure 3-3-17 from the hole in which the ADF fulcrum has been attached.
9. Disengage the hinge of the ADF upper housing from the hole in the ADF lower
housing to detach the ADF upper housing.
2-pin connector
8-pin connector
Grounding
wire
Hinge
ADF lower housing
ADF upper housing
Grounding wire
Grounding wire
Figure 3-3-17
2AN
3-3-15
( 2 ) Detaching and refitting the ADF paper conveying guide
Follow the procedure below to detach the ADF paper conveying guide to perform
disassembly.
<Procedure>
1. Detach the ADF upper housing. (See page 3-3-13.)
2. Remove the two screws.
3. Disengage the two claws from the openings in the ADF lower housing (the sections
indicated with A), and detach the ADF paper conveying guide from the ADF lower
housing.
* When refitting the ADF paper conveying guide, insert the two claws into the square
holes in front of the eject roller (the sections indicated with B).
4. Disconnect the 10-pin connector connected to the contact image sensor.
Screws
A
B
A
Eject roller
10-pin
connector
Contact image
sensor
Figure 3-3-18
2AN-1
3-3-16
( 3 ) Detaching and refitting the contact image sensor (CIS)
Follow the procedure below to detach and refit the contact image sensor when checking
or replacing.
<Procedure>
2. Detach the ADF paper conveying guide. (See page 3-3-15.)
3. Push the contact image sensor in the direction of the arrow shown in Figure 3-3-19
to disengage the projections on the contact image sensor fixtures from the holes in
the contact image sensor.
4. Detach the contact image sensor from the ADF paper conveying guide slowly.
* When refitting the contact image sensor, make sure that the contact image sensor
fixtures are secured.
Contact image sensor
Contact image sensor fixture
Contact image
sensor fixture
Contact image
sensor
a
ADF paper conveying guide
Figure 3-3-19
5. Refit all the removed parts after checking or replacing.
2AN-1
3-3-17
Refitting the CIS sheets
When replacing the contact image sensor, paste CIS sheets A and B on a new contact
image sensor.
<Procedure>
1. Paste CIS sheet A on the glass surface of the contact image sensor.
2. Fold and paste CIS sheet A to fit the contact image sensor.
* Paste CIS sheet A on the contact image sensor as shown in Figure 3-3-20.
3. Fold and paste the static protection lumirror sheet to the contact image sensor.
* Position the static protection lumirror sheet to the contact image sensor correctly as
shown in Figure 3-3-20.
Glass surface
Glass surface
Static protection lumirror sheet
Connector
CIS sheet A
1
2
3
3
A
B
d
D
e
E
C
b
c
a
Figure 3-3-20
2AN-1
3-3-18
4. Paste two CIS sheets B on the both ends of the contact image sensor.
* Paste CIS sheets B on the contact image sensor as shown in Figure 3-3-21.
CIS sheet B
CIS sheet B
CIS sheet B
Fold and paste.
Glass surface
Align side A of CIS sheet B to this line.
A
Figure 3-3-21
2AN
3-3-19
( 4 ) Detaching and refitting the ADF pad
Follow the procedure below to detach and refit the ADF pad when cleaning or replacing.
<Procedure>
2. Remove the pad spring, and detach the pad retainer from the bushings of the ADF
upper housing.
Bushings
Pad retainer
Pad spring
Figure 3-3-22
3. Insert a flatblade screwdriver or the like into the rolled edge of the pad plate spring,
and disengage the two projections on the ADF upper housing from the square holes
in the pad plate spring to pull out the pad plate spring in the direction of the arrow
4. Detach the ADF pad from the ADF upper housing.
* When refitting the ADF pad, align the square holes in the ADF pad to the
projections on the ADF upper housing.
Projections
Pad plate spring
ADF pad
Projections
Figure 3-3-23
2AN-1
3-3-20
( 5 ) Detaching and refitting the ADF paper feed roller and the ADF forwarding
roller
Follow the procedure below to detach and refit the ADF paper feed roller and the ADF
forwarding roller when cleaning or replacing.
<Procedure>
1. Detach the ADF paper conveying guide. (See page 3-3-15.)
2. Remove the ADF forwarding roller from the ADF lower housing.
* While removing the ADF forwarding roller, be careful not to lose the spring and the
bushings.
3. Remove the bushings, and detach the ADF forwarding roller from
the ADF forwarding shaft.
ADF forwarding roller
ADF forwarding shaft
Bushing
Bushing
Spring
Figure 3-3-24
4. Remove the stop ring securing the ADF paper feed roller and move the ADF paper
feed roller in the direction of the arrow shown in Figure 3-3-25.
5. Remove the stop ring, ADF paper feed gear 18, the bushing and the pin, and
detach the ADF paper feed roller from the ADF paper feed shaft.
* When refitting ADF paper feed gear 18, orient it correctly.
ADF paper feed roller
ADF paper
feed roller
Stop ring
Bushing
ADF paper
feed gear 18
Stop ring
Pin
Figure 3-3-25
2AN
3-3-21
( 6 ) Detaching and refitting the ADF paper conveying roller and the ADF eject
roller
Follow the procedure below to detach and refit the ADF paper conveying roller and the
ADF eject roller when cleaning or replacing.
<Procedure>
1. Remove the ADF paper conveying guide (See page 3-3-15.)
2. Remove the five screws, and then the grounding plate and the ADF drive installing
plate.
Screws
Grounding plate
ADF drive installing plate
Screws
Figure 3-3-26
3. Remove the ADF drive belt.
* When refitting, make sure that the ADF drive belt is attached as shown in Figure 3-
3-27.
ADF drive belt
ADF drive installing plate
ADF drive belt
ADF lower housing
Figure 3-3-27
2AN
3-3-22
4. Remove the two E-rings, ADF paper conveying gear 29, ADF paper conveying
pulley 36, and the two bushings.
5. Remove the ADF paper conveying roller.
6. Remove the two E-rings, ADF eject pulley 36, and the two bushings.
7. Remove the ADF eject roller.
Bushing
ADF eject pulley 36
ADF paper
conveying gear 29
Bushing
ADF eject roller
ADF paper
conveying roller
E-ring
E-ring
E-ring
E-ring
Bushings
ADF paper
conveying pulley 36
Figure 3-3-28
2AN
3-3-23
3-3-5 Optical section
( 1 ) Detaching and refitting the laser scanning unit
Follow the procedure below to detach and refit the laser scanning unit when cleaning or
replacing.
* During removing, if wires are fastened to the machine with binding bands, you may
cut those bands as necessary, but if you cut them, always fasten those wires and
return to their original positions during refitting.
<Procedure>
unit.
2. Remove the LSU sheet from the laser scanning unit.
3. Remove the two screws and detach the laser scanning unit.
* When removing, be careful not to lose the springs and the washers.
Screw LSU sheet
Laser scanning unit
Washer Spring
Screw
Washer
Spring
Figure 3-3-29
4. Disconnect the two connectors from the laser scanning unit.
Laser scanning unit
Connector
Connector
Figure 3-3-30
2AN
3-3-24
3-3-6 Fixing section
( 1 ) Detaching and refitting the fixing housing
Follow the procedure below to detach and refit the fixing housing when checking or
replacing.
<Procedure>
unit.
3. Remove the three screws, disconnect the 3-pin connector and detach the cooling
fan motor installing plate.
* When refitting, align the holes in the cooling fan motor installing plate to the
projections on the machine. Be careful not to put the cords between the machine
and the cooling fan motor.
Cooling fan motor
Screws
Screw
3-pin connector
Projections
Figure 3-3-31
2AN-1
3-3-25
4. Remove the screw and the grounding terminal.
5. Disconnect the two 2-pin connectors connected to the fixing housing.
6. Remove the screw securing each of the two wires for fixing heater power supply,
and remove the two wires.
* When refitting the wires, make sure to refit to their original positions.
2-pin connector
2-pin connector
Wire for fixing heater
power supply (black)
Screws
Wire for fixing heater
power supply (white)
Grounding
terminal
Screw
Figure 3-3-32
7. Remove the two screws and detach the fixing housing.
* When refitting, align the holes in the fixing housing to the projections on the
machine.
Projections
Fixing housing
Screws
Figure 3-3-33
2AN
3-3-26
( 2 ) Detaching and refitting the fixing heater
Follow the procedure below to detach and refit the fixing heater when checking or
replacing.
<Procedure>
1. Detach the fixing housing. (See page 3-3-24.)
2. Remove the screw and the heater terminal.
3. Pull out the fixing heater from the heat roller.
* Be careful with the following points when refitting.
When refitting the fixing heater, make sure that its side with the rating indication
(the rating of power and voltage) is on the heat roller gear.
Make sure that the projection on the fixing housing is firmly inserted into the cutout
in the heater terminal.
Do not touch the glass surface of the fixing heater.
Rating indication
Heat roller
Fixing heater
Projection
Fixing heater
Heater terminal
Figure 3-3-34
2AN
3-3-27
( 3 ) Detaching and refitting the heat roller
Follow the procedure below to detach and refit the heat roller when cleaning or
replacing.
<Procedure>
1. Detach the fixing heater. (See page 3-3-26.)
2. Turn the heat roller bushing in the direction of the arrow shown in Figure 3-3-35 to
unlock the bushing.
3. Align the projection on the heat roller bushing with the cutout in the fixing housing,
and pull out the heat roller bushing to remove it from the fixing housing.
4. Remove the heat roller from the other bushing, and remove the heat roller gear and
the heat roller.
* When refitting, be careful with the following points.
Make sure to hook the separation claws onto the heat roller.
Make sure that the projections on the heat roller gear are firmly inserted into the
cutouts in the heat roller.
Heat roller gear
Heat roller
Heat roller bushing
Fixing housing
Projection
Cutout
Projection
Figure 3-3-35
2AN
3-3-28
( 4 ) Detaching and refitting the press roller
Follow the procedure below to detach and refit the press roller when cleaning or
replacing.
<Procedure>
2. Remove the two screws and move the fixing guide in the direction of the arrow
* When refitting, make sure that the hook on the fixing guide is inserted into the
square hole in the machine.
Screws
Hook
Fixing guide
Figure 3-3-36
3. Detach the press roller from the machine.
4. Remove the press roller bushings and the bearings from the press roller.
Press roller
bushing
Press roller
Bearing
Figure 3-3-37
2AN
3-3-29
( 5 ) Detaching and refitting the fixing thermistor
Follow the procedure below to detach and refit the fixing thermistor when checking or
replacing.
<Procedure>
1. Remove the heat roller. (See page 3-3-27.)
2. Remove the screw and then the fixing thermistor and the fixing thermistor film.
* When refitting, align the projection on the fixing thermistor to the hole in the fixing
housing.
Fixing thermistor
Fixing thermistor film
Fixing housing
Screw
Figure 3-3-38
3. Free the wires for the fixing thermistor from the cord clamps and the binding band.
Binding band
Cord clamps
Fixing thermistor
Figure 3-3-39
2AN
3-3-30
( 6 ) Detaching and refitting the fixing thermostat
Follow the procedure below to detach and refit the fixing thermostat when checking or
replacing.
<Procedure>
1. Detach the heat roller. (See page 3-3-27.)
2. Remove the two screws and detach the fixing thermostat.
* When replacing the fixing thermostat, be sure to use the specified parts.
Fixing thermostat
Screws
Figure 3-3-40
2AN
3-3-31
( 7 ) Detaching and refitting the separation claws
Follow the procedure below to detach and refit the separation claws when cleaning or
replacing.
<Procedure>
2. Turn the separation claws in the direction of the arrow shown in Figure 3-3-41, and
orient the flat surface of the shafts in the separation claws upward to remove the
two separation claws and separation claw springs.
* When refitting, hook the separation claw springs onto the fixing housing, and the
separation claws onto the heat roller.
Fixing housing
Separation claw
Shaft
Separation
claw spring
Opening
Figure 3-3-41
2AN
3-3-32
3-3-7 Eject section
( 1 ) Detaching and refitting the eject roller
Follow the procedure below to detach and refit the eject roller when checking or
replacing.
<Procedure>
1. Detach the right and left covers and the document table. (See pages 3-3-2 to 3-3-4.)
2. Remove the E-rings and the bushings.
E-rings
Bushings (Machine left side)
Figure 3-3-42
3. Remove the E-ring and the eject gear.
Bushing
E-rings
Eject gear
Figure 3-3-43
2AN
3-3-33
5. Press the main body release button to open the machine slightly.
6. Detach the eject roller as shown in Figure 3-3-44.
7. Remove the two eject roller guides from the eject roller.
* When refitting, align the eject roller guides to the square holes in the machine.
Eject roller guide
Eject roller
Eject roller
Eject roller guides
Figure 3-3-44
2AN
3-3-34
( 2 ) Detaching and refitting the feedshift roller
Follow the procedure below to detach and refit the feedshift roller when checking or
replacing.
<Procedure>
1. Detach the left cover and the rear cover. (See page 3-3-2.)
2. Detach the right cover. (See page 3-3-3.)
3. Detach the power source PCB. (See page 3-3-39.)
4. Remove the E-ring, feedshift drive gear 18/22 and the bushing.
Feedshift roller
E-ring
Bushing
Feedshift drive gear 18/22
Figure 3-3-45
6. Detach the feedshift roller.
Feedshift roller
E-ring
Bushing
Figure 3-3-46
2AN
3-3-35
3-3-8 PCBs
( 1 ) Detaching and refitting the control PCB (CPCB)
Follow the procedure below to detach and refit the control PCB (CPCB) when checking
or replacing.
* Before performing the following procedure, print out the list of setting items which are
required to re-enter after detaching and refitting the control PCB. (See page 3-4-1.)
<Procedure>
1. Detach the rear cover and the left cover. (See page 3-3-2.)
2. Detach the network control unit PCB installing plate. (See page 3-3-36.)
3. Detach the power source PCB installing plate. (See page 3-3-39.)
4. Disconnect all the connectors connected to the control PCB.
5. Remove the two screws and detach the control PCB from the three control PCB
retainers.
Control PCB retainers
Control PCB
Screw
Screw
Figure 3-3-47
2AN-1
3-3-36
( 2 ) Detaching and refitting the network control unit PCB
Follow the procedure below to detach and refit the network control unit PCB when
checking or replacing.
<Procedure>
2. Disconnect the connectors connected to CN5, CN10 and CN15 on the control PCB.
3. Free the wires of the connector that has been connected to CN15, from the cord
clamp.
4. Disconnect the 7-pin connector connected to CN1 on the power source PCB.
Cord clamp
Control PCB
Power source PCB
CN10
CN15
CN5
CN1
Figure 3-3-48
5. Remove the three screws and pull out the network control unit PCB installing plate.
Screw
Screw
Screw
Network control unit PCB installing plate
Network control unit
PCB installing plate
Figure 3-3-49
2AN-1
3-3-37
6. Disconnect the connectors connected to CN1 and CN2 on the network control unit
PCB.
7. Remove the four screws and detach the network control unit PCB.
CN2
Network control unit
PCB installing plate
Screws
Screws
Figure 3-3-50
2AN-1
3-3-38
( 3 ) Detaching and refitting the high voltage transformer PCB
Follow the procedure below to detach and refit the high voltage transformer PCB when
checking or replacing.
<Procedure>
1. Detach the rear cover. (See page 3-3-2.)
3. Disconnect all the connectors connected to the high voltage transformer PCB.
* When re-connecting, be sure to connect each connector to its original place.
4. Remove the two screws and detach the high voltage transformer PCB.
Black
High voltage transformer PCB
White
Red
Red
Cutout
Figure 3-3-51
* When refitting the high voltage transformer PCB, first insert it into the cutout in the
machine, and then secure it with screws.
2AN
3-3-39
( 4 ) Detaching and refitting the power source PCB
Follow the procedure below to detach and refit the power source PCB when checking or
replacing.
* During disassembly, if wires are fastened to the machine with binding bands, you
may cut those bands as necessary. If you cut them, always fasten those wires and
return them to their original positions during assembly.
<Procedure>
3. Disconnect all the connectors connected to the power source PCB.
4. Free the wires from the two cord clamps.
Power source PCB
Cord clamps
Figure 3-3-52
5. Remove the three screws and detach the handset installing base.
6. Remove the four screws and detach the power source PCB installing plate.
* When refitting, align the cutouts in the power source PCB installing plate to the
projections on the machine.
Power source PCB installing plate
Handset installing base
Figure 3-3-53
2AN
3-3-40
7. Remove the six screws and detach the power source PCB.
Cutout
Cutout
Power source PCB
Power source PCB
installing plate
Figure 3-3-54
2AN
3-3-41
( 5 ) Detaching and refitting the operation unit
Follow the procedure below to detach and refit the operation unit when checking or
replacing.
<Procedure>
2. Remove the two screws securing the operation unit.
3. Disengage the two square holes in the operation unit from the projections on the
ADF upper housing (the circled sections shown in Figure 3-3-55), and slowly detach
the operation unit.
Operation unit
Operation unit
Screws
Figure 3-3-55
4. Disconnect the 8-pin connector (CN1) on the operation unit PCB and detach the
operation unit.
8-pin connector
CN1
Operation unit
Operation unit PCB
Figure 3-3-56
2AN
3-3-42
3-3-9 Adjustments
( 1 ) Adjusting the threshold of document image reading density
Perform this adjustment if the print density of an image is too light or too dark, or after
the contact image sensor or the control PCB has been replaced.
<Procedure>
Enter the service mode. See page 3-2-2.
Make a test copy.
Start
Enter the test mode.
Enter the line test mode.
Exit the service mode.
Change the setting value with the
numeric keys.
The print density of the image
is too light.:
Increase the setting value.
The print density of the image
is too dark.:
Decrease the setting value.
No
Yes
Is the print density
of the image on the test
copy proper?
Set mode No. 50 "Print
density adjustment".
DENSITY LEVEL: 4
ENTER (1-7)
See page 3-2-47.
See page 3-2-55.
See page 3-2-62.
The current setting value appears.
Enter "00" with the numeric
keys and press the Enter key.
Exit the test mode.
End
Setting range: 1-7
Default setting: 4
2AN
3-3-43
( 2 )Adjusting the paper leading edge registration timing
Perform this adjustment if the leading edge margin is not proper (the image writing start
position in the sub scanning direction is not correct.), or after the control PCB has been
replaced.
<Procedure>
Start
Set mode No. 42 "Timing adjustment".
numeric keys.
The leading edge margin is too long.
(Example 1):
The leading edge margin is too short.
(Example 2):
No
Yes Is the leading edge margin
on the test chart proper?
Select "Printer adjusting mode" with the
cursor keys and press the Enter key.
Execute the printing test mode
to print out the test chart.
PRINTER ADJ: 04
PAP-U TOP TIMING
Select "Adjusting the paper leading edge
registration timing" with the Enter key.
See page 3-2-47.
See page 3-2-55.
See page 3-2-58.
See "(3) Printing test mode"
on page 3-2-51.
Setting range: 0-8
Default setting: 4
Amount of change by 1 step: 1 mm
A
C B
2AN
3-3-44
Exit the test mode.
End
A
B C
Enter "00" with the numeric keys
and press the Enter key.
Example 1 Example 2
* Standard setting of leading edge margin: 3 mm 2.5 mm
Too long Too short
Figure 3-3-57
2AN
3-3-45
( 3 ) Adjusting the paper trailing edge registration timing
Perform this adjustment if the trailing edge margin is not proper (the image writing end
position in the sub scanning direction is not correct.), or after the control PCB has been
replaced.
<Procedure>
Start
Set mode No. 42 "Timing adjustment".
numeric keys.
The trailing edge margin is too long.
(Example 1):
The trailing edge margin is too short.
(Example 2):
No
Yes
Is the trailing edge
margin on
the test chart proper?
PRINTER ADJ: 04
PAPER REAR TIMING
Select "Adjusting the paper trailing edge
registration timing" with the Enter key.
See page 3-2-47.
See page 3-2-55.
See page 3-2-58.
on page 3-2-51.
Setting range: 0-8
Default setting: 4
A
C B
2AN
3-3-46
Exit the test mode.
End
A
B C
Example 1 Example 2
* Standard setting of trailing edge margin: 3 mm 2.5 mm
Too long
Too short
Figure 3-3-58
2AN
3-3-47
( 4 ) Adjusting the center registration timing
Perform this adjustment if the center of a document image is not aligned with that of a
print image (a print image is off the center of paper toward the right or left. (the image
writing start position in the main scanning direction is not correct.) ), or after the control
PCB has been replaced.
<Procedure>
Start
Set mode No.42 "Timing adjustment".
numeric keys.
The print image is off the center
toward the right. (Example 1):
toward the left. (Example 2):
No
Yes
Is the image printed
out on the test chart properly?
PRINTER ADJ: 04
PAPER CENTER TIMING
Select "Adjusting the center registration
timing" with the Enter key.
See page 3-2-47.
See page 3-2-55.
See page 3-2-58.
on page 3-2-51.
Setting range: 0-8
Default setting: 4
A
C B
2AN
3-3-48
Exit the test mode.
End
A
B C
Example 1 Paper print image Example 2
Figure 3-3-59
2AN
3-3-49
( 5 ) Adjusting the paper leading edge registration timing during duplex paper
feed
Perform this adjustment if the leading edge margin is not proper during duplex paper
feed (the image writing start position in the sub scanning direction is not correct.), or
after the control PCB has been replaced.
[Note] Use a document with a fiducial line 10 mm from the leading edge.
<Procedure>
Start
numeric keys.
The leading edge margin is too long.
(Example 1):
The leading edge margin is too short.
(Example 2):
No
Yes
Is the leading edge margin
on the test copy proper?
Make a test copy in
the 2-sided to 2-sided mode.
PRINTER ADJ: 04
DUPLEX TOP TIMING
Select "Adjusting the paper leading
edge registration timing during duplex
paper feed " with the Enter key.
See page 3-2-47.
See page 3-2-55.
See page 3-2-58.
Setting range: 0-8
Default setting: 4
Standard setting of leading edge
margin: 3 mm 2.5 mm
B A
End
Document Example 1

Figure 3-3-60
Example 2
Fiducial
line
10 mm
2AN
3-3-50
Exit the test mode.
A B
2AN
3-3-51
( 6 ) Adjusting the center registration timing during duplex paper feed
print image during duplex paper feed (a print image is off the center of paper toward the
right or left. (the image writing start position in the main scanning direction is not
correct.)), or after the control PCB has been replaced.
[Note] Use a document with a fiducial line at the center.
<Procedure>
Start
numeric keys.
toward the right.(Example 1):
No
Yes
Is the image printed out
on the test copy properly?
Make a test copy in
PRINTER ADJ: 04
DUP-U CENTER TIMING
timing during duplex paper feed" with
the Enter key.
See page 3-2-47.
See page 3-2-55.
See page 3-2-58.
Setting range: 0-8
Default setting: 4
B A
End
Document Example 1

Figure 3-3-61
Example 2
Fiducial line
2AN
3-3-52
Exit the test mode.
A B
2AN
3-3-53
( 7 ) Adjusting the center registration timing (paper feed unit) [option]
print image during paper feed from the optional paper feed unit (a print image is off the
center of paper toward the right or left. (the image writing start position in the main
scanning direction is not correct.) ), or after the control PCB has been replaced.
<Procedure>
Start
numeric keys.
No
Yes
Is the image printed
out on the test chart properly?
PRINTER ADJ: 04
PAP-L CENTER TIMING
timing (paper feed unit)"
with the Enter key.
See page 3-2-47.
See page 3-2-55.
See page 3-2-58.
on page 3-2-51.
Setting range: 0-8
Default setting: 4
A
C B
2AN
3-3-54
Exit the test mode.
End
A
B C
Example 1 Paper print image Example 2
Figure 3-3-62
2AN
3-3-55
( 8 ) Adjusting the center registration timing during duplex paper feed (paper feed
unit) [option]
print image during duplex paper feed from the optional paper feed unit (a print image is
off the center of paper toward the right or left. (the image writing start position in the
main scanning direction is not correct) ), or after the control PCB has been replaced.
[Note] Use a document with a fiducial line at the center.
<Procedure>
Start
numeric keys.
No
Yes
Is the image printed out
on the test copy properly?
Make a test copy in
PRINTER ADJ: 04
DUP-L CENTER TIMING
Select " Adjusting the center registration
timing during duplex paper feed
(paper feed unit)" with the Enter key.
See page 3-2-47.
See page 3-2-55
See page 3-2-58.
Setting range: 0-8
Default setting: 4
B A
End
Document Example 1

Figure 3-3-63
Example 2
Fiducial line
2AN
3-3-56
Exit the test mode.
A B
2AN
3-3-57
( 9 ) Adjusting the document leading edge registration timing
Perform this adjustment if the leading edge of a print image disappears or a black line
appears on the leading edge of a print image (the image reading start position in the
sub scanning direction is not correct.), or after the control PCB has been replaced.
* Be sure to perform Adjusting the paper leading edge registration timing (page 3-3-
43) before this adjustment.
<Procedure>
Yes
Yes
No
Start
Is the leading edge
margin of paper proper?
Perform "Adjusting the paper leading edge
registration timing" (page 3-3-43).
End
Make a test copy.
Set mode No.42 "Timing adjustment". See page 3-2-58.
See page 3-2-47.
See page 3-2-55.
No
Does the leading
edge of the print image
disappear or does a black line
appear on the leading edge
of the print image?
B A
2AN
3-3-58
Exit the test mode.
A B
numeric keys.
The leading of the print image
disappears. (Example 1):
A black line appears on the leading
edge of the print image. (Example 2):
Select "ADF adjusting mode" with the
ADF ADJ: 07
DOC TOP TIMING
Select " Adjusting the document
leading edge registration
Setting range: 0-15
Default setting: 7
Amount of change by
1 step: 1/3.85 mm
Document Example 2 Example 1
Figure 3-3-64
2AN
3-3-59
(10) Adjusting the document trailing edge registration timing
Perform this adjustment if the trailing edge of a print image disappears or a black line
appears on the trailing edge of a print image (the image reading end position in the sub
scanning direction is not correct.), or after the control PCB has been replaced.
* Be sure to perform Adjusting the paper trailing edge registration timing (page 3-3-
45) before this adjustment.
<Procedure>
Yes
Yes
No
Start
Is the trailing edge
margin of paper proper?
Perform "Adjusting the paper trailing edge
registration timing" (page 3-3-45).
End
Make a test copy.
Set mode No.42 "Timing adjustment". See page 3-2-54.
See page 3-2-43.
See page 3-2-51.
No
Does the trailing
edge of the print image
disappear or does a black line
appear on the trailing edge
of the print image?
B A
2AN
3-3-60
Exit the test mode.
A B
numeric keys.
The trailing edge of the print image
disappears. (Example 1):
A black line appears on the trailing
edge of the print image. (Example 2):
Select "ADF adjusting mode" with the
ADF ADJ: 07
DOC REAR TIMING
Select " Adjusting the document
trailing edge registration
Setting range: 0-15
Default setting: 7
Amount of change by
1 step: 1/3.85 mm
Document Example 2 Example 1
Figure 3-3-65
2AN
CONTENTS
3-4 PCB Initial Settings
3-4-1 Replacing the control PCB.................................................................. 3-4-1
(1) Replacing the control PCB .......................................................... 3-4-1
(1-1) When the optional sub-FAX board is not installed............ 3-4-1
(1-2) When the optional sub-FAX board is installed.................. 3-4-2
(2) Upgrading the ROM version (Control PCB) ................................ 3-4-3
(3) Upgrading the ROM version (Sub-FAX board) ............................ 3-4-5
3-4-2 Non-adjustable variable resistors (VR) ............................................... 3-4-7
3-4-1
2AN
3-4-1 Replacing the control PCB
Follow the procedure below to replace the control PCB.
(1) Replacing the control PCB
(1-1) When the optional sub-FAX board is not installed
<Procedure>
Before replacing the control PCB
Follow the procedure below to print out the lists since the setting values listed on the
dial lists, the user setting list, and the memory switch setting list, and the adjustment
values listed on the test mode must be re-entered after the control PCB has been
replaced.
1. Print out the dial lists.
2. Enter the service mode.
3. Print out the user setting list.
* The user setting list should be printed out in the same way as in the user mode.
4. Print out the memory switch setting list for the control PCB. (See page 3-2-44.)
5. Enter the test mode.
6. Print out the preset list. (See page 3-2-64.)
7. Unplug the power cord.
Replacing the control PCB with a new one.
8. Follow the procedure of (1) Detaching and refitting the control PCB (CPCB) on
page 3-3-35 to replace the control PCB with a new one.
After installing the new control PCB
9. Plug the power cord in the wall outlet.
11. Confirm the ROM version in the line test mode. (See page 3-2-63.)
12. If the ROM version is an earlier one, follow the procedure of (2) Upgrading the
ROM version (Control PCB) on page 3-4-3 to upgrade the ROM version to the
later one.
13. Set the country number in the line test mode. (See page 3-2-56.)
* When the country number is set, all data are initialized.
14. Re-enter the line test mode listed on the preset list printed out in Step 6. (See
page 3-2-58.)
16. Re-enter and re-register all the data of the items listed on the memory switch
setting list printed out in Step 4. (See page 3-2-3.)
17. Exit the service mode.
18. Re-enter and re-register all the data of the items listed on the user setting list
printed out in Step 3.
19. Re-enter and re-register all the data of the items listed on the dial lists printed out
in Step 1.
3-4-2
2AN
(1-2) When the optional sub-FAX board is installed
<Procedure>
Before replacing the control PCB
Follow the procedure below to print out the lists since the setting values listed on the
dial lists, the user setting list, and the memory switch setting list and the adjustment
values listed on the test mode must be re-entered after the control PCB has been
replaced.
1. Print out the dial lists.
3. Print out the user setting list.
* The user setting list should be printed out in the same way as in the user mode.
4. Print out the memory switch setting list for the control PCB. (See page 3-2-44.)
5. Print out the memory switch setting list for the sub-FAX board. (See page 3-2-46.)
7. Print out the preset list. (See page 3-2-63.)
Replacing the control PCB with a new one.
9. Follow the procedure of (1) Detaching and refitting the control PCB (CPCB) on
page 3-3-35 to replace the control PCB with a new one.
After installing the new control PCB
10. Confirm the ROM versions of the control PCB and the sub-FAX board on the
memory switch setting lists for them.
11. If their ROM versions are different from each other, follow the procedure of (2)
Upgrading the ROM version (Control PCB) on page 3-4-3, or (3) Upgrading the
ROM version (Sub-FAX board) on page 3-4-5 to upgrade the earlier version to
the later version.
14. Set the country number in the line test mode. (See page 3-2-56.)
* When the country number is set, all data are initialized.
15. Re-enter the line test mode listed on the preset list printed out in Step 7. (See
page 3-2-58.)
17. Re-enter and re-register all the data of the items listed on the memory switch
setting lists printed out in Steps 4 and 5. (See page 3-2-3.)
18. Exit the service mode.
19. Re-enter and re-register all the data of the items listed on the user setting list
printed out in Step 3.
20. Re-enter and re-register all the data of the items listed on the dial lists printed out
in Step 1.
3-4-3
2AN
(2) Upgrading the ROM version (Control PCB)
Instruments required for replacing
Flash tool assembly (P/N: 2AM68030)
ROM 1 for flash tool assembly (P/N: 2AN29140)
ROM 2 for flash tool assembly (P/N: 2AN29150)
<Procedure>
1. Fit ROM 1 for flash tool assembly to socket IC1 on the flash tool assembly, and
ROM 2 for flash tool assembly to socket IC2.
IC2 socket
IC1 socket
ROM 2 for flash tool assembly
Flash tool assembly
Figure 3-4-1
3. Pull the notch in the memory slot cover (M1) in the direction of the arrow in Figure
3-4-2 to remove the memory slot cover (M1).
* When refitting, insert the claw of the memory slot cover (M1) into the hole in the
machine first.
Notch
Claw
Figure 3-4-2
3-4-4
2AN-1/2AP
4. Fully insert the flash tool assembly along the guide rails into the memory slot.
* The flash tool assembly should be inserted fully into the memory slot until you
feel a click.
Guide rail
Guide rail
Flash tool assembly
Figure 3-4-3
6. The following message display appears and the ROM version starts to be
upgraded.
* Be sure not to unplug the power cord while indicating the progress of
upgrading is shown on the message display.
flash ROM write mode

7. The following message display appears in 20 seconds, and upgrading of ROM
version is completed.
## set data write ##
MID MID
## set data write ##
HIGH HIGH
Standard modem speed
14400 model
Standard modem speed
33600 model
8. Unplug the power cord and pull out the flash tool assembly.
9. Fit the memory slot cover (M1).
3-4-5
2AN
(3) Upgrading the ROM version (Sub-FAX board)
Instruments required for replacing
Flash tool assembly (P/N: 2AM68030)
<Procedure>
1. Fit ROM 1 for flash tool assembly to socket IC1 on the flash tool assembly, and
ROM 2 for flash tool assembly to socket IC2.
IC2 socket
IC1 socket
Flash tool assembly
Figure 3-4-4
3. Pull the notch in the memory slot cover (M2) in the direction of the arrow in
Figure 3-4-5 to remove the memory slot cover (M2).
* When refitting, insert the claw of the memory slot cover (M2) into the hole in the
machine first.
Notch
Claw
Figure 3-4-5
3-4-6
2AN
4. Fully insert the flash tool assembly along the guide rails into the memory slot.
* The flash tool assembly should be inserted fully into the memory slot until you
feel a click.
Guide rail
Guide rail
Flash tool assembly
Figure 3-4-6
6. The following message display appears and the ROM version starts to be
upgraded.
* Be sure not to unplug the power cord while indicating the progress of
upgrading is shown on the message display.
sub boad flash write
>>>>>> START <<<<<<
7. The following message display appears in 20 seconds, and upgrading of ROM
version is completed.
sub boad flash write
<<<<<< END <<<<<<
8. Unplug the power cord and pull out the flash tool assembly.
9. Fit the memory slot cover (M2).
3-4-7
2AN
3-4-2 Non-adjustable variable resistors (VR)
The variable resistors listed below are set at the factory prior to shipping and cannot be
adjusted in the field.
Control PCB (CPCB): VR1, VR2
High voltage transformer PCB (HVTPCB): VR101, VR201, VR301
2AN
CONTENTS
3-5 Self-Diagnosis
3-5-1 Abnormality detection ......................................................................... 3-5-1
3-5-2 Error code tables ................................................................................. 3-5-2
2AN
3-5-1 Abnormality detection
This machine is equipped with abnormality detection functions. When an abnormality is
detected in this machine, the error indicator lights up, and SYSTEM ERROR and a 3-
digits code indicating the contents of the abnormality (abnormality location) are dis-
played on the message display.
When an abnormality is detected, this machine goes into abnormality detect status and
immediately stops and operations are disabled.
Code No. Contents Cause Check procedures/corrective measures
Turn the power off, and on (unplug
the power cord, and plug it in again)
and check if the abnormality is de-
tected again.
If the abnormality is detected again,
check the control PCB and replace it if
necessary.
tected again.
check the control PCB and optional
memory board, and replace if neces-
sary.
tected again.
check the control PCB and optional
memory board, and replace if neces-
sary.
tected again.
check the control PCB and replace it if
necessary.
Modem access-
ing abnormality
An abnormality
occurs in the
CPU on the
control PCB.
Fax-Page
memory ac-
cessing abnor-
mality
An abnormality
occurs in the
page memory
circuit for the
fax on the con-
trol PCB.
Fax-Code
memory ac-
cessing abnor-
mality
An abnormality
occurs in the
code memory
circuit for the
fax on the con-
trol PCB.
Communication
abnormality be-
tween engines
for the fax
An abnormality
occurs in the
CPU on the
control PCB.
00A
001
002
007
Defective control
PCB (CPU)
Defective control
PCB or fax op-
tional memory
board
Defective control
PCB or fax op-
tional memory
board
Defective control
PCB (CPU)
3-5-1
2AN
In transmission, the DIS signal from the other
party's unit for the first page was not detected
within the T1 time (set with Memory switch
No.71).
In reception, the DCS (DTC, NSS, NSC) signal
from the other party's unit in response to the DIS
signal was not detected within the T1 time (set
with Memory switch No.71).
In transmission, the ring back tone was detected,
and the absence of the ring back tone was de-
tected, but the CED signal was not detected within
the CED check time (Switzerland/Norway).
In ADF transmission, after the dialing, the opera-
tor canceled ADF transmission.
In memory transmission, the operator canceled
memory transmission.
In reception, the operator canceled reception.
The document jammed during ADF transmission.
ADF transmission was attempted, but the docu-
ment was pulled out.
Polling reception was attempted, but since the
memory was full or there was a printer error, poll-
ing reception was impossible.
During memory transmission, a memory file error
made transmission impossible.
During memory reception or confidential recep-
tion, since the memory was full, normal reception
was impossible.
In broadcast transmission, multi-polling reception,
or the like, since the file was canceled by the file
cancellation operation or the power was turned off
transmission/reception was impossible.
In reception, the reception image was judged to
be defective and the RTN signal was returned to
the transmitting unit.
CODE TYPE OF ERROR CONTENTS
I-10
I-11
I-20
I-21
I-23
I-25
I-29
I-30
T1 time-out
Other fax telephone num-
ber
Communications cancel-
lation
Transmission document
jam
No transmission docu-
ment
Polling reception impos-
sible
Memory file error
Memory full
File cancellation
Reception image defect
3-5-2 Error code tables
When a communication error occurs, one of the following error codes will be printed out
on the corresponding Transmission report as well as the Activity report. Refer to the fol-
lowing tables for a more detailed explanation of the error.
3-5-2
2AN
Re-transmission impos-
sible
1 line more than five sec-
onds
EOR transmission
EOR reception
Other fax reception im-
possible
No polling document
T5 time-out
No loop current
Busy tone detection
Dial tone detection
No response from other
fax
Busy tone detection be-
fore dialing
DCN signal reception
DCS or NSS/training
transmitted three times
I-32
I-33
I-35
I-36
I-40
I-41
I-44
I-45
I-46
I-47
I-48
I-49
I-50
I-51
In transmission, the RTN signal (reception image
defect) was received, but normal re-transmission
was impossible.
In reception, the EOL signal for a line (signal for
end of one line) was not detected in the reception
image data after a lapse of five seconds.
In ECM transmission, the transmission speed was
dropped to 2400 bps and re-transmission was at-
tempted four times, but normal re-transmission
was still not possible.
In ECM reception, reception was tried until the
transmission speed had dropped down to 2400
bps, but there were still errors and they could not
be corrected.
In transmission, the reception machine bit of the
DIS signal received from the other party's unit was
not set, so the line was cut off. (The other party's
unit had run out of paper or its memory was full.)
In polling reception, the transmission machine bit
of the DIS signal received from the other fax was
not set, so the line was cut off. (The other fax had
no polling transmission document.)
In ECM transmission, the RNR-RR repeat time
(60 seconds) ran out.
In transmission, the loop current was not detected
at the start of dialing.
In transmission, after dialing, the busy tone was
detected.
In transmission, at the start of dialing, the dial tone
was not detected.
In transmission, the CED signal was not detected
within the CED check time.
In transmission, the busy tone was detected be-
fore the start of dialing.
In transmission, the command received from the
other party's unit was the DCN signal or an unex-
pected command.
In transmission, the DCS or NSS/training was
sent three times, but there was no response.
3-5-3
2AN
3-5-4
T2 time-out
Phase C carrier cutoff
Post message transmitted
three times
Multi-page T1 time-out
Fall down out
Password error
Polling request from unit
manufactured by other
company
No polling document set
No function on the other
party's unit
I-52
I-53
I-54
I-59
I-60
I-71
I-72
I-75
I-79
In transmission, no response command was re-
ceived from the other party's unit within six seconds.
In reception, the normal carrier cutoff was de-
tected for six seconds or longer during image data
reception.
In transmission, the post message was sent three
times, but there was no response.
In transmission, the DIS signal from the other
party's unit for the second or subsequent pages
were not detected within T1.
The transmission speed fell down to 2400 bps, but
FTT was returned for TCF.
In closed-area polling transmission, since the
password did not match, transmission was not
carried out and the line was cut off.
In closed-area communications, since the closed-
area ID did not match, communications were not
In select reception, the last four digits of the tele-
phone number for the other party's unit did not
match the last four digits for one-touch speed dial-
ing (or automatic dialing), so reception was not
In confidential communications, the password did
not match, so communications were impossible
and the line was cut off.
In encryption communications, the encryption key
and encryption key ID did not match, so communi-
cations were impossible and the line was cut off.
In polling transmission, since there was a polling
transmission request in a unique mode (NSC)
from a unit manufactured by other companies,
polling transmission was not possible.
In polling transmission, polling transmission was
requested when there was no polling transmission
document.
Confidential transmission was attempted, but the
other fax did not have the confidential reception
function, so transmission was not carried out and
the line was cut off.
2AN-1
Closed-area communications were attempted, but
the other party's unit did not have the closed-area
communications function, so communications
were not carried out and the line was cut off.
Remote diagnosis was attempted, but was unsuc-
cessful because the entered Remote Test ID did
not match the one predetermined with our service
center.
Remote diagnosis was attempted, but was unsuc-
cessful for some reason.
In transmission, data sending did not end for
some reason, so normal transmission was impos-
sible.
In transmission, there was a modem, DMA, or
other error, so normal transmission was impos-
sible.
In transmission, there was a CODEC or other er-
ror, so normal transmission was impossible.
In transmission, data was made too slowly, so
transmission was impossible.
In reception, data conversion was too slow, so
normal reception was impossible.
In reception, there was a CODEC or other error,
so normal reception was impossible.
I-79
I-F1
I-F2
I-FE
I-FF
No function on the other
party's unit
Remote diagnosis error
(1)
Remote diagnosis error
(2)
System error (1)
System error (2)
3-5-5
2AN
CONTENTS
3-6 Troubleshooting
3-6-1 Image formation problems .................................................................. 3-6-1
(1) No image appears (entirely white). .............................................. 3-6-3
(2) No image appears (entirely black). .............................................. 3-6-4
(3) Image is too light. ........................................................................ 3-6-5
(4) Background is visible. .................................................................. 3-6-5
(5) A white line appears longitudinally. ............................................. 3-6-6
(6) A black line appears longitudinally. ............................................. 3-6-6
(7) A black line appears laterally. ...................................................... 3-6-7
(8) One side of the copy image is darker than the other. .................. 3-6-7
(9) Black dots appear on the image. ................................................. 3-6-8
(10) Image is blurred. .......................................................................... 3-6-8
(11) The leading edge of the image is consistently misaligned with
the document. .............................................................................. 3-6-9
(12) Paper creases. ............................................................................ 3-6-9
(13) Offset occurs. ............................................................................ 3-6-10
(14) Image is partly missing. ............................................................. 3-6-10
(15) Fixing is poor. ............................................................................ 3-6-11
3-6-2 Paper jams ........................................................................................ 3-6-12
3-6-3 PCB terminal voltages ...................................................................... 3-6-15
(1) Power source PCB .................................................................... 3-6-15
(2) Control PCB .............................................................................. 3-6-16
(3) Operation unit PCB ................................................................... 3-6-20
(4) Network control PCB ................................................................. 3-6-21
3-6-4 Electrical problems ............................................................................ 3-6-22
(1) The machine does not operate when the main switch is
turned on. .................................................................................. 3-6-22
(2) The error indicator lamp lights. .................................................. 3-6-22
(3) The main motor does not rotate. ............................................... 3-6-23
(4) The ADF motor does not rotate. ................................................ 3-6-23
(5) The duplex motor does not rotate. ............................................ 3-6-24
(6) The cooling fan motor does not rotate. ...................................... 3-6-24
(7) The feed clutch does not operate. ............................................. 3-6-24
(8) The registration clutch does not operate. .................................. 3-6-24
(9) The feedshift solenoid does not operate. .................................. 3-6-25
(10) The fixing heater does not turn on.
`(The fixing thermostat operates.) ............................................. 3-6-25
(11) The fixing heater does not turn off. ............................................ 3-6-25
(12) The cleaning lamp does not turn on. ......................................... 3-6-25
(13) Main charging is not performed (entirely black). ....................... 3-6-25
(14) No developing bias voltage is output.
(Print density is extremely light.) ............................................... 3-6-26
(15) Transfer charging is not performed (entirely white). .................. 3-6-26
(16) No sound coming from the speaker. ......................................... 3-6-26
2AN
3-6-5 Mechanical problems ........................................................................ 3-6-27
(1) No document feed. .................................................................... 3-6-27
(2) Skewed document feed. ............................................................ 3-6-27
(3) Multiple sheets of document are fed at one time. ...................... 3-6-27
(4) Document jams. ........................................................................ 3-6-27
(5) No paper feed. ........................................................................... 3-6-28
(6) Skewed paper feed. .................................................................. 3-6-28
(7) Multiple sheets of paper are fed at one time. ............................ 3-6-29
(8) Paper jams. ............................................................................... 3-6-29
(9) Toner drops on the inner machine. ........................................... 3-6-30
(10) Abnormal noise is heard. ........................................................... 3-6-30
2AN
3-6-1
See page 3-6-3. See page 3-6-4. See page 3-6-5. See page 3-6-5.
(1) No image ap-
pears (entirely
white).
(2) No image ap-
pears (entirely
black).
(3) Image is too
light.
(4) Background is
visible.
(5) A white line ap-
pears longitudi-
nally.
(6) A black line ap-
pears longitudi-
nally.
pears laterally.
(8) One side of the
image is darker
than the other.
(9) Black dots ap-
pear on the im-
age.
(10) Image is
blurred.
(11) The leading
edge of the im-
age is consist-
ently misa-
ligned with the
document.
(12) Paper creases.
3-6-1 Image formation problems
<Contents>
2AN
3-6-2
See page 3-6-10. See page 3-6-10. See page 3-6-11.
(13) Offset occurs. (14) Image is partly
missing.
(15) Fixing is poor.
2AN
3-6-3
(1) No image ap-
pears (entirely
white).
Causes
1. Insufficient toner in the toner cartridge.
2. No transfer charging.
Insufficient toner in the toner
cartridge.
No transfer charging.
Poor attachment of the trans-
fer roller.
The connector terminals of the
HVTPCB make poor contact.
Defective CPCB.
Defective HVTPCB.
Check if there is still toner, and if not, replace the
toner cartridge.
Check if the transfer roller is attached securely,
and if not, re-attach it.
-
Check for continuity across the terminals, and if
none, replace them.
If 24 V DC is not output at CN13-1 on the CPCB,
or if CN13-3 and CN13-8 fail to go low during
printing, replace the CPCB.
If transfer charging does not start while the CPCB
is normal, replace the HVTPCB.
1.
2.
A.
B.
C.
D.
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
2AN
3-6-4
(2) No image ap-
pears (entirely
black).
Causes
1. No main charging.
Check the imaging unit, and if the charger wire is
broken, replace the imaging unit.
none, replace them.
If 24 V DC is not output at CN 13-1 on the CPCB,
or if CN 13-2 fails to go low during printing, re-
place the CPCB.
If main charging does not start while the CPCB is
normal, replace the HVTPCB.
1.
A.
B.
C.
D.
No main charging.
Broken main charger wire.
Defective CPCB.
Defective HVTPCB.
2AN-1
3-6-5
(3) Image is too
light.
Causes
1. No developing bias output.
3. Dirty or deteriorated drum.
No developing bias output.
Shorted or broken developing
bias wire.
Defective CPCB.
Defective HVTPCB.
cartridge.
Dirty or deteriorated drum.
Check for continuity, and if none, repair wiring.
none, replace them.
If 24 V DC is not output at CN 13-1 on the CPCB,
or if CN 13-4 and 13-5 fail to go low during print-
ing, replace the CPCB.
If the developing bias is not output while the
CPCB is normal, replace the HVTPCB.
toner cartridge.
Check the imaging unit (drum), and if it is dirty or
deteriorated, clean or replace the imaging unit.
1.
A.
B.
C.
D.
2.
3.
(4) Background is
visible.
Causes
2. Defective imaging unit.
3. Defective HVTPCB.
cartridge.
Defective imaging unit.
Defective HVTPCB.
toner cartridge.
Check the imaging unit, and if it is defective, re-
place it.
Check the HVTPCB, and if it is defective, replace
it.
1.
2.
3.
2AN
3-6-6
(5) A white line ap-
pears longitudi-
nally.
Causes
1. Dirty heat roller.
2. Dirty press roller.
3. Foreign matter between the developing roller and the de-
veloping blade.
4. Flawed drum.
5. Dirty imaging unit (inside).
Dirty heat roller.
Dirty press roller.
Foreign matter between the
developing roller and the de-
veloping blade.
Flawed drum.
Dirty imaging unit (inside).
Check the heat roller, and if it is dirty, clean or re-
place it.
Check the press roller, and if it is dirty, clean or re-
place it.
Check if there is foreign matter, and if so, replace
the imaging unit.
Check the imaging unit (drum), and if it is flawed,
replace it.
Check the imaging unit (inside), and if it is defec-
tive, clean or replace the imaging unit.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Check the main charger, and if it is dirty, clean it.
replace it.
Check the developing blade, and if there is foreign
matter on it, replace the imaging unit.
pears longitudi-
nally.
Causes
1. Dirty main charger.
2. Flawed drum.
3. Foreign matter on the developing blade.
Dirty main charger.
Flawed drum.
Foreign matter on the develop-
ing blade.
1.
2.
3.
2AN
3-6-7
pears laterally.
Causes
1. Flawed drum.
2. Dirty imaging unit (developing section).
Flawed drum.
Dirty imaging unit (developing
section).
replace it.
Check the imaging unit (developing section), and
if it is dirty, clean or replace the imaging unit.
1.
2.
(8) One side of the
image is darker
than the other.
Causes
1. Defective imaging unit (defective charging, toner leakage,
etc.).
2. Dirty main charger.
Defective imaging unit (defec-
tive charging, toner leakage,
etc.).
Dirty main charger.
Check the imaging unit, and if it is defective, re-
place it.
Check the main charger, and if it is dirty, clean it.
1.
2.
2AN
3-6-8
(9) Black dots ap-
pear on the im-
age.
Causes
1. Dirty or flawed drum.
Dirty or flawed drum. Check the imaging unit (drum), and if it is defec-
tive, clean or replace it.
1.
(10) Image is
blurred.
Causes
1. Deformed heat roller.
2. Deformed press roller.
3. Drive system problem.
Deformed heat roller.
Deformed press roller.
Drive system problem.
Check the heat roller, and if it is deformed, re-
place it.
Check the press roller, and if it is deformed, re-
place it.
Check the roller, pulleys and gears. Grease the
bushings and gears if necessary.
1.
2.
3.
2AN
3-6-9
(11) The leading
edge of the im-
age is consist-
ently misa-
ligned with the
document.
Causes
1. Misadjusted the scanning start position of the document.
Misadjusted the scanning start
position of the document.
Check if the ADF is defective, and if not, readjust
the scanning start position of the document. (See
page 3-3-43.)
1.
(12) Paper creases. Causes
1. Paper is curled.
2. Paper is damp.
3. Defective fixing press springs.
Paper is curled.
Paper is damp.
Defective fixing press springs.
Check paper, and if there is any problem, replace
the paper.
the paper.
Check if the fixing press springs are defective,
and if so, replace them.
1.
2.
3.
2AN
3-6-10
(13) Offset occurs. Causes
1. The cleaning lamp fails to light.
2. Defective cleaning brush.
The cleaning lamp fails to
light.
cleaning lamp make poor con-
tact.
Defective cleaning lamp.
Defective CPCB.
Defective cleaning brush.
Check for continuity across the connector termi-
nals, and if none, replace them.
Check for continuity across the cleaning lamp ter-
minals, and if none, replace the cleaning lamp.
If the cleaning lamp lights when CN2-16 on the
CPCB is forcibly held low, replace the CPCB.
Check the imaging unit (cleaning brush), and if it
is defective, replace the imaging unit.
1.
A.
B.
C.
2.
(14) Image is partly
missing.
Causes
1. Paper is damp.
2. Paper is creased.
3. Drum condensation.
4. Flawed drum.
Paper is damp.
Paper is creased.
Drum condensation.
Flawed drum.
the paper.
the paper.
Check the imaging unit (drum), and if there is con-
densation, clean the imaging unit.
replace the imaging unit.
1.
2.
3.
4.
2AN
3-6-11
(15) Fixing is poor. Causes
1. Wrong paper.
2. Defective fixing press springs.
3. Flawed heat roller.
4. Flawed press roller.
Wrong paper.
Defective fixing press springs.
Flawed heat roller.
Flawed press roller.
Check if the used paper meets specifications, and
if not, replace the paper.
Check the fixing press springs, and if they are de-
fective, replace them.
Check the heat roller, and if it is flawed, replace it.
Check the press roller, and if it is flawed, replace
it.
1.
2.
3.
4.
2AN
3-6-12
3-6-2 Paper jams
Check if a piece of paper torn is
caught around the switches, and
remove if any.
If CN4-5 on the CPCB remains low or
high when the paper switch is turned
on and off, replace the paper switch.
high when the registration switch is
turned on and off, replace the
registration switch.
If CN25-2 on the CPCB remains low
or high when the eject switch is turned
on and off, replace the eject switch.
high when the reverse switch is turned
on and off, replace the reverse switch.
or high when the document detection
switch is turned on and off, replace
the document detection switch.
or high when the ADF timing switch is
turned on and off, replace the ADF
timing switch.
Check if the ADF paper feed roller
and the ADF pad contact each other,
and remedy if necessary. (Replace if
the pad springs are deformed.) See
page 3-3-19, 3-3-20.
Check if the ADF pad is defective, and
clean or replace it if necessary. See
page 3-3-19.
Check if the ADF paper conveying
roller and the ADF upper pulley
contact each other, and remedy if
necessary. (Replace if the crimp-style
springs are deformed.)
The error
indicator lamp
lights.
A piece of paper torn is
caught around the paper
switch, registration switch,
eject switch, reverse switch,
document detection switch,
or ADF timing switch.
Defective paper switch
Defective registration switch
Defective eject switch
Defective reverse switch
Defective document
detection switch
Defective ADF timing switch
Poor contact between the
ADF paper feed roller and
the ADF pad.
Dirty or deformed ADF pad.
ADF paper conveying roller
and the ADF upper pulley.
Causes Problem
Check procedures/corrective
measures
2AN
3-6-13
Check if the ADF eject roller and the
ADF upper pulley contact each other,
the crimp-style springs are deformed.)
Check if the paper feed roller is
defective, and clean or replace it if
necessary. See page 3-3-5.
Check if the middle paper conveying
pulley and the middle paper
conveying roller contact each other,
Check if the registration upper and
lower rollers contact each other, and
remedy if necessary. (Replace if the
crimp-style springs are deformed.)
Check if the guide is deformed, and
remedy or replace it if necessary.
Check if the press roller is defective,
and clean or replace it if necessary.
See page 3-3-28.
Check if the separation claw is
defective, and clean or replace it if
necessary. See page 3-3-31.
Check if the heat roller and the
separation claw contact each other,
and remedy if the separation claw
springs come off. See page 3-3-31.
Check if the middle eject upper and
lower rollers contact each other, and
remedy if necessary. (Replace if the
crimp-style springs are deformed.)
Check if the feedshift A roller and the
feedshift roller contact each other,
Check if the eject pulley and the eject
roller contact each other, and remedy
if necessary. (Replace if the crimp-
style springs are deformed.)
ADF eject roller and the
ADF upper pulley.
Dirty or deformed paper
feed roller.
middle paper conveying
pulley and the middle paper
conveying roller.
registration upper roller and
the registration lower roller.
Deformed paper conveying
guide.
Extremely dirty or deformed
press roller.
Dirty or deformed separation
claw.
heat roller and the
separation claw.
middle eject upper roller and
the middle eject lower roller.
feedshift A roller and the
feedshift roller.
eject pulley and the eject
roller.
The error
indicator lamp
lights.
Causes Problem
measures
2AN
3-6-14
Check if the duplex pulley and the
duplex B roller contact each other,
Check if the duplex pulley and the
duplex A roller contact each other,
duplex pulley and the duplex
B roller.
duplex pulley and the duplex
A roller.
The error
indicator lamp
lights.
Causes Problem
measures
2AN
3-6-15
3-6-3 PCB terminal voltages
Precautions
When handling the circuit boards, do not touch the connectors with bare hands or
damage them.
ICs can be damaged by static discharge. If a PCB contains ICs, do not touch the ICs
with bare hands or any object prone to static charge.
Store the circuit boards wrapped in aluminum foil, conductive sponge rubber, or
similar material.
( 1 ) Power source PCB
1-2
1-4
1-2
1-2
1-4
3-3
3-7
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
24 V DC
5 V DC
12 V DC
-12 V DC
5V/0V DC
120 V AC
120 V AC
24 V DC supply to CPCB, output
-12 V DC supply to CPCB, output
FH off/on, input
AC power supply, input
FH terminal voltage
1-1
1-3
1-5
1-6
1-7
3-1
3-5
F
G
1
FG1
L
1
L
2
L
3
C
3
C
7
C
1
4
C
9
C
1
0
4
P
T
R
I
5
1
P
C
I
_
2
P
C
I
_
1
C
N
2
C
N
1
1
1
I
C
1
T
1
1
Q
1
R
1
4
R
1
5
J
P
2
0
D
5
D
4
J
P
9
J
P
1
0
R
5
1
R
8
R
9
R
3
T
R
I
5
1
J
P
3
J
P
4
C
3
1
A
R
S
1
N
T
H
1
J
P
1
2
J
P
1
3
2
A
N
2
8
0
1
J
P
1
5
J
P
1
6
D
2
C
N
3
F
3

A
C
1
2
5
V

5
A
F
1

A
C
1
2
5
V

1
0
A
F
2

A
C
1
2
5
V

1
0
A
R1
R5
C10
C11
R4
R2
R6
R16
R106
R104
R102
R202
C202
R203
R201
C
1
0
2 L
2
0
2
L
2
0
1
C
1
0
3
C
2
0
1
C
2
0
3
C
2
0
4
R
1
0
3
FB102
FB201
R105 D102 Z
D
1
0
3
Z
D
1
0
1
Q
1
0
1
Q102
D
4
0
1
D
3
0
1
ZD301
D403
R110
D
3
0
2
D
3
0
3
R
1
0
1
R
3
0
1
I
C
3
0
1
C
3
0
1
I
C
4
0
1
C
4
0
1
Z
D
4
0
1
R
4
0
1
R
4
0
2
D
4
0
2
C
3
0
2
C
4
0
2
D
1
0
1
D
2
0
1
I
C
2
0
1
C101
Z
D
1
0
2
R
1
0
8
R
1
0
7
R10
R13
R11
C12
R7
C13
R12
ZD1
ZD2
VZ1
VZ2
C4
C6
C5
C2
C8
FB2
DB1
D1
D3
JP17
JP1
JP18
JP14
JP19
JP5
JP22 JP21
JP23
JP6
JP7
JP8
F201 AC125V 4A
JP2
JP11
R53
R52
C1
1
2AN
3-6-16
( 2 ) Control PCB
CN1
CN25
CN11
C
N
9
C
N
1
3
C
N
3
C
N
8
C
N
1
0
CN5 CN16 CN15 CN22 CN23 CN21 CN20
C
N
1
9
C
N
1
2
C
N
1
4
C
N
2
CN4 1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
2
1 2
1 2
1 2
2
CN7
CN6
2AN
3-6-17
1-1
1-3
1-5
1-6
1-7
1-8
2-2
2-3
2-4
2-5
2-6
2-7
2-8
2-9
2-10
2-11
2-12
2-14
2-15
2-16
3-4
4-2
4-3
4-5
4-6
4-7
5-1
5-3
5-4
5-6
5-8
5-9
5-10
5-12
5-13
5-15
5-16
6-1
6-2
7-1
7-2
7-3
7-4
7-5
1-2
1-4
1-2
1-2
1-4
1-4
2-1
2-1
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
2-1
1-2
1-2
3-5
4-1
4-1
4-4
4-4
4-8
5-2
5-2
5-5
5-2
5-2
5-7
5-7
5-11
5-11
5-14
5-14
6-3
6-3
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
24 V DC
5 V DC
12 V DC
-12 V DC
5/0 V DC
5/0 V DC
5/0 V DC
5 V DC
24 V DC
24/0 V DC
24 V DC
24/0 V DC
24 V DC
24/0 V DC
24 V DC
12/0 V DC
24/0 V DC
24 V DC
24/0 V DC
5/0 V DC
5 V DC
5/0 V DC
5 V DC
5/0 V DC
5/0 V DC
5 V DC
-12 V DC
5/0 V DC (Pulse)
5/0 V DC (Pulse)
24/0 V DC (Pulse)
24 V DC
5 V DC
5/0 V DC
5 V DC
5/0 V DC
5 V DC
5/0 V DC
24/0 V DC (Pulse)
24/0 V DC (Pulse)
24 V DC
24 V DC
24/0 V DC (Pulse)
24 V DC supply, input
-12 V DC supply, input
FH off/on, output
Imaging unit new/old judging signal,
input
RSW off/on, input
5 V DC supply to RSW, output
24 V DC supply to RCL, output
RCL off/on, output
24 V DC supply to FCL, output
FCL off/on, output
24 V DC supply to FSSOL, output
FSSOL off/on, output
24 V DC supply to CFM, output
CFM full/half speed, output
CFM off/on, output
TH detection voltage, input
24 V DC supply to CL, output
CL off/on, output
TCDSW off/on, input
ESW off/on, input
5 V DC supply to ESW, output
PSW off/on, input
5 V DC supply to PSW, output
DUPSW off/on, input
Analog image signal from CIS, input
5 V DC supply to CIS, output
-12 V DC supply to CIS, output
CIS control signal, output
Clock signal to CIS, output
LED control signal to CIS, output
24 V DC supply to CIS, output
DDSW off/on input
5 V DC supply to DDSW, output
ADFTIMSW off/on, input
5 V DC supply to ADFTIMSW, output
5 V DC supply to TEDS, output
TEDS signal, input
MM drive pulse (A)
MM drive pulse (A)
24V DC supply to MM, output
24 V DC supply to MM, output
MM drive pulse (B)
2AN
3-6-18
MM drive pulse (B)
ADFM drive pulse (A)
ADFM drive pulse (A)
24V DC supply to ADFM, output
24 V DC supply to ADFM, output
ADFM drive pulse (B)
ADFM drive pulse (B)
DUPM drive pulse (A)
DUPM drive pulse (A)
24V DC supply to DUPM, output
24 V DC supply to DUPM, output
DUPM drive pulse (B)
DUPM drive pulse (B)
2.4V DC supply from BT, input
5V DC supply to OPPCB, output
Serial signal to OPPCB, output
Clock signal to OPPCB, output
Serial signal from OPPCB, input
Control signal to OPPCB, output
Control signal from OPPCB, input
Reset signal to OPPCB, output
Speaker output signal
PFUFM drive pulse (A) *
PFUFM drive pulse (B) *
PFUFM off/on, output *
PFUFCL off/on, output *
24 V DC supply to PFUPCB, output *
5 V DC supply to PFUPCB, output *
CDSW off/on, input*
PFUPSW off/on, input*
Paper feed unit connect off/on, input*
24 V DC supply to HVTPCB, output
HVTPCB main charger/developing bias
off/on, output
HVTPCB transfer charger 1 off/on,
output
HVTPCB developing bias switching
signal 1 off/on, output
HVTPCB developing bias switching
signal 2 off/on, output
Main charger leak signal, input
HVTPCB transfer charger 2 off/on,
output
Polygon motor clock signal, output
Polygon motor sync signal, output
Polygon motor on/off, output
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
10-2
11-2
11-2
11-2
11-2
11-2
11-2
11-2
11-13
12-6
12-6
12-6
12-6
12-6
12-6
12-6
12-6
12-6
13-7
13-7
13-7
13-7
13-7
13-7
13-7
14-8
14-8
14-8
7-6
8-1
8-2
8-3
8-4
8-5
8-6
9-1
9-2
9-3
9-4
9-5
9-6
10-1
11-1
11-3
11-4
11-5
11-6
11-7
11-8
11-12
12-1
12-2
12-3
12-4
12-5
12-7
12-8
12-9
12-10
13-1
13-2
13-3
13-4
13-5
13-6
13-8
14-1
14-2
14-3
24/0 V DC (Pulse)
24/0 V DC (Pulse)
24/0 V DC (Pulse)
24 V DC
24 V DC
24/0 V DC (Pulse)
24/0 V DC (Pulse)
24/0 V DC (Pulse)
24/0 V DC (Pulse)
24 V DC
24 V DC
24/0 V DC (Pulse)
24/0 V DC (Pulse)
2.4 V DC
5 V DC
5/0 V DC (Pulse)
5/0 V DC (Pulse)
5/0 V DC (Pulse)
5/0 V DC (Pulse)
5/0 V DC (Pulse)
5/0 V DC (Pulse)
Audio frequency
24/0 V DC (Pulse)
24/0 V DC (Pulse)
24/0 V DC
24/0 V DC
24 V DC
5 V DC
5/0 V DC
5/0 V DC
5/0 V DC
24 V DC
24/0 V DC
24/0 V DC
24/0 V DC
24/0 V DC
5/0 V DC
24/0 V DC
5/0 V DC (Pulse)
5/0 V DC (Pulse)
5/0 V DC (Pulse)
*: Option
2AN
3-6-19
14-8
14-8
14-8
14-8
14-8
15-21
15-21
15-21
15-21
15-15
15-21
15-15
15-21
15-21
15-15
15-15
15-15
15-15
15-15
15-21
15-21
15-21
25-1
25-1
14-5
14-6
14-7
14-9
14-10
15-1
15-2
15-3
15-4
15-5
15-6
15-7
15-10
15-11
15-12
15-13
15-14
15-17
15-18
15-19
15-20
15-24
25-2
25-3
24 V DC
5/0 V DC (Pulse)
5 V DC
5/0 V DC (Pulse)
5/0 V DC (Pulse)
5/0 V DC
5/0 V DC
5/0 V DC
5/0 V DC (Pulse)
Audio frequency
5/0 V DC
Audio frequency
5/0 V DC
5/0 V DC
Audio frequency
12 V DC
12 V DC
-12 V DC
-12 V DC
5 V DC
5/0 V DC
5/0 V DC
5/0 V DC
5 V DC
24 V DC supply to LSU, output
BD sensor signal, input
5V DC supply to LSU, output
Laser on/off, output
Laser on acknowledgment signal, output
Line polarity detection, input
Line polarity detection, input
TEL/FAX switching, output
Pulse dial, output
Image data, input
Reception switching, output
Image data, output
Incoming call off/on, input
Telephone off-hook off/on, input
Reception, input
12 V DC supply to NCUPCB, output
-12 V DC supply to NCUPCB, output
-12 V DC supply to NCUPCB, output
Telephone control signal, output
REVSW off/on, input
5 V DC supply to REVSW, output
*: Option
2AN
3-6-20
( 3 ) Operation unit PCB
1-1
1-3
1-4
1-5
1-6
1-7
1-8
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
5 V DC
5/0 V DC (Pulse)
5/0 V DC (Pulse)
5/0 V DC (Pulse)
5/0 V DC (Pulse)
5/0 V DC (Pulse)
5/0 V DC (Pulse)
5 V DC supply from CPCB, input
Serial signal from CPCB, input
Clock signal from CPCB, input
Serial signal to CPCB, output
Control signal from CPCB, input
Control signal to CPCB, output
Reset signal from CPCB, input
IC1
CN1
2AN
3-6-21
1-21
1-21
1-21
1-21
1-15
1-21
1-15
1-21
1-21
1-15
1-15
1-15
1-15
1-15
1-21
1-21
1-21
1-1
1-2
1-3
1-4
1-5
1-6
1-7
1-10
1-11
1-12
1-13
1-14
1-17
1-18
1-19
1-20
1-24
5/0 V DC
5/0 V DC
5/0 V DC
5/0 V DC (Pulse)
Audio frequency
5/0 V DC
Audio frequency
5/0 V DC
5/0 V DC
Audio frequency
12 V DC
12 V DC
-12 V DC
-12 V DC
5 V DC
5 V DC
5/0 V DC
Line polarity detection, output
Line polarity detection, output
TEL/FAX switching, input
Pulse dial, input
Image data, output
Reception switching, input
Image data, input
Incoming call off/on, output
Telephone off-hook off/on, output
Reception, output
-12 V DC supply from CPCB, input
-12 V DC supply from CPCB, input
Telephone control signal, input
( 4 ) Network control PCB
1
1 5
2
23
24
CN1
CN2
2AN
3-6-22
3-6-4 Electrical problems
Measures the input voltage.
Check if the power cord and the power outlet
are connected properly.
Check for continuity, and if none, replace the
power cord.
Check for continuity, and if none, remove the
cause of blowing and replace the fuse.
Close the machine firmly.
Check for continuity across the terminals of
the switch, and if none, replace the safety
switch.
Check if 24V DC is output at CN1-1 on the
PSPCB, 5V DC at CN1-3, 12V DC at CN1-5,
and -12V DC at CN1-6. If not, replace the
PSPCB.
Close the machine firmly.
Check if the safety switch is securely attached
in the proper position.
Check for continuity. If there is no continuity
while the safety switch is turned on, replace
the safety switch.
Check if a piece of paper torn is caught
around the switches, and remove if any.
If CN4-5 on the CPCB remains low or high
when the paper switch is turned on and off,
replace the paper switch.
when the registration switch is turned on and
off, replace the registration switch.
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
(1)
The machine
does not
operate when
the main
switch is
turned on.
(2)
The error
indicator lamp
lights.
No electricity at the
power outlet.
The power cord is not
plugged in the power
outlet properly.
Broken power cord.
Blown fuse in the
PSPCB.
The machine is open.
Defective safety
switch.
Defective PSPCB.
The machine is open.
Poor attachment of
the safety switch.
Defective safety
switch.
A piece of paper torn
is caught around the
paper switch,
registration switch,
eject switch, reverse
switch, document
detection switch, or
ADF timing switch.
Defective paper
switch.
Defective registration
switch.
2AN
3-6-23
when the document detection switch is turned
on and off, replace the document detection
switch.
when the ADF timing switch is turned on and
off, replace the ADF timing switch.
when the eject switch is turned on and off,
replace the eject switch.
when the reverse switch is turned on and off,
replace the reverse switch.
when the toner cartridge detection switch is
turned on and off, replace the toner cartridge
detection switch.
when the duplex switch is turned on and off,
replace the duplex switch.
when the toner empty detection sensor is
turned on and off, replace the toner empty
detection sensor.
Check if the CPCB and the laser unit contact
each other properly, and if there is no
problem, replace the laser unit.
Check for continuity across the connector
terminals. If none, replace them.
If 24 V DC is not output at CN 7-3 or CN 7-4
on the CPCB, or if the motor drive coil
energization pulse signals are not present at
CN 7-1, -2, -5, or -6, replace the CPCB.
If the main motor does not rotate while the
CPCB is normal, replace the main motor.
Defective document
detection switch.
Defective ADF timing
switch.
Defective eject switch.
Defective reverse
switch.
Defective toner
cartridge detection
switch.
Defective duplex
switch.
Defective toner empty
detection sensor.
Polygon motor in the
laser unit problem.
Poor contact in the
main motor connector
terminals.
Defective CPCB.
Defective main motor.
Poor contact in the
ADF motor connector
terminals.
(2)
The error
indicator lamp
lights.
(3)
The main
motor does
not rotate.
(4)
The ADF
motor does
not rotate.
2AN
3-6-24
If the ADF motor does not rotate while the
CPCB is normal, replace the ADF motor.
If the duplex motor does not rotate while the
CPCB is normal, replace the duplex motor.
If 24 V DC is not output at CN 2-10 on the
CPCB, or if the cooling fan motor rotates
when CN2-12 is held low, replace the CPCB.
If the cooling fan motor does not rotate while
the CPCB is normal, replace the cooling fan
motor.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
replace the feed clutch.
CPCB, or if the feed clutch operates when
CN2-7 is held low, replace the CPCB.
replace the registration clutch.
CPCB, or if the registration clutch operates
Defective CPCB.
Defective ADF motor.
Poor contact in the
duplex motor
connector terminals.
Defective CPCB.
Defective duplex
motor.
Poor contact in the
cooling fan motor
Defective CPCB.
Defective cooling fan
motor.
Poor contact in the
feed clutch connector
terminals.
Broken feed clutch
coil.
Defective CPCB.
Poor contact in the
registration clutch
Broken registration
clutch coil.
Defective CPCB.
(4)
The ADF
motor does
not rotate.
(5)
The duplex
motor does
not rotate.
(6)
The cooling
fan motor
does not
rotate.
(7)
The feed
clutch does
not operate.
(8)
The
registration
clutch does
not operate.
2AN
3-6-25
(9)
The feedshift
solenoid does
not operate.
(10)
The fixing
heater does
not turn on.
(The fixing
thermostat
operates.)
(11)
The fixing
heater does
not turn off.
(12)
The cleaning
lamp does not
turn on.
(13)
Main charging
is not
performed
(entirely
black).
replace the feedshift solenoid.
CPCB, or if the feedshift solenoid operates
terminals. If none, replace the fixing heater.
terminals. If none, remove the cause and
replace the fixing thermostat.
Measure the resistance. If it is , replace the
fixing thermistor.
If the fixing heater turns on when CN1-7 on
the CPCB is held low, replace the CPCB.
If the fixing heater does not turn on while the
CPCB, the fixing heater, and the fixing
thermistor are normal, replace the PSPCB.
If the fixing heater does not turns off when
CN1 on the CPCB is disconnected, replace
the PSPCB.
If CN1-7 on the CPCB remains low, replace
the CPCB.
If the cleaning lamp turns on when CN2-16 on
the CPCB is held low, replace the CPCB.
If the cleaning lamp does not turn on while the
CPCB is normal, replace the cleaning lamp.
Check the imaging unit, and if the charger
wire is broken, replace the imaging unit.
CPCB, or if CN13-2 does not go low during
printing, replace the CPCB.
Poor contact in the
feedshift solenoid
Broken feedshift
solenoid coil.
Defective CPCB.
Broken fixing heater
wire.
Defective fixing
thermostat.
Broken fixing
thermistor wire.
Defective CPCB.
Defective PSPCB.
Defective PSPCB.
Defective CPCB.
Poor contact in the
cleaning lamp
Defective CPCB.
Defective cleaning
lamp.
Broken main charger
wire.
Poor contact in the
HVTPCB connector
terminals.
Defective CPCB.
2AN
3-6-26
(13)
Main charging
is not
performed
(entirely
black).
(14)
No
developing
bias voltage is
output. (Print
density is
extremely
light.)
(15)
Transfer
charging is
not performed
(entirely
white).
(16)
No sound
coming from
the speaker.
If the main charging does not start while the
terminals. If none, repair wiring.
CPCB, or if CN13-4 and 13-5 do not go low
during printing, replace the CPCB.
If the developing bias is not output while the
Check if the transfer roller is attached firmly,
and if not, re-attach it.
CPCB, or if CN13-3 and 13-8 do not go low
during printing, replace the CPCB.
If the transfer charging does not start while
the CPCB is normal, replace the HVTPCB.
If sound output signal is not output at CN 11-
12 on the CPCB, replace the CPCB.
If the sound is not coming from the speaker
while the CPCB is normal, replace the
speaker.
Defective HVTPCB.
Shorted or broken
developing bias wire.
Poor contact in the
HVTPCB connector
terminals.
Defective CPCB.
Defective HVTPCB.
Poor attachment of
the transfer roller.
Poor contact in the
HVTPCB connector
terminals.
Defective CPCB.
Defective HVTPCB.
Poor contact in the
speaker connector
terminals.
Defective CPCB.
Defective speaker.
2AN
3-6-27
The surface of the following rollers or
pulleys are dirty;
ADF paper feed roller, ADF paper
conveying roller, ADF eject roller,
ADF forwarding pulley, ADF upper
pulley
Poor contact between the ADF paper
conveying roller and the ADF pad.
Documents are curled.
Documents are excessively curled.
Deformed document conveying guide.
Poor contact between the ADF paper
conveying roller and the ADF upper
pulley.
Check if those rollers and
pulleys are dirty. Clean with
isopropyl alcohol if they are.
Check if the ADF paper
conveying roller and the
ADF pad contact each other
and remedy if necessary.
(Replace if the pad springs
are deformed.) See page 3-
3-19, 3-3-20.
Check if the ADF pad is
defective. Clean or replace
if it is defective. See page 3-
3-19.
3-19.
If documents are curled,
remedy them.
3-19.
If documents are curled,
remedy them.
Check if the guide is
deformed, and remedy or
replace if necessary.
Check if the ADF paper
conveying roller and the
ADF upper pulley contact
each other, and remedy if
necessary. Replace if the
crimp-style springs are
deformed.
Causes
Check procedures/
corrective measures
3-6-5 Mechanical problems
(1)
No document
feed.
(2)
Skewed
document feed.
(3)
Multiple sheets
of document
are fed at one
time.
(4)
Document
jams.
Problem
2AN
3-6-28
Poor contact between the ADF eject
roller and the ADF upper pulley.
The surface of the following rollers or
pulley is dirty;
Paper feed roller, middle paper
conveying roller, middle paper
conveying pulley, registration upper
roller, registration lower roller
Deformed paper feed roller.
Poor contact between the middle
paper conveying roller and the middle
paper conveying pulley.
Poor contact between the registration
upper roller and the registration lower
roller.
The cassette lift is not attached
correctly.
Deformed cassette lift.
Deformed paper feed roller.
Causes
Check procedures/
corrective measures
Check if the ADF eject roller
and the ADF upper pulley
contact each other, and
remedy if necessary.
Replace if the crimp-style
springs are deformed.
Check if those rollers and
pulley are dirty. Clean with
isopropyl alcohol if they are.
Check if the paper feed
roller is deformed. Replace
if it is deformed. See page
3-3-5.
Check if the middle paper
conveying pulley and the
roller contact each other,
Check if the registration
upper and lower rollers
Check if the cassette lift is
attached correctly, and if not
remedy or replace it.
Check if the cassette lift is
deformed. Remedy or
replace if it is deformed.
roller is deformed. Replace
if it is deformed. See page
3-3-5.
(4)
Document
jams.
(5)
No paper feed.
(6)
Skewed paper
feed.
Problem
2AN
3-6-29
roller is worn, and replace if
it is worn. See page 3-3-5.
Replace if paper is curled.
Check if the guide is
deformed. Remedy or
replace if it is deformed.
Check if the middle paper
conveying pulley and the
roller contact each other,
Check if the registration
Check if the press roller is
defective, and clean or
replace it if necessary. See
page 3-3-28.
Check if the separation claw
is defective, and clean or
replace it if necessary. See
page 3-3-31.
Check if the heat roller and
the separation claw contact
each other, and remedy if
the separation claw springs
come off. See page 3-3-31.
Check if the middle eject
Worn paper feed roller.
Paper is curled.
Deformed paper conveying guide.
Poor contact between the middle
paper conveying roller and the middle
paper conveying pulley.
Poor contact between the registration
upper roller and the registration lower
roller.
Extremely dirty or deformed press
roller.
Dirty or deformed separation claw.
Poor contact between the heat roller
and the separation claw.
Poor contact between the middle eject
upper roller and the middle eject lower
roller.
Causes
Check procedures/
corrective measures
(7)
Multiple sheets
of paper are fed
at one time.
(8)
Paper jams.
Problem
2AN
3-6-30
Poor contact between the feedshift A
roller and the feedshift roller.
Poor contact between the eject pulley
and the eject roller.
Poor contact between the duplex
pulley and the duplex B roller.
Poor contact between the duplex
pulley and the duplex A roller.
Extremely dirty imaging unit.
The pulleys, rollers and gears do not
operate smoothly.
Check if the feedshift A
roller and the feedshift roller
Check if the eject pulley and
the eject roller contact each
other, and remedy if
necessary. Replace if the
crimp-style springs are
deformed.
Check if the duplex pulley
and the duplex B roller
Check if the duplex pulley
and the duplex A roller
Check the imaging unit, and
clean it if necessary.
Check the rollers, pulleys,
and gears, and grease the
bushings and gears if
necessary.
Causes
Check procedures/
corrective measures
(8)
Paper jams.
(9)
Toner drops on
the inner
machine.
(10)
Abnormal noise
is heard.
Problem
2AN-1/2AP
CONTENTS
3-7 Appendixes
Timing chart No. 1 ......................................................................................... 3-7-1
Timing chart No. 2 ......................................................................................... 3-7-2
Timing chart No. 3 ......................................................................................... 3-7-3
Power source PCB ........................................................................................ 3-7-4
Network control unit PCB .............................................................................. 3-7-5
Control PCB 1/8 (standard modem speed 14400 model) ............................. 3-7-6
Control PCB 5/8 (standard modem speed 14400 model) ........................... 3-7-10
Control PCB 1/8 (standard modem speed 33600 model) ........................ 3-7-13-1
Operation unit PCB (standard modem speed 14400 model) ...................... 3-7-14
Operation unit PCB (standard modem speed 33600 model) ................... 3-7-14-1
Connection diagram .................................................................................... 3-7-15
Wiring diagram ............................................................................................ 3-7-16
A
A A
A
A
A A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
E A
E A
3-7 (2AN/A) A4
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AN
Timing chart No. 1 From power supply on to machine stabilization
3-7-1
1000
200
360
Temperature overshoot
186C/366.8F
185C/365F
166C/330.8F
165C/329F
114C/237.2F
50
50
75
400
5000
8 min *1
H REM
(CN1-7)
MC/DB REM
(CN13-2)
DB1 CHG
(CN13-4)
DB2 CHG
(CN13-5)
CL
(CN2-16)
CFM
(CN2-12)
MM
(CN7-1
7-6)
OFF
ON
OFF
Half speed
Full speed
P
o
w
e
r

s
u
p
p
l
y
:

O
N

P
r
i
m
a
r
y

s
t
a
b
i
l
i
z
a
t
i
o
n

t
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e
(
1
1
4
C
/
2
3
7
.
2
F
)

d
e
t
e
c
t
i
o
n
S
e
c
o
n
d
a
r
y

s
t
a
b
i
l
i
z
a
t
i
o
n

t
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e

(
1
8
6
C
/
3
6
6
.
8
F
)

d
e
t
e
c
t
i
o
n
(
S
t
a
b
i
l
i
z
a
t
i
o
n

e
n
d
s
)
I
n
i
t
i
a
l

s
t
a
b
i
l
i
z
a
t
i
o
n

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

e
n
d
s

(
R
e
a
d
y

m
o
d
e
)
A
u
t
o

s
h
u
t
o
f
f

f
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
:

O
N
Fixing thermistor
detection temperature
*1: If there is no operation (printing, key operation, or the like) within five minutes after stable ending, the auto shutoff function is triggered
and the machine goes into power saving mode.
Unit: msec
A
A A A
A
A
A A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
3-7 (2AN/A) A4
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AN
Timing chart No. 2 Print (1 sheet: 1-sided)
3-7-2
A4
FOLIO
81/2" 11"
81/2" 14"
5813
6501
5438
7043
6188
6875
5813
7417
A B
Vertical synchronous
signal (VSYNC)
MSYNC
(CN14-2)
RSW
(CN2-2)
ESW
(CN4-2)
MSTART
(CN14-3)
LD
(CN14-9)
VIDEO
(CN14-10)
MM
(CN7-1 -
CN7-6)
DUPM
(CN9-1 -
CN9-6
MC/DB REM
(CN13-2)
DB1 CHG
(CN13-4)
DB2 CHG
(CN13-5)
TC REM
(CN13-3,8)
CL
(CN2-16)
FCL
(CN2-7)
RCL
(CN2-5)
300
50 (Forcibly lights up)
400
400
75
2300
200
360
50
430
560
5038
A
B
50
20
470
1000
1028
168
P
r
i
n
t

s
t
a
r
t

r
e
q
u
e
s
t

s
i
g
n
a
l
:

s
e
n
t
M
S
Y
N
C
:

S
e
n
t
M
S
Y
N
C
:

S
t
o
p
V
S
Y
N
C
:

S
e
n
t
V
S
Y
N
C
:

S
t
o
p
R
S
W
:

O
N
E
S
W
:

O
N
R
S
W
:

O
F
F
E
S
W
:

O
F
F
OFF
Forward
OFF
Forward
Unit: msec
A
A A
A
A
A A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
E A
E A
3-7 (2AN/A) A4
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AN
3-7-3
Timing chart No. 3 Print (1 sheet: 2-sided)
Vertical synchronous
signal (VSYNC)
MSYNC
(CN14-2)
RSW
(CN2-2)
ESW
(CN4-2)
REVSW
(CN25-2)
MSTART
(CN14-3)
LD
(CN14-9)
VIDEO
(CN14-10)
MM
(CN7-1 -
CN7-6)
DUPM
(CN9-1 -
CN9-6)
MC/DB REM
(CN13-2)
DB1 CHG
(CN13-4)
DB2 CHG
(CN13-5)
TC REM
(CN13-3,8)
CL
(CN2-16)
FCL
(CN2-7)
RCL
(CN2-5)
FSSOL
(CN2-9)
300
50 (Forcibly lights up)
400
400
1094
3610
48
75
2300
1028
200
360
50
2652
5038 5038
A
B B C
D
E
50
20
20
20
100
50
100
470
1000 1000
A4
FOLIO
81/2" 11"
81/2" 14"
5813
6501
5438
7043
6188
6875
5813
7417
3112
3487
2925
3729
817
1504
450
2038
5813
6501
5438
7043
A B C D E
1028
168 168
500
330
P
r
in
t s
ta
r
t r
e
q
u
e
s
t s
ig
n
a
l: s
e
n
t
M
S
Y
N
C
: S
e
n
t
M
S
Y
N
C
: S
to
p
V
S
Y
N
C
: S
e
n
t
V
S
Y
N
C
: S
e
n
t
V
S
Y
N
C
: S
to
p
R
S
W
: O
N
R
S
W
: O
N
E
S
W
: O
N
E
S
W
: O
N
E
S
W
: O
N
R
S
W
: O
F
F
V
S
Y
N
C
: S
to
p
R
S
W
: O
F
F
E
S
W
: O
F
F
E
S
W
: O
F
F
E
S
W
: O
F
F
OFF
Forward
Reverse
OFF
Forward
430
560
430
560
Unit: msec
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AN
3-7-4
Power source PCB
24 V
PG
5 V
SG
+12 V
12 V
H REM
NC
NC
CN3
1
CN3
2
CN3
3
CN3
4
CN3
5
CN3
6
CN3
7
AC NEUTRAL
NC
AC LIVE
NC
H LIVE
NC
H NEUTRAL
F1 F3
VZ1 R1
C1
L1 L2
C3
C4 NTH1
C5
DB1
C7
R4
R5
C8
D1
R2
T1
D101
C101
R
1
0
1
R
1
0
2
R
1
0
2
R
1
0
3
FB102
Z
D
1
0
1
Q101
R106
R103
P
C
1
_
1
C104
R
1
0
4
Z
D
1
0
2
R
1
0
7
Z
D
1
0
3
D
1
0
2
PC1_2
R
1
0
5
F201
24 V
PG
5 V
SG
+12 V
12 V
CN1
2
CN1
1
CN1
3
CN1
4
CN1
5
CN1
6
CN1
7
CN1
8
CN1
9
CN2
2
CN2
1
CN2
3
CN2
4
CN2
5
CN2
6
FG2
1
FG1
1
FG
ARS1
VZ2 C2
ZD1
D5
C
1
4
R
1
0
Z
D
2
C
1
0
C
1
1
C9
D4
R16
R6
R
1
5
R
1
4
F
B
2
R
3
Q1
D3
R
1
3
R
1
2
R
1
1
C
1
2
R
7
C13
PC1_1
PC1_2
T
R
1
5
1
R53 R51
R52
C
5
1PTR151 PTR151
R108
IC1
L
2
0
1
IC201
D201
C201
L202
R
2
0
1
C
2
0
2
C
2
0
3
R
2
0
3
C
2
0
4
D
4
0
3
Q
1
0
2
R
2
0
2
F
B
2
0
1
R
1
1
0
D303 ZD301
IC301
D302
C302 C301
D301
C402 C401
D401
IC401
D402
FG
Z
D
4
0
1
R
4
0
1
1 5
2 3 4
F2
D2
R8
R9
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AN
3-7-5
CN21
CN22
CN23
CN24
CN25
CN119
CN120
CN18 CN11
CN12
CN14
CN17
CN110
CN13
CN124
CN111
CN112
CN21
CN21
CN19
CN123
CN121
CN122
CN113
CN114
CN115
CN116
CN117
CN118
L1
L2
NC
TEL1
TEL2
5V
5V
NC ONHOOK1
ONHOOK2
PLSDIL
MODTXD
RNGDET
TELSEL
DCCUT
OFFHOOK
RXINN
MODRXD
RXSEL
NC
NC
SG
SG
+12V
+12V
AG
AG
12V
12V
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
+
+
+
+
+
+ + +
A G A G
S G
S G A G
+
S G
S G
S G
A G
S G
A G
S G
S G
S G
A G
F G
F G F G
1
3
2
+
+
1
2
3
4
A G
A G
A G
7
5
6
+
F8
F7
L55
L53
L52
F3
F4
F6
F5
F10
F9
D81
FG1
F1
B
Y
B
Y
V1
C5
IC1
C1
C11
V2
PC1
R5
R9
TR2
C6
R1
D6
D7
T1
R6
R12
R10
R7 R8
R14
R15
R16
C12
C13
C10 C9
R11
IC3
IC2b
IC2a
PC2
4 5
1
1
3
6
4
8
D2
R2 C2
R17
R3
R13
R51
L51 D51
C53 C52
D52
C51
TR3
PC4
PC3
D4
D3
TR1
7
6
1
2
3
4
D55
D53
D54
R56
R57
R58
R54
R55
D56 C65
C64
C63
C7 C14
C16
C15
C19
C20
C18
C17 C8
TR51
C62
C58 C57
L54
R53
+12VDC
+12VDC
AGDC
AGDC
IC2
8
4
1
4
2
3
1
4
2
3
D5
12 1
5
3
8
10
4
9
B
Y
B
Y
F2
K1
5
4
6
1
7
V
C
C
G
N
D
3
2
ACIN
ACOUT
OUT1
OUT2
OUTAC
5
4
6
1
2
3
F11 F12
6 1
8
3
4
7
5
2
CH1
COM
VDD
VEE
VSS
CH0
S
INH
T51 TR52
0
FG3 FG4
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AN-1
3-7-6
Control PCB
1
/8 (Standard modem speed 14400 model)
CLK 32M2
DLYRESET
READY0
OPT SFTCLK
OPT LLINE
OPT VIDEO
PRREQ0
VSYNC0
CBSY0
COMMAND0
SCCLK0
SBSY0
STATUS0
VSREQ0
READY1
PRREQ1
VSYNC1
CBSY1
COMMAND1
SCCLK1
SBSY1
STATUS1
VSREQ1
S
T
A
T
U
S
2
S
B
S
Y
2
S
C
C
L
K
2
C
O
M
M
A
N
D
2
C
B
S
Y
2
C
L
K
3
2
M
C
L
K
1
6
M
C
IIN
T
M
O
D
E
M
D
R
E
Q
IO
C
S
L
C
S
0
O
R
G
T
IM
S
U
B
O
R
G
S
U
B
D
L
Y
R
E
S
E
T
W
R
D
L
Y
R
D
S
B
S
Y
0
V
S
R
E
Q
0
R
E
A
D
Y
0
O
R
L
E
D
O
N
V
ID
E
O
S
E
L
S
E
L
O
P
T
P
R
R
E
Q
0
V
S
Y
N
C
0
C
B
S
Y
0
C
O
M
M
A
N
D
0
S
C
C
L
K
0
S
B
S
Y
0
S
T
A
T
U
S
0
S
F
T
C
L
K
N
E
W
L
IN
E
V
D
O
0
H
S
Y
N
C
O
U
T
OR LED ON
GDIENCODE
H STROBE
VIDEO CK
VDO1
OPT PRINTER
HSYNC OUT
GDI INT
GDICLK16M
ED[0. .7]
EA[8. .15]
ERD
EWR
VDO0
NEWLINE
SFTCLK
VIDEOSEL
OPT VIDEO
OPT LLINE
OPT SFTCLK
HEATER REM
NEW P
HEATER REM
NEW P
ASB
READY1
PRREQ1
VSYNC1
CBSY1
COMMAND1
SCCLK1
SBSY1
STATUS1
VSREQ1
GDIENCODE
H STROBE
VIDEO CK
VDO1
OPT PRINTER
HSYNC OUT
GDI INT
GDICLK16M
ED[0. .7]
EA[8. .15]
ERD
EWR
ASB
OPT ADFM[0. .3]
D[0. .7]
D[0. .7]
A[0. .23]
A[0. .23]
RD
WR
MODEM DREQ
DLYRESET
NMI OUT
ACCINT
DMAINT0
DMAINT1
RDY
FROMCS
FROMWE
RAMWE0
RAMOE0
RAMWE1
RAMOE1
ROMCS
CIINT
VDOWN
M PDOWN
LED ON
OPT MEM1
OPT MEM2
RD
NMI OUT
ACCINT
DMAINT0
DMAINT1
RDY
FROMCS
FROMWE
RAMWE0
RAMOE0
RAMWE1
RAMOE1
ROMCS
M PDOWN
LED ON
OPT MEM1
OPT MEM2
CLK 16M1,2,3
CLK 32M1,2
CBSY2
COMMAND2
PRREQ0
VSYNC0
CBSY0
COMMAND0
SCCLK0
SBSY0
STATUS0
WR IN
IMAGE REQ
IMAGEACK
SI
IM[0. .7]
ADFM[0. .3]
NEWLINE
SFTCLK
VDO0
VIDEOSEL
HSYNC OUT
SCCLK2
SBSY2
STATUS2
D[0. .7]
A[0. .23]
LCS0
DLYRESET
WR IN
IMAGE REQ
IMAGEACK
IM[0. .7]
ADFM[0. .3]
DLYRD
SI
WR IN
IMAGE REQ
IMAGECK
IM[0. .7]
ADFM[0. .3]
SI
CLK 16M2
SEL OPT
OPT ADFM[0. .3]
LC82103 AIN
CIS CLK
SPULSE
PDOWN
TELSEL
PLSDIL
KMUTE
RXSEL
EARTH
DCCUT
RNGDET
OFFHOOK
ONHOOK1
ONHOOK2
LINESEL
MONITOR
VOL0
VOL1
SPEAKER
SPKGND
R
N
G
D
E
T
O
F
F
H
O
O
K
O
N
H
O
O
K
1
O
N
H
O
O
K
2
L
IN
E
S
E
L
M
O
N
IT
O
R
V
O
L
0
V
O
L
1
S
P
E
A
K
E
R
S
P
K
G
N
D
B
U
Z
Z
E
R
T
E
L
S
E
L
P
L
S
D
IL
K
M
U
T
E
E
A
R
T
H
R
X
S
E
K
D
C
C
U
T
S
E
L
O
P
T
O
P
T
P
D
O
W
N
V
D
O
W
N
P
D
O
W
N
L
C
8
2
1
0
3
A
IN
O
P
T
L
E
D
O
N
C
IS
C
L
K
O
P
T
S
P
U
L
S
E
BUZZER
CIS CLK
SPULSE
OPT SPULSE
OPT CISCK
LC82103 AIN
SEL OPT
OPT LEDON
OPT PDOWN
PDOWN
VDOWN
D[0. .7]
A[0. .23]
RD
WR
DLYRD
DLYRESET
NMI OUT
ACCINT
DMAINT0
DMAINT1
RDY
FROMCS
FROMWE
RAMWE0
RAMOE0
RAMWE1
RAMOE1
ROMCS
IOCS
LCS0
M PDOWN
LED ON
OPT MEM1
OPT MEM2
CLK 16M1
ORG TIM SUB
ORG SUB
SBSY0
VSREQ0
READY0
OR LED ON
TELSEL
PLSDIL
KMUTE
RXSEL
EARTH
DCCUT
D[0. .7]
A[0. .23]
WR
DLYRD
DLYRESET
LCS0
MODEM DREQ
REXIN N2
RNGDET
OFFHOOK
ONHOOK1
ONHOOK2
LINESEL
MONITOR
VOL0
VOL1
SPEAKER
SPKGND
BUZZER
OPT VIDEO
OPT LLINE
OPT SFTCLK
READY1
PRREQ1
VSYNC1
CBSY1
COMMAND1
SCCLK1
SBSY1
STATUS1
VSREQ1
GDIENCODE
H STROBE
VIDEO CK
VDO1
OPT PRINTER
HSYNC OUT
GDI INT
GDICLK16M
ED[0. .7]
EA[8. .15]
ERD
EWR
ASB
D[0. .7]
A[0. .23]
DLYRD
WR
IOCS
DLYRESET
VDOWN
CLK 16M3
CLK 32M1
ORG TIM SUB
ORG SUB
CIINT
CBSY2
COMMAND2
SCCLK2
SBSY2
STATUS2
OPT ADFM[0. .3]
OPT SPULSE
OPT CISCK
OPT LEDON
LC82103 AIN
OPT PDOWN
RXIN N2
CPCB 4/8 CPCB 3/8 CPCB 2/8
CPCB 7/8
S G
S G
S G A G
S G
1
2
S G
1
2
F G
F G
+
+12 V
12 V
CPCB 6/8 CPCB 5/8

1
2
+
-
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
2
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
C501
C500
C258 C257 C19
C20
C21 C261
C262
C254
S
S
A
L52
JP
F1
L53
JP
+
1
2
1
2
1
2
C256 C18 C255
L50
JP
JP50
L51
JP
L54
JP
L55
D17
D17
JP
24 V
5 V 5 V
B8PVH
CN1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
24 V
PG
5 V
SG
+12 V
12 V
H REM
IU N/O
FG4
F G
JP51
FG3
F G
JP52
FG2
F G
JP53
FG1
C316 C311
5 V
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AN-1
3-7-7
Control PCB
2
152
153
154
155
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
30
127
31
79
78
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
159
10
11
83
82
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
133
2
3
5
6
11
10
14
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
SIG
SG
5V
12V
SG
SI
SG
CLK
LED REM
24V
SG
DDSW
5V
SG
ADFTIMSW
5V
4
7
9
12
16
1Y
2Y
3Y
4Y
VCC
8
GND
1A
1B
2A
2B
3A
3B
4A
4B
A/B
G
134
135
136
137
138
139
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
123
124
125
122
151
131
132
130
126
158
9
156
157
84
85
86
87
88
128
129
92
93
94
95
96
97
118
119
90
91
89
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
PHI2
RESET
RES
CLKOUT
CLKIN
R/W
IRQ
VP
RDY
BE
VPA
VDA
NMI
EMU
INT0
INT15
INT16(PC6)
INT16(PC7)
ID7
ID6
ID5
ID4
ID3
ID2
ID1
ID0
IA13
IA12
IA11
IA10
IA9
IA8
IA7
IA6
IA5
IA4
IA3
IA2
IA1
IA0
AIN
TEMP
ATAP
AVDO
ICS
IRD
IWR
ASAMP
AVSS
BACKUP
MSEL
TEST1
TEST0
TCLK1(PC5)
TCLK0(PC4)
PC3
PC2
PC1
SH
RS
RM1(PE5)
RM0(PE4)
TM3(PE3)
TM2(PE2)
TM1(PE1)
TM0(PE0)
ACLK1
ACLK2
RM3(PE7)
RM2(PE6)
PC0
EXRDY(PB7)
PB6
PB5
PB4
PB3
PB2
PB1
PB0
A23
A22
A21
A20
A19
A18
A17
A16
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
45
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
29
31
33
35
38
40
42
44
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
30
32
34
36
39
41
43
15
1
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
27
13
14
15
17
18
19
20
21
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
30
26
23
25
22
24
29
32
1
16
4
28
3
31
2
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
DQ1
DQ2
DQ3
DQ4
DQ5
DQ6
DQ7
DQ8
S2
S1
OE
W
VCC
NC
GND
48
17
11
47
12
16
26
28
9
10
13
14
DQ16/A1
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
CE
OE
NC
NC
NC
NC
27
37
46
DQ0
DQ1
DQ2
DQ3
DQ4
DQ5
DQ6
DQ7
DQ8
DQ9
DQ10
DQ11
DQ12
DQ13
DQ14
RY/BY
WE
BYTE
RESET
VSS
VCC
VSS
59
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
SG
5V
OP TXD
OP CLK
OP RXD
HRDY
PRDY
RESET
SP
SG
8
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
1
RA14
RA13
12
13
14
15
52
53
50
51
54
55
109
98
99
102
58
143
142
107
103
104
105
106
108
56
57
16
17
18
19
2 2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
0
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2
2
3
4
7
6
1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2
2
1 1 3
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
1 2
7 1 2 1
1 2
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2
2 6
6
5
3
1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1 4 3
10 11
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
R282
R265
R260
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
27
13
14
15
17
18
19
20
21
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
30
26
23
25
22
24
29
32
1
16
4
28
3
31
2
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
DQ1
DQ2
DQ3
DQ4
DQ5
DQ6
DQ7
DQ8
S2
S1
OE
W
VCC
NC
GND
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
13
12
5
6
1
2
1 4
7
7
V
G
2
1
1 5
3
4
2
1
2
5
NC
NC
CD
NC
NC
OUT
8
3
6
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
2
2
3
1
2
1
2
1
2
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
3
4
5
6
7
8
ICLK(PD3)
SPCLK(PD2)
BACK(PD1)
BREQ(PD0)
A23(PD7)
A22(PD6)
A21(PD5)
A20(PD4)
A19
A18
A17
A16
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
ROSC2
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
1 2
1
4
1
6
1
8
1
1
0
1
1
2
1
1
4
1
V
S
S
V
S
S
V
S
S
V
S
S
V
S
S
V
S
S
V
S
S
V
S
S
D7
D6
D5
D4
PA5
PA4
PA7
PA6
PA3
PA2
PDATA(TXD)
PROTECT
PCK(SCLK)
LATCH(RXD)
ROSC1
CAS(PF6)
RAS(PF5)
EXCLK(PF4)
STB3(PF3)
STB2(PF2)
STB1(PF1)
STB0(PF0)
HVON
PA1
PA0
D3
D2
D1
D0
RD
WR
ROMCS
RAMCS
IOCS
LCS0
LCS1
8
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
RA16
R221
R222
R223
R220
R224
R225
R197
R196
R195
R227
R314
R501
R307
R308
R360
R500
C177
C215
C216
C174
C173
C178
R335
R203
R191
PF6
R129 R103
R128
R127
R126
R204
R261
R505
R262
R240
R236
R235
R205
R226
R194
R142
R141
R140
R139
RA15
RA12
RA11
RA10
RA9
2
3
4
C143 C144 C145
C136
C135
C146
C100 C101
C315
C163 C164
C149 C153 C157
C150 C158 C165
C128 C127
X3
IC39 IC31 IC30
CN5
CN11
C90
C119
C99
C117 C118
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G S G S G
S G
S G S G
S G
S G
S G
IC21
IC13A
IC13B
IC13C
IC13F
IC9A
IC47
IC49
IC13E
IC22A
IC24
IC17
R138
R163
R186
R192
R193
R149
R150
R151
R152
R135
R134
R148
DMAINT0(3)
ACCINT(3)
DMAINT1(3)
BUZZER(5)
FROMCS(3)
FROMWE(3)
DLYRESET(3,4,5,6,7)
RAMOE0(3)
RAMWE0(3)
RAMOE1(3)
RAMWE1(3)
RD(3)
RAMCS
HRDY
PRDY
DLYRD(4,5,6) WR(3,5,6)
ROMCS(3)
IOCS(6)
LCSO(4,5)
OPT MEM1(3)
OPT MEM2(3)
DCCUT(5)
SPKGND(5)
SPEAKER(5)
LINESEL(5)
EARTH(5)
KMUTE(5)
PLSDIL(5)
TELSEL(5)
NMI OUT(3)
RXSEL(5)
OFFHOOK(5)
MONITOR(5)
VOL1(5)
VOL0(5)
RDY(3)
SEL OPT(4)
SBSY(7)
VSREQ(7)
READY(7)
ONHOOK1(5)
SPULSE(4)
PDOWN(4)
OPT SPULSE(6)
CIS CLK(4)
OPT CISCK(6)
M PDOWN(3)
OPT PDOWN(6)
LC82103 AIN(4,6)
ONHOOK2(5)
REGDET(5)
ORG SUB(6)
LED ON(3)
OR LED ON(3)
OPT LEDON(6)
ORG TIM SUB(6)
VDOWN(3,6,8)
CLK 16M1(3) D[0. .7]
A[0. . 23]
D[0. .7]
A[0. . 23]
PF6
R105
R133
R147
R146
R131
R144
R143
R175
R174
H
R
D
Y
P
R
D
Y
R173
R172
R171
R170
R169
R168
R130
R132
R145
R117
R116
R118
R115
R402
R405
R406
R404
R399
R408
R417
R411
R410
R414 R412
R413
R432
R398
D12
D14
R407
R104
C71
C237
C242
C240
C301
C229
C243
C83
C91
C253
C246
C241
C302
C17
D2
Q11
D15
D16
TP6
TP5
VR2
IC9B
IC22B
(160P) (120P) (90P) (40P)
D7
D5
Q6
Q5
BT021
+5Vbat
+5Vbat
S
B
B
B
B
S
S
S S
S
B
B
S
S
S
B
S
S
S
S
+5Vbat
+5Vbat
+5Vbat
+5Vbat
+5Vbat
+
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AN-1
3-7-8
Control PCB
3
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
144
145
146
147
ADFM3
ADFM2
ADFM[0..3]
NMI OUT(2)
ACCINT(2)
DMAINT1(2)
DMAINT0(2)
RDY(2)
FROMWE(2)
FROM CS(2)
RAMOE0(2)
RAMWE0(2)
ROMCS(2)
RAMOE1(2)
RAMWE1(2)
D[0..7]
D[0..7]
A[0..23]
RD(2)
WR(2)
DLYRESET(2)
HSYNC OUT(6,7)
STATUS0(7)
SBSY(7)
STATUS2(6)
SBSY2(6)
A[0..23]
ADFM[0..3]
ADFM1
ADFM0
4
3
2
1
5 RA19
6
7
8
148
149
150
151
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
77
78
79
82
83
84
85
86
A16 87
A17
A18
A19
A20
A21
A22
A23
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
153
152
138
99
98
106
105
113
112
68
185
186
188
189
183
184
190
191
171
170
169
168
167
166
165
164
163
162
159
158
157
156
155
154
194
195
196
197
198
199
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
LCAS
UCAS
RAS0
RAS1
RAS2
RAS3
RAS4
RAS5
DWR
DOE
PRREQ
VSYNC
DOTSFT
LLINE
VIDEO
SCCLK0
COMMAND0
CBSY0
SCCLK1
COMMAND1
CBSY1
SCCLK2
COMMAND2
CBSY2
REQXPIC
ACKXPIC
WRXIMG
IG7
IG6
IG5
IG4
IG3
IG2
IG1
IG0
TRICXSI
CLK20M
MRD
CLK32MO
CLK16MO
DOTCLK1
IN16MHZ
PANELCK
REQXOPT
ACKXOPT
PORT4
PORT5
PORT6
PORT7
BUF2G
BUF2DIR
PORTIO0
PORTIO1
PORTIO2
PORTIO3
LEDON
JBIGINT
SXIN
SXOUT
MODEMINT
OPTINT
M
IT
U
1
4
3
S
R
A
M
S
E
L
1
3
2
B
U
N
R
I
1
3
7
C
S
S
E
L
B
1
1
8
T
E
S
E
T
1
1
8
A
M
C
8
S
M
C
5
G
N
D
2
3
0
G
N
D
2
2
3
G
N
D
2
2
1
G
N
D
2
1
2
G
N
D
2
0
0
1
8
0
1
7
0
1
6
1
1
3
7
1
2
5
1
2
4
1
2
2
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
1
2
1
G
N
D
1
0
1
G
N
D
8
0
G
N
D
6
0
G
N
D
5
9
G
N
D
4
1
G
N
D
3
1
G
N
D
2
0
G
N
D
1
5
G
N
D
2
G
N
D
1
3
.3
V
2
4
0
3
.3
V
2
2
0
3
.3
V
2
0
1
3
.3
V
1
8
1
3
.3
V
1
6
0
3
.3
V
1
4
0
3
.3
V
1
2
9
3
.3
V
1
2
7
3
.3
V
1
2
0
3
.3
V
1
0
0
3
.3
V
8
1
3
.3
V
6
1
3
.3
V
4
0
3
.3
V
2
1
5
V
2
3
9
5
V
1
8
2
5
V
1
7
8
5
V
1
2
3
5
V
1
1
9
5
V
6
2
5
V
5
8
5
V
3
16
17
R
R
9
10
11
12
8
7
5
13
14
RA3C
RA3D
RA2
RA3A
RA3B
4
7
63
64
65
66
67
L11 PRREQ(7)
VSYNC0(7)
SFTCLK(7)
NEWLINE(7)
VDO0(7)
SCCLK(7)
COMMAND0(7)
CBSY0(7)
SCCLK2(6)
COMMAND2(6)
CBSY2(6)
IM[0..7]
IM[0..7]
IMAGE REQ(4)
IMAGEACK(4)
WR IN(4)
SI(4)
1
L10
1
2
2
95
96
97
102
103
104
R305
R306
R237
R288
R289
R232
RA1D
RA1C
R233
RA1B
RA1A
109
110
111
237
238
229
R229
R228
6
5
6
8
7
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
3
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
4
3
4
3
1
2
2
2
BRAS 0
BRAS 1
BRAS 3
BLCAS
BUCAS
BRAS 2
BRAS 4
BRAS 5
DWR
DOE
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
2
2
2
2
5
6
2
7
8
2
2
224
219
218
217
216
215
214
213
IM7
IM6
IM5
IM4
IM3
IM2
IM1
IM0
236
222
193
130
141
1
1
2
2
1
1
2
2 1
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
2
1 2
R179
R165 R164
R528 CLK 32M-1(6)
CLK 32M-2(7)
CLK 16M-1(2)
CLK 16M-2(4)
CLK 16M-3(6)
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
R529
R530
R531
R532
C102
VIDEOSEL(7)
M PDOWN(2)
LED ON(2)
OPT MEM1(2)
MA11
MA10
MA9
MA8
MA7
MA4
MA6
MA3
MA2
MA1
MA0
MA5
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
13
12
11
10
7
9
6
5
4
3
2
1
CN19
IC40
R
A
S
0/
R502
+5 Vbup
+5 Vbup
C238
1 42
37
22
6
21
1
41
40
39
38
36
35
34
33
10
9
8
7
5
4
3
2
VSS
VSS
VSS
VCC
VCC
VCC
DQ16
DQ15
DQ14
DQ13
DQ12
DQ11
DQ10
DQ9
DQ8
DQ7
DQ6
DQ5
DQ4
DQ3
DQ2
DQ1
NC
NC
OE
UCAS
W
LCAS
RAS
NC
NC
NC
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
2
1 2
C239
1
2
R403
1
2
8
MD6
MD5
MD4
MD3
MD2
MD1
MD0
MD7
MD8
MD11
MD9
MD12
MD13
MD14
MD15
R318
R328
R330
R332 RAS 1 1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
/
RAS 2 /
RAS 3 /
RAS 4 /
MD10
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
38
39
40
41
44
42
45
46
47
48
49
50
43
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
38
39
40
41
44
42
45
46
47
48
49
50
43
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
13
12
11
10
7
9
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
MODEM DREQ(5)
CIINT(6)
C113
C105
C106
L7 R178
R166 L5
L8
131
142
133
108
107
231
232
233
234
225
226
227
228
235
192
135
R187
R231
1
1
2
2
187
125 1 2
126 1
1
1
1
2
1
2
2
X2
R504
R188
R283
R180 C104
2
2 1 2
117
53
D0
1
7
4
R
A
M
W
E
0
R
A
M
W
E
1
R
A
M
O
E
0
R
A
M
O
E
1
R
O
M
C
S
IN
F
R
O
M
C
S
F
R
M
W
E
R
D
Y
1
7
2
1
7
5
1
7
3
1
7
6
1
7
7
1
9
1
1
4
E
X
T
R
D
Y
6
D
M
A
IN
T
0
1
1
5
D
M
A
IN
T
1
1
1
6
A
C
C
IN
T
1
3
4
N
M
I
1
3
6
A
D
F
M
0
5
7
A
D
F
M
1
5
6
A
D
F
M
2
5
5
A
D
F
M
3
5
4
M
A
0
3
9
M
A
1
4
2
M
A
2
4
3
M
A
3
4
4
M
A
4
4
5
M
A
5
4
6
M
A
6
4
7
M
A
7
4
8
M
A
8
4
9
M
A
9
5
0
M
A
1
0
5
1
M
A
1
1
5
2
B
A
0
B
A
1
B
A
2
B
A
3
B
A
4
B
A
5
B
A
6
B
A
7
B
A
8
B
A
9
B
A
1
0
B
A
1
1
M
D
0
2
2
M
D
1
2
3
M
D
2
2
4
M
D
3
2
5
M
D
4
2
6
M
D
5
2
7
M
D
6
2
8
M
D
7
2
9
M
D
8
3
0
M
D
9
3
2
M
D
1
0
3
3
M
D
1
1
3
4
M
D
1
2
3
5
M
D
1
3
3
6
M
D
1
4
3
7
M
D
1
5
3
8
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
A20
A21
A22
A23
RD
WR
RES
STATUS0
SBSY0
STATUS1
SBSY1
STATUS2
SBSY2
HSYNC
REQJIMAGE
ACKJIMAGE
PRD
PWR
REQJCODE
ACKJCODE
CRD
CWR
JPD0
JPD1
JPD2
JPD3
JPD4
JPD5
JPD6
JPD7
JPD8
JPD9
JPD10
JPD11
JPD12
JPD13
JPD14
JPD15
JCD0
JCD1
JCD2
JCD3
JCD4
JCD5
JCD6
JCD7
JCD8
JCD9
JCD10
JCD11
JCD12
JCD13
JCD14
JCD15
S
S
S
1
I O
G
2
1
2
C45
1
2
C141
1
2
C142
1
2
C168
1
2
C123
1
2
C139
1
2
C140
1
2
C124
1
2
C125
1
2
1
2
1
2
C147
1
2
C148
1
2
C122
1 1
2
C115
1
2
114
1
2
C160
2
C161
1
2
C167
IC7
C2
D1
3.3 V
3.3 V
R304 1 2
S G
S G
S G S
1
OPT MEM2(2)
2
C252
XRAS3/
XRAS2/
XRAS1/
XRAS0/
G
S G
+
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
1 2 3 4
RA4
RA5
RA6
RA7
8 7 6 5
R199
JP1
R230
1 2
BA[0..11]
BA[0..11]
BRAS[0..5]
BRAS [0..5] /
IC20
BLCAS
BUCAS
MA[0..11]
MA[0..11]
VDOWN(2)
DOWN
LCAS
UCAS
RAS [0..5]
RAS[0..5]
VDOWN
LCAS
UCAS
/
/
/
15
16
29
30
13
31
14
12
32
11
28
27
26
25
24
23
20
19
18
17
MA9
MA8
MA7
MA6
MA5
MA4
MA3
MA2
MA1
MA0
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AN-1
3-7-9
Control PCB
4
OPT ADFM[0. . 3]
ADFM[0. . 3]
OPT ADFM[0. . 3]
ADFM[0. . 3]
SEL OPT(2)
PDOWN(2)
A[0. . 23]
A[0. . 23]
LCSO(2)
CLK 16M2(3)
SI(3)
DLYRESET(2)
D[0. . 7]
ADFM0
ADFM1
ADFM2
ADFM3
OPT ADFM0
OPT ADFM1
OPT ADFM2
OPT ADFM3
2
3
5
6
11
10
14
13
1A
1B
2A
2B
3A
3B
4A
4B
1
15
A/B
G
4
7
9
12
16
8
1Y
2Y
3Y
4Y
VCC
GND
S
R409
1
2
1
2
1
2
C245
SG
SG
CN8
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
ADFM A
ADFM A
24 V
24 V
ADFM B
ADFM B
L40
L41
L42
L43
L44
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
C172
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
C176 C191
C184
C185
1 2
1 2
F G
1
2
C9
C171
1 2
1 2
1
2
1
2
C187
SG F G
ADFMM0
ADFMM2
ADFMM1
ADFMM3
R296
R320
R323
R299
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
6
5
17
16
INA
INA
INB
INB
TDA
TDB
2
13
V
S
A
V
S
B
O
U
T
A
O
U
T
A
O
U
T
B
O
U
T
B
R
S
A
R
E
F
A
R
E
F
B
R
S
B
G
A
G
B
IC32
1
2
1
2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
R5
R6
R298
R321
C170
C186
F G
SG
1 2
1 2
1 2
R312
R319
R313
S
Q7
S
R295
R322
C169
1 2
R416
A13 6 2
IC27B
1
2
1
2
SG
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
C137
C138 C110
C109 C111
C112
IM[0. . 7]
IM[0. . 7]
1
2
1
2
C93 C92
+5 V A
33
43
41
45
36
46
47
48
50
51
52
53
54
55
58
57
59
39
63
62
61
60
64
49
17
9
SG
1 2
1 2
1 2
R176
R198
R206
IMAGE REQ(3)
IMAGEACK(3)
LC82103 AIN(2)
SPULSE(2)
CIS CLK(2)
8 1
7 2
6 3
5 4
RA20
IM7
IM6
IM5
IM4
IM3
IM2
IM1
IM0
8 1
7 2
6 3
5 4
RA21
SAMP/LININT
AVDD
ATAPH
ATAPL
AGND
AGND
PD7/SD
PD6/SDCK
PD5/SDE
PD4/PP4
PD3/PP3
PD2/PP2
PD1/PP1
PD0/PP0
DREQ/PP6
DACK/PP5
MTP/PP7
AIN
SH
RS
CLK1
CLK2
DGND
DGND
DGND
DGND
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
23
26
27
28
11
12
13
14
15
16
18
19
20
29
22
21
25
30
31
32
34
35
37
44
38
42
40
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
CS
RD
WR
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
CLKIN
ICLK
TRIG
RESET
TEST
REF
DALRL
DALRH
DAHRL
DAHRH
TEMP
SG
1
2
C88
1
2
C5
+5 V
A
D[0. . 7]
LC82103 REF
DRYRD(2)
WR IN(3)
1
2
7
1
2
S
R177
7 1
2
8 1 1
1
1
8
9 3 1
4
1
0
4 1
5

5
6
2
4
1
0
D
V
D
D
D
V
D
D
D
V
D
D
IC19
IC48
C244
IC25A
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AN-1
3-7-10
Control PCB
5
D[ 0..7]
D[ 0..7]
A[ 0..23]
A[ 0..23]
M O DEM DREQ ( 3)
DLYRESET( 2)
LCSO ( 2)
3
5 6
A13
I C25B
2
1
S
R303
D0
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
WR( 2)
DLYRD( 2)
S
S G
R506
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
41
25
9
52
39
34
35
36
38
37
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
46
47
48
54
44
42
51
45
50
49
43
I C28
40
24
8
3
R300
R352
S G
R301
R302
10 1 2
1
1
2
1
2
2
1 2
12
11
13
15
14
16
5
4
6
7
64
57
C207 R350
C198
C195 C8
C7
1
1
2
1
2
C196
C190 2
1
2
1
2
1
2 C189 1
1 2
1 2 2
1 1 2
3
R310
I C33A
I C33B
I C34B
R324 C188
R362
R365
R363
TP4
1
TP3
1
1 2
1 2
2 1
1
7
2
R311
R309
VR1
C175
1 2
1 3 1 2
1 2
2
C181
1 2
R315
+
+
+
+
6
5 +
7
6
5
+
2 2 1
1
2
3
1
+
R326
C182 R316
R325
C12
1
2
C201
RXI N N2( 6)
LI NESEL( 2)
BUZZER( 2)
M O NI TO R( 2)
VO L0( 2)
VO L1( 2)
R364
C227
2 1
R389
R391
1 2
1
7
6
5
2
CH0
I C45
CH1
ADR
I NH
CO M
VDD
VSS
VEE
1 1
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
R508
R507
DCCUT( 2)
C269
1
A
+ 5 V
2
1 2
2 1
C268 2 1
C267 2 1
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
O NHO O K 1 O NHO O K 2( 2)
O NHO O K 1( 2)
TELSEL( 2)
PLSDI L( 2)
RXSEL( 2)
EARTH( 2)
K M UTE( 2)
RNG DET( 2)
O FFHO O K ( 2)
O NHO O K 2
TELSEL
PLSDI L
M O DRXD
RXSEL
M O DTXD
NC
NC
RNG DET
O FFHO O K
RXI NN
+ 12 V
+ 12 V
AG
AG
12 V
12 V
5 V
5 V
SG
SG
NC
DCCUT
2
CN15
A + 5 V
2
R388
C225
C231 C230
C226
C224
8
4
3
2
1
2
R392
1
2
R393
1
2
9
10
11
6
5
3
1
2
13
12
I C46
R390
C
B
A
I NH
Z0
Z1
Y1
Y0
X1
X0
VEE
VSS
VDD
Z
Y
X
7
8
16
4
15
14 1
1
2
A + 5 V
2
C232
1
1 2
2
3
5
6
4
7 1
1
1
2
1
2
2
1
2
8
C15
I C44
C16
C218
R387
1
2
R234
SPEAK ER( 2)
SPK G ND( 2)
1
1 2
2
C222
C228
2
C233
C223
G S
C10
1
2
1
2
+
1
2
+
1
2
+
1
2
+
2
C166
X4
C159
R271
1
1
2
1
2
S
A + 5 V
G
1
2
S
2
59
63
58
62
61
60
1
2
53
55
56
VDD
VDD
VDD
RESET
I NT/M O T
SDS
SR/W
SCS
SI NTR
SDTACK
SA6
SA5
SA4
SA3
SA2
SA1
SA0
SD7
SD6
SD5
SD4
SD3
SD2
SD1
SD0
M C2
M C1
M C0
CLK O UT
M CI
SCI N
SCO UT
RO YS
BO S
EO S
SCCLK
G ND
G ND
G ND
EBS
RI NG
CTS
RTS
CD
RXD
CLK
TXD
TEST1
TEST2
EYEY
EYEX
AG NDT
AG NDR
VREFN
VCM
VREFP
AVDD
RXA2
RXA1
TXA2
TXA1
HALT
XTAL
EXTAL
2
C154
C11
C179 C156 C155
+
2
D1
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AN-1
3-7-11
Control PCB
6
OPT ADFM[0. . 3]
OPT ADFM0
OPT ADFM1
OPT ADFM2
OPT ADFM3
OPT ADFM[0. . 3]
LC82103 AIN(2)
1 2
S
R509
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
CN22
OPT SPULSE(2)
OPT CISCK(2)
OPT LEDON(2)
READY1(7)
STATUS1(7)
PRREQ1(7)
SBSY1(7)
ORG SUB(2)
ORG TIM SUB(2)
SG
1
2
JP6 2 1
C273
EA[8. . 15]
ED[0. . 7]
EA[8. . 15]
ED[0. . 7]
EA8
EA9
EA10
EA11
EA12
EA13
EA14
EA15
ED0
ED1
ED2
ED3
ED4
ED6
ED7
ED8
GDIENCODE(7)
H STROBE(7)
DLYRESET(2)
GDI INT(7)
1 8
2 7
3 6
4 5
RA22
1 8
2 7
3 6
4 5
RA23
1 8
2 7
3 6
4 5
RA24
1 8
2 7
3 6
4 5
RA25
1 8
2 7
3 6
4 5
RA26
1 8
2 7
3 6
4 5
RA27
1 8
2 7
3 6
4 5
RA28
1 2
R455
SG
SG
SG
SG
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
CN16
CN20
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
A0
A1
A2
A3
DLYRD(2)
WR(2)
IOCS(2)
CI INT(3)
CLK 16M3(3)
C266
2 1
1
2
1
2
C264 C265
JP5
1 2
1 2
JP11
S
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
CN23
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
CN21
1 2
1 2
R453
R454
S
VDOWN(2)
OPT PDOWN(2)
COMMAND1(7)
VSREQ1(7)
SCCLK1(7)
CBSY1(7)
VSYNC1(7)
SCCLK2(3)
COMMAND2(3)
CBSY2(3)
STATUS2(3)
SBSY2(3)
RXIN N2(5)
OPT VIDEO(7)
OPT LLINE(7)
OPT SFTCLK(7)
CLK 32M1(3)
1 2
JP3
R +5 Vbup
2 1
R510
S
2 1
C270 SG
2 4
5
3
GDICLK16M
IC50
S
L24
1 2
1
2
1
2
C272
C271
SG
L23
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
L26
R452
R451
R450
L25
VIDEO CK(7)
VDO1(7)
HSYNC OUT(3)
ASB(7)
OPT PRINTER(7)
EWR(7)
ERD(7)
for SubFAX board
for GDI board
for RS232C board
for SubFAX board
for GDI board
8
4
1 2
C183
1 2
C197
8
4
8
4
1
2
1 2
C204
8
4
1 2
C208
IC34C C98 IC33C IC18C
14
7
SG SG
SG
SG SG
SG
1
2
IC8G IC23G IC27D
1
2
R519
S
14
7
1
2
1
2
R520
S
8
4
1
2
1
2
R521
S
C68 C130
C151
8
4
1
2
IC25C
1
2
R523
S
C129
8
4
1
2
IC22C
1
2
R524
S
C120
14
7
1
2
IC13G
1
2
R525
B
C89
9 8
IC13D
+5 Vbat
SG
8
4
1
2
IC9D
1
2
R550
S
C97
3 5
IC9
SG
8
4
1
2
IC12D
1
2
R522
S
C81
F G
1
17
8
18
IC11E
IC11F
D[0. . 7]
A[0. . 23]
D[0. . 7]
A[0. . 23]
1
2
JP4
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AN-1
3-7-12
Control PCB
7
5
6
IC18B
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
R12
R11
R20
R19
R18
R17
1
CN4
2
5
3
6
7
8
1
R9 R8
R10
2
1 2
1 2
1 2
4
1
2
5
3
C318
C27 C26
C317
C25
C61
C60
L30
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
DUPMA
DUPMA
24 V
24 V
DUPMB
DUPMB
2
1 2
1
7 1
2
8 1 1
8
1
1
9 3 1
4
1
0
4 1
5
R
S
A
R
E
F
A
R
E
F
B
R
S
B
G
A
G
B
V
S
A
V
S
B
O
U
TA
O
U
TA
O
U
T
B
O
U
T
B
L31
L32
2
1 2
1 2
C69
C66 C64 C75 C76
C3
C65
C162
C37 C38
R59
C35
R3 R73 R74
R88 R89
R4
C50 C51
2
13
IC4
+
C53
1 2
1
6
5
2
13
TDA
TDB
TDA
TDB
17
16
IC2
C42
R1 R61 R62
R36 R37
R2
C28
C54
R72
R34
1 2 1 2
1 2
1
1 L36
1 2 L37
1 2 L38
1 2
6
5
17
16
MMA
/MMA
MMB
/MMB
INA
INA
INB
INB
7 1
2
8 1 1
8
1
1
9 3 1
4
1
0
4 1
5
V
S
A
V
S
B
O
U
TA
O
U
TA
O
U
T
B
O
U
T
B
R
S
A
R
E
F
A
R
E
F
B
R
S
B
G
A
G
B
L39
CN7
L35
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
MMA
MMA
24 V
24 V
MMB
MMB
2 1 2
1
1
4
4
1
V
C
C
P
R
C
L
2
1 2
2 5
6
3 5
Q Q
Q
3
D
CLK
1
0
1
3
P
R
C
L
7
G
N
D
12 9
8
Q
11
D
CLK
IC29A
IC29B
IC12C
CLK LM
1 2 1 2
1
R90
R58 2
1
1
2
1
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
CN12
UNIT
PFUPSW
CASSETTE
5 V
PG
24 V
PFUFCL REM
ENABLE
PFUFM B
PFUFM A
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
2
1 2
1 1
3
2
+ 2
1 2
1 2
1 2 3 5
6 7
3 2
11 9
14 16
13 12
1
2
1
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
1
CN2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
SG
RSW
5 V
24 V
RCL REM
24 V
FCL REM
24 V
FSSOL REM
24 V
FULL/HALF
CFM REM
5 V
TH
24 V
CL REM
2
11 10
IC27C
Q3
ERASE P
IC23F
IC11B
C78 C86 C84
C77 C85 C314 C313
C312
IC11A FANH
FANL
Q2
D3
IC23E
IC11C
IC11D
1 2
1 R SOL1 P
F CL
REG SW
2
1
2
1 2
1
CASSETTE P
M ENA P
LF CL P
LPEMP P
UNIT P 2
S
C43
RMA
/RMA
RMB
/RMB
L33
L34
2
C59
+
C56 C55
C1
C58
C331
EJECT2 P
R15
R161
C320
R16
C22
C23 C319
6
7
8
1
1 2
1 2
1
12 9
8
Q
Q
1
0
P
R
1
3
7
C
L
G
N
D
11
D
CLK
2
1 2
1 2
CN6
CN3
R162
R14
R13
2
3
1
2
3
5 V
TEDS
4
5
4
5
TCDSW
SG
SG
1
CN25
CN9
2
3
1
2
3
SG
REVSW
5 V
4
SG
ESW
PSW
5 V
5 V
DUPSW
SG
SG
G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S
C221
8
16
12
9
7
4 2
3
5
6
11
10
14
13
1
VDO0(3)
VIDEO(3)
NEW LINE(3)
OPT LLINE(6)
SFTCLK(3)
OPT SFTCLK(6)
VIDEOSEL(3)
15
1A
IC43
1B
2A
2B
3A
3B
4A
4B
A/B
G GND
VCC
4Y
3Y
2Y
1Y
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
R533
C34
C41 C49
C48
GDICLK16M(6)
2
1
R123
2
1
L1
+5 VSSW
2
2
IC12B
6
G
S G
S G
S G
S G
F
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S
S
G
S G S G
S
S
G
F G
F G
S G
S G F G
F G
S G
F G S G F G
F G
F G F G
S G
7
+
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
C44
1
2
C63
1
2
C30
1
2
C36
1
1
4
4
1
2
6
1
0
9
9
0
7
3
6
1
5
4
3
7
1
8
V
C
C
V
C
C
V
C
C
V
C
C
V
C
C
V
C
C
V
C
C
V
C
C
V
C
C
S
D
7
S
D
6
S
D
5
S
D
4
S
D
3
S
D
2
S
D
1
S
D
0
1
1
4
1
1
5
1
1
6
1
1
7
1
1
9
1
2
0
1
2
1
1
2
2
S
D
7
S
D
6
S
D
5
S
D
4
S
D
3
S
D
2
S
D
1
S
D
0
2
C39
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
R248
R247
R263
R155
R157
R167
R160
R159
R158
1 2
R113
1 2
1 2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
R114
C79
OR LED ON(2)
FUTMP
C107
R156
IC18A
R278
R281
C330
C308
C309 C306
C310 C307 C322
C321
R264 R280
R279
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
C33
1
2
C31
127
118
108
91
72
62
50
55
36
19
3
1
110
96
95
94
143
142
140
139
56
53
40
44
43
46
45
48
47
10
41
141
4
2
49
33
42
38
39
32
88
9
35
34
L2
L3
L4
L15
13
11
12
R93
R109
R107
R110
R125
R124
R91
R92
EWR(6)
ASB(6)
EDR(6)
10 57
58
59
1
1
R26
R25
2
2
1 R24 2
1 R23 2
1 R40 2
1 R22 2
1 R21 2
1 R47
LM CLK
R SOL1 P
R SOL2 P 2
1 R48 2
1 R49 2
1 R30 2
1 R29 2
1 R28 2
1 R27
VSREQ1(6)
SBSY1(6)
READY0(2)
VSREQ0(2)
GDI INT(6)
DLYRESET(2)
2
1 2
1 1 7
R526
R527
IC26B
1
2
R527
IC12A
2
60
61
62
63
64
COMMAND1(6)
STATUS1(6)
EA[8..15]
ED[0..7]
EA[8..15]
ED[0..7]
SCCLK1(6)
CBSY1(6)
CBSY0(3)
COMMAND0(3)
STATUS0(3)
SCCLK(3)
SBSY(2,3)
READY1(6)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
47
48
49
FUTMP
/RESET INT
50
51
52
53
54
36
37
38
39
INT1
/HSYNC INT
/REG SW
45
41
42
35
44
P20/SI1
IC5
P21/SO1
P22/SCK1
P23/STB
P24/BUSY
P25/SI0/SB0
P26/SO0/SB1
P27/SCK0
P30/TO0
P31/TO1
P32/TO2
P33/TI1
P34/TI2
P35/PCL
P36/BUZ
P37
P10/ANI0
P11/ANI1
P12/ANI2
P13/ANI3
P14/ANI4
P15/ANI5
P16/ANI6
P17/ANI7
P00/INTP0/TI0
P01/INTP1
P02/INTP2
P03/INTP3
P04/XT1
X2
X1
RESET
XT2
11
12
13
15
14
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
25
26
27
28
29
30
ED0
ED1
ED2
ED3
ED5
ED4
ED6
ED7
EA8
EA9
EA10
EA11
EA12
EA13
EA14
EA15
MC ERR P
EJECT2 P
LPEMP P
31
32
33
34
40
9
24
43
55
56
46
P40/AD0
P41/AD1
P42/AD2
P43/AD3
P45/AD5
P44/AD4
P46/AD6
P47/AD7
P50/A8
P51/A9
P52/A10
P53/A11
P54/A12
P55/A13
P56/A14
P57/A15
P60
P61
P62
P63
P64/RD
P65/WR
P66/WAIT
P67/ASTB
VDD
VSS
VSS
VSS
AVDD
AVREF
AVSS
1
1
1
2
1
INT1
VSYNC0(3)
PRREQ0(3)
HSYNC OUT(3)
CLK 32M2(3)
PRREQ1(6)
VSYNC1(6)
VDO1(7)
VIDEO CK(6)
GDIENCODE(6)
H STROBE(6)
OPT PRINTER(6)
2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1
S
S
S
S
2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
L16
1 2
L14
1 2
2
2
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
14
15
16
17
20
21
22
23
5
6
7
8
5
6
7
8
5
6
7
8
5
6
7
8
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
EA15
EA14
EA13
EA12
EA11
EA10
EA9
EA8
ED7
ED6
ED5
ED4
ED3
ED2
ED1
ED0
RA34
RA33
RA32
RA31
123
51
52
113
87
93
84
100
97
8
89
6
104
86
101
102
103
85
83
106
5
7
107
98
99
60
58
79
57
59
65
63
64
66
75
80
78
92
76
77
74
70
68
69
UNIT P
CASSETE P
67
71
112
81
82
111
124
125
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138 8 1 RA35A
7 2 RA35B
6 3 RA35C
8 1
7 2
6 3
5 4
RA36
1 2 R79
1 2 1 2
3 4
5 6
13 IC8F 12
IC23B
IC23C
1 2
1 2
R201
R218
R44
R45
L9
1
2
1
2
C46
1
2C47
1
2
1
2
1
2
1 2 1 2 R200
1
28 22
20
27
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
25
24
21
23
2
26
OE
IC6
CE1
WE
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
CE2
14
11
12
13
15
16
18
17
1
19
VCC
GND
I/O1
I/O2
I/O3
I/O4
I/O5
I/O7
I/O6
NC
I/O8
2
R63
C116 C126
S G
S
S
G
S
S
S
G
S G
F G
F
S
S
Q4
+5 VSSW
D6
G
S G
S G
S G
F
S
G
S G
S
S
G
S G
S G
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
C131
C80
C67
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1
CN14
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
MCLK
MSYNC
MSTART
PG
24 V
HSYNC
5 V
SG
LD
VIDEO
VR
2
1
2
1
2
C305
C304
C303
C108
R219
R239
R184
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
CN13
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
24 V
MC/DB REM
TC1 REM
DB1 CHG
DB2 CHG
LEAK
PG
TC2 REM
IU N/O(CN18)
R43
IC23A
1 2 R42
1 2
1 2
R41 1 2 R185
1 2 R190
1 2
1 2
1 7
IC27A
IC26A
C152
C24
IC8C 5 6
IC8E 11 10
IC8B 3 4
IC8D
R75 1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
R76
R77
R78
R102
R112
R111
IC23D
IC8A
H REM (CN17)
9 8
9 R SOL2 P
MC ERR P
8
1 2
1
+5 VSSW
+5 VSSW
+5 VSSW
2
R183
R202
1
5 2
3
D
CLK
Q
6
Q
1
4
1
C
L
4
V
C
C
P
R
2
1 2
1
5
3
2 C32
C40
X1
1 2
1 2
R46
R511
1 2
1
2
R60
1
2
1
2
4
IC1
1
2
R238
HSYNC INT
R189
D4
D4
1 2 R54 RMA
1 2 R56 RMB
1 2 R55 /RMA
1 2 R57 /RMB
1 2 R119 MMA
1 2 R121 MMB
1 2 R122 /MMA
1 2 R120
R39
/MMB
1 2 R108 ERASE P
RESET INT
M ENA P
F CL
FANH
FANL
1 2 R38 LF CL P
1 2
R182
1 2 R52
8 1
7 2
6 3
5 4
RA37
105
SXIN
SXOUT
TEST1
MMST
_MMLOCK
_FOLOCK
SSR
MRL
EXP
AVRERR
EXPC_CK
TPC
_FPLOCK
HVCC
HVTC
GRID
FANL
FANH
PSC
TNSC_CK
TSM
LPSC
PTM
LMST
SDHM_B
SDHMB
MRM
SDHMA
SDHM_A
SMR_A
SMRA
SMRB
SMR_B
_HSYNC
_SMLOCK
SMON
LSUCLK
S/H
_ENB
_LD
_CS4
_CS2
_CS3
_CS1
SDHOPN
_OE
FUOVH
FUTHOPN
_WE
SA12
SA11
SA10
SA9
SA8
SA7
SA6
SA5
SA4
SA3
SA2
SA1
SA0
PRC
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
PORT2
VSS
VSS
INT16CLR
PANELINT
CIINT
ADFM3
ADFM2
ADFM1
ADFM0
DOTCLK1
DOTCLK0
PCLS/GD1
H_STROBE
ENCODE
VIDEO_CK
VDO1
VSYNCI
PRREQI
WAIT
N_VCLK0
_RESET
HSYNC_OUT
32MHZ
16MHZ
VSYNC0
PRREQ0
NEWLINE
SFTCLK
VDO0
INT16
INT1
_CLK_8M
CLK_8M
ASB
_WR
_RD
EA15
EA14
EA13
EA12
EA11
EA10
EA9
EA8
ED7 IC3
ED6
ED5
ED4
ED3
ED2
ED1
ED0
PORT1
1
2
C29
1
2
C52
1
2
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AN-1
3-7-13
Control PCB
8
BA0
BA1
BA2
BA3
BA4
BA5
BA6
BA7
CN10
1
2
1
2
SG
S
1
2
D10
2
4
5 1
3
SG
SG
SG
SG
SG
SG
SG
SG
SG
SG
SG
SG
SG
SG
SG
Q9
VDOWN(2)
2.4 V IN
2.4 V
2.4 V
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1 2
1
2
4
5
3IC38
IC37
R359
R358
R382 R383
Q8
R384
R385
Q10 1 2
D11
1 2
1
2
1
2
C212 C13
L13 L12
D13
IC41
LX
G
O
C14
1
2
1
2
C213
1
2
C214
D9
S
R
+5 Vbup
BA[0. . 11]
BRAS[0. . 5]
BA[0. . 11]
BRAS[0. . 5]
BLCAS(2)
BUCAS(2)
MA[0. . 11]
RAS[0. . 5]
MA[0. . 11]
RAS[0. . 5]
LCAS(2)
UCAS(2)
8
1
7
2
6
3
5
4
RA41
8
1
7
2
6
3
5
4
RA40
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
20
10
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
VCC
GND
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
G
DIR
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
19
1
8 1
7 2
6 3
5 4
8 1
7 2
6 3
5 4
RA42
RA43
+5 Vbup
R
R515
1
2
C205 C206
1
2
MA0
MA1
MA2
MA3
MA4
MA5
MA6
MA7
BA8
BA9
BA10
BA11
BRAS0
BRAS1
BRAS2
BRAS3
8
1
7
2
6
3
5
4
RA45
8
1
7
2
6
3
5
4
RA44
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
20
10
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
VCC
GND
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
G
DIR
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
19
1
8 1
7 2
6 3
5 4
8 1
7 2
6 3
5 4
RA46
RA47
+5 Vbup
R
R516
1
2
C209 C210
1
2
MA8
MA9
MA10
MA11
RAS0
RAS1
RAS2
RAS3
BRAS4
BRAS5
8
1
7
2
6
3
5
4
RA48
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
20
10
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
VCC
GND
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
G
DIR
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
19
1
8 1
7 2
6 3
5 4
RA8
+5 Vbup
R
R517
1
2
C235 C234
1
2
RAS4
RAS5
1
2
1
2
1
2
IC35
IC36
IC42
V
D
D
NC
NC OUT G
N
D
2.4 V
SG
R7
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AP
3-7-13-1
Control PCB
1
CLK 32M2
DLYRESET
READY0
OPT SFTCLK
OPT LLINE
OPT VIDEO
PRREQ0
VSYNC0
CBSY0
COMMAND0
SCCLK0
SBSY0
STATUS0
VSREQ0
READY1
PRREQ1
VSYNC1
CBSY1
COMMAND1
SCCLK1
SBSY1
STATUS1
VSREQ1
S
T
A
T
U
S
2
S
B
S
Y
2
S
C
C
L
K
2
C
O
M
M
A
N
D
2
C
B
S
Y
2
C
L
K
3
2
M
C
L
K
1
6
M
C
IIN
T
M
O
D
E
M
D
R
E
Q
IO
C
S
L
C
S
0
O
R
G
T
IM
S
U
B
O
R
G
S
U
B
D
LY
R
E
S
E
T
W
R
D
LY
R
D
S
B
S
Y
0
V
S
R
E
Q
0
R
E
A
D
Y
0
O
R
L
E
D
O
N
V
ID
E
O
S
E
L
S
E
L
O
P
T
P
R
R
E
Q
0
V
S
Y
N
C
0
C
B
S
Y
0
C
O
M
M
A
N
D
0
S
C
C
L
K
0
S
B
S
Y
0
S
T
A
T
U
S
0
S
F
T
C
L
K
N
E
W
L
IN
E
V
D
O
0
H
S
Y
N
C
O
U
T
OR LED ON
GDIENCODE
H STROBE
VIDEO CK
VDO1
OPT PRINTER
HSYNC OUT
GDI INT
GDICLK16M
ED[0. .7]
EA[8. .15]
ERD
EWR
VDO0
NEWLINE
SFTCLK
VIDEOSEL
OPT VIDEO
OPT LLINE
OPT SFTCLK
HEATER REM
NEW P
HEATER REM
NEW P
ASB
READY1
PRREQ1
VSYNC1
CBSY1
COMMAND1
SCCLK1
SBSY1
STATUS1
VSREQ1
GDIENCODE
H STROBE
VIDEO CK
VDO1
OPT PRINTER
HSYNC OUT
GDI INT
GDICLK16M
ED[0. .7]
EA[8. .15]
ERD
EWR
ASB
OPT ADFM[0. .3]
D[0. .7]
D[0. .7]
A[0. .23]
A[0. .23]
RD
WR
MODEM DREQ
DLYRESET
NMI OUT
ACCINT
DMAINT0
DMAINT1
RDY
FROMCS
FROMWE
RAMWE0
RAMOE0
RAMWE1
RAMOE1
ROMCS
CIINT
VDOWN
M PDOWN
LED ON
OPT MEM1
OPT MEM2
RD
NMI OUT
ACCINT
DMAINT0
DMAINT1
RDY
FROMCS
FROMWE
RAMWE0
RAMOE0
RAMWE1
RAMOE1
ROMCS
M PDOWN
LED ON
OPT MEM1
OPT MEM2
CLK 16M1,2,3
CLK 32M1,2
CBSY2
COMMAND2
PRREQ0
VSYNC0
CBSY0
COMMAND0
SCCLK0
SBSY0
STATUS0
WR IN
IMAGE REQ
IMAGEACK
SI
IM[0. .7]
ADFM[0. .3]
NEWLINE
SFTCLK
VDO0
VIDEOSEL
HSYNC OUT
SCCLK2
SBSY2
STATUS2
D[0. .7]
A[0. .23]
LCS0
LCS1
DLYRESET
WR IN
IMAGE REQ
IMAGEACK
IM[0. .7]
ADFM[0. .3]
PREQ
PACK
PDRD
PDWR
PD[0. .15]
SEL16
CREQ
CACK
CDRD
CDWR
CD[0. .15]
JBIGINT
PREQ
PACK
PDRD
PDWR
PD[0. .15]
SEL16
CREQ
CACK
CDRD
CDWR
CD[0. .15]
JBIGINT
CLK 32M
DLYRD
SI
WR IN
IMAGE REQ
IMAGECK
IM[0. .7]
ADFM[0. .3]
PREQ
PACK
PDRD
PDWR
PD[0. .15]
SEL16
CREQ
CACK
CDRD
CDWR
CD[0. .15]
JBIGINT
SI
CLK 16M
SEL OPT
OPT ADFM[0. .3]
LC82103 AIN
CIS CLK
SPULSE
PDOWN
TELSEL
PLSDIL
KMUTE
RXSEL
EARTH
DCCUT
RNGDET
OFFHOOK
ONHOOK1
ONHOOK2
LINESEL
MONITOR
VOL0
VOL1
SPEAKER
SPKGND
R
N
G
D
E
T
O
F
F
H
O
O
K
O
N
H
O
O
K
1
O
N
H
O
O
K
2
L
IN
E
S
E
L
M
O
N
IT
O
R
V
O
L
0
V
O
L
1
S
P
E
A
K
E
R
S
P
K
G
N
D
B
U
Z
Z
E
R
T
E
L
S
E
L
P
L
S
D
IL
K
M
U
T
E
E
A
R
T
H
R
X
S
E
K
D
C
C
U
T
S
E
L
O
P
T
O
P
T
P
D
O
W
N
V
D
O
W
N
P
D
O
W
N
L
C
8
2
1
0
3
A
IN
O
P
T
L
E
D
O
N
C
IS
C
L
K
O
P
T
S
P
U
L
S
E
BUZZER
CIS CLK
SPULSE
OPT SPULSE
OPT CISCK
LC82103 AIN
SEL OPT
OPT LEDON
OPT PDOWN
PDOWN
VDOWN
D[0. .7]
A[0. .23]
RD
WR
DLYRD
DLYRESET
NMI OUT
ACCINT
DMAINT0
DMAINT1
RDY
FROMCS
FROMWE
RAMWE0
RAMOE0
RAMWE1
RAMOE1
ROMCS
IOCS
LCS0
LCS1
M PDOWN
LED ON
OPT MEM1
OPT MEM2
CLK 16M1
ORG TIM SUB
ORG SUB
SBSY0
VSREQ0
READY0
OR LED ON
TELSEL
PLSDIL
KMUTE
RXSEL
EARTH
DCCUT
D[0. .7]
A[0. .23]
WR
DLYRD
DLYRESET
LCS0
MODEM DREQ
REXIN N2
RNGDET
OFFHOOK
ONHOOK1
ONHOOK2
LINESEL
MONITOR
VOL0
VOL1
SPEAKER
SPKGND
BUZZER
OPT VIDEO
OPT LLINE
OPT SFTCLK
READY1
PRREQ1
VSYNC1
CBSY1
COMMAND1
SCCLK1
SBSY1
STATUS1
VSREQ1
GDIENCODE
H STROBE
VIDEO CK
VDO1
OPT PRINTER
HSYNC OUT
GDI INT
GDICLK16M
ED[0. .7]
EA[8. .15]
ERD
EWR
ASB
D[0. .7]
A[0. .23]
DLYRD
WR
IOCS
DLYRESET
VDOWN
CLK 16M
CLK 32M
ORG TIM SUB
ORG SUB
CIINT
CBSY2
COMMAND2
SCCLK2
SBSY2
STATUS2
OPT ADFM[0. .3]
OPT SPULSE
OPT CISCK
OPT LEDON
LC82103 AIN
OPT PDOWN
RXIN N2
CPCB 4/8 CPCB 3/8 CPCB 2/8
CPCB 7/8
S G
S G
S G A G
S G
1
2
S G
1
2
F G
F G
+
+12 V
12 V
CPCB 6/8 CPCB 5/8

1
2
+
-
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
2
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
C269
C267
C265 C264 C17
C18
C19 C251
C268
C266
S
S
A
L52
JP
F1
L53
JP
+
1
2
1
2
1
2
C263 C16 C262
L50
JP
L51
JP
L54
JP
L55
D17
D17
JP
24 V
5 V 5 V
CN1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
24 V
PG
5 V
SG
+12 V
12 V
H REM
IU N/O
FG4
F G
FG3
F G
FG2
F G
FG1
C274 C273
5 V
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AP
3-7-13-2
Control PCB
2
152
153
154
155
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
30
127
31
79
78
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
159
10
11
83
82
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
133
2
3
5
6
11
10
14
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
SIG
SG
5V
12V
SG
SI
SG
CLK
LED REM
24V
SG
DDSW
5V
SG
ADFTIMSW
5V
4
7
9
12
16
1Y
2Y
3Y
4Y
VCC
8
GND
1A
1B
2A
2B
3A
3B
4A
4B
A/B
G
134
135
136
137
138
139
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
123
124
125
122
151
131
132
130
126
158
9
156
157
84
85
86
87
88
128
129
92
93
94
95
96
97
118
119
90
91
89
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
PHI2
RESET
RES
CLKOUT
CLKIN
R/W
IRQ
VP
RDY
BE
VPA
VDA
NMI
EMU
INT0
INT15
INT16(PC6)
INT16(PC7)
ID7
ID6
ID5
ID4
ID3
ID2
ID1
ID0
IA13
IA12
IA11
IA10
IA9
IA8
IA7
IA6
IA5
IA4
IA3
IA2
IA1
IA0
AIN
TEMP
ATAP
AVDO
ICS
IRD
IWR
ASAMP
AVSS
BACKUP
MSEL
TEST1
TEST0
TCLK1(PC5)
TCLK0(PC4)
PC3
PC2
PC1
SH
RS
RM1(PE5)
RM0(PE4)
TM3(PE3)
TM2(PE2)
TM1(PE1)
TM0(PE0)
ACLK1
ACLK2
RM3(PE7)
RM2(PE6)
PC0
EXRDY(PB7)
PB6
PB5
PB4
PB3
PB2
PB1
PB0
A23
A22
A21
A20
A19
A18
A17
A16
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
45
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
29
31
33
35
38
40
42
44
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
30
32
34
36
39
41
43
15
1
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
27
13
14
15
17
18
19
20
21
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
30
26
23
25
22
24
29
32
1
16
4
28
3
31
2
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
DQ1
DQ2
DQ3
DQ4
DQ5
DQ6
DQ7
DQ8
S2
S1
OE
W
VCC
NC
GND
48
17
11
47
12
16
26
28
9
10
13
14
DQ16/A1
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
CE
OE
NC
NC
NC
NC
27
37
46
DQ0
DQ1
DQ2
DQ3
DQ4
DQ5
DQ6
DQ7
DQ8
DQ9
DQ10
DQ11
DQ12
DQ13
DQ14
RY/BY
WE
BYTE
RESET
VSS
VCC
VSS
59
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
SG
5V
OP TXD
OP CLK
OP RXD
HRDY
PRDY
RESET
SP
SG
8
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
1
RA26
RA25
12
13
14
15
52
53
50
51
54
55
109
98
99
102
58
143
142
107
103
104
105
106
108
56
57
16
17
18
19
2 2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
0
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2
2
3
4
7
6
1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2
2
1 1 3
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
1 2
7 1 2 1
1 2
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2
2 6
6
5
3
1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1 4 3
10 11
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
R279
R262
R244
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
27
13
14
15
17
18
19
20
21
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
30
26
23
25
22
24
29
32
1
16
4
28
3
31
2
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
DQ1
DQ2
DQ3
DQ4
DQ5
DQ6
DQ7
DQ8
S2
S1
OE
W
VCC
NC
GND
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
13
12
5
6
1
2
1 4
7
7
V
G
2
1
1 5
3
4
2
1
2
5
NC
NC
CD
NC
NC
OUT
8
3
6
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
2
2
3
1
2
1
2
1
2
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
3
4
5
6
7
8
ICLK(PD3)
SPCLK(PD2)
BACK(PD1)
BREQ(PD0)
A23(PD7)
A22(PD6)
A21(PD5)
A20(PD4)
A19
A18
A17
A16
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
ROSC2
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
1 2
1
4
1
6
1
8
1
1
0
1
1
2
1
1
4
1
V
S
S
V
S
S
V
S
S
V
S
S
V
S
S
V
S
S
V
S
S
V
S
S
D7
D6
D5
D4
PA5
PA4
PA7
PA6
PA3
PA2
PDATA(TXD)
PROTECT
PCK(SCLK)
LATCH(RXD)
ROSC1
CAS(PF6)
RAS(PF5)
EXCLK(PF4)
STB3(PF3)
STB2(PF2)
STB1(PF1)
STB0(PF0)
HVON
PA1
PA0
D3
D2
D1
D0
RD
WR
ROMCS
RAMCS
IOCS
LCS0
LCS1
8
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
RA28
R215
R216
R217
R214
R218
R220
2 1 R219
R186
R185
R184
R222
R309
R551
R296
R297
R347
R550
C181
C217
C218
C177
C176
C182
R321
R193
R180
PF6
R124 R98
R123
R120
R119
R194
R245
R505
R263
R234
R233
R232
R195
R221
R183
R126
R125
R122
R121
RA27
RA24
RA23
RA22
RA21
2
3
4
C146 C147 C148
C141
C140
C149
C106 C107
C275
C165 C166
C153 C155 C158
C154 C159 C167
C130 C129
X3
IC38 IC32 IC31
CN5
CN11
C96
C127
C105
C125 C126
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G S G S G
S G
A G S G
S G
S G
IC21
IC14A
IC14B
IC14C
IC14F
IC9A
IC50
IC14E
IC24A
IC23
IC18
R141
R152
R179
R181
R182
R137
R138
R139
R140
R135
R134
R136
DMAINT0(3)
ACCINT(3)
DMAINT1(3)
BUZZER(5)
FROMCS(3)
FROMWE(3)
DLYRESET(3,4,5,6,7)
RAMOE0(3)
RAMWE0(3)
RAMOE1(3)
RAMWE1(3)
RD(3)
RAMCS
HRDY
PRDY
DLYRD(4,5,6) WR(3,5,6)
ROMCS(3)
IOCS(6)
LCSO(4,5)
LCS1(4)
OPT MEM1(3)
OPT MEM2(3)
DCCUT(5)
SPKGND(5)
SPEAKER(5)
LINESEL(5)
EARTH(5)
KMUTE(5)
PLSDIL(5)
TELSEL(5)
NMI OUT(3)
RXSEL(5)
OFFHOOK(5)
MONITOR(5)
VOL1(5)
VOL0(5)
RDY(3)
SEL OPT(4)
SBSY(7)
VSREQ(7)
READY(7)
ONHOOK1(5)
SPULSE(4)
PDOWN(4)
OPT SPULSE(6)
CIS CLK(4)
OPT CISCK(6)
M PDOWN(3)
OPT PDOWN(6)
LC82103 AIN(4,6)
ONHOOK2(5)
REGDET(5)
ORG SUB(6)
LED ON(3)
OR LED ON(3)
OPT LEDON(6)
ORG TIM SUB(6)
VDOWN(3,6,8)
CLK 16M1(3) D[0. .7]
A[0. . 23]
D[0. .7]
A[0. . 23]
PF6
R94
R131
R133
R132
R110
R128
R127
R160
R159
H
R
D
Y
P
R
D
Y
R158
R157
R156
R155
R154
R153
R107
R130
R129
R108
R106
R109
R105
R393
R607
R398
R399
R397
R392
R402
R407
R408
R401
R406 R404
AG
AG
AG
AG
AG
AG
R405
R411
R391
D12
D14
R400
R93
C75
C234
C242
IC49
C244
C276
C229
C245
C91
C100
C250
C249
C277
C15
D2
Q11
D16
D15
TP4
TP3
VR2
IC9B
IC24B
(160P) (120P) (90P) (40P)
D7
D5
Q6
Q5
BT021
+5Vbat
+5Vbat
S
B
B
B
B
S
S
S
S
B
B
S
S
S
B
S
S
S
S
+5Vbat
+5Vbat
+5Vbat
+5Vbat
+5Vbat
+
1
2
S G
C243
S
2 1
2 1
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AP
3-7-13-3
Control PCB
3
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
144
145
146
147
ADFM3
ADFM2
ADFM[0..3]
NMI OUT(2)
ACCINT(2)
DMAINT1(2)
DMAINT0(2)
RDY(2)
FROMWE(2)
FROM CS(2)
RAMOE0(2)
RAMWE0(2)
ROMCS(2)
RAMOE1(2)
RAMWE1(2)
D[0..7]
D[0..7]
A[0..23]
RD(2)
WR(2)
DLYRESET(2)
HSYNC OUT(6,7)
PREQ(4)
PACK(4)
PDRD(4)
PDWR(4)
CREK(4)
CACK(4)
CDRD(4)
CDWR(4)
STATUS0(7)
SBSY(7)
STATUS2(6)
SBSY2(6)
A[0..23]
ADFM[0..3]
ADFM1
ADFM0
1
2
3
4
8 RA31
7
6
5
148
149
150
151
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
77
78
79
82
83
84
85
86
A16 87
A17
A18
A19
A20
A21
A22
A23
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
153
152
138
99
98
106
105
113
112
68
185
186
188
189
183
184
190
191
171
170
169 RA7
RA5C
RA5B
RA5A
RA5D
R205
R206
PD0
PD1
PD2
PD3
PD4
PD5
PD6
PD7
PD8
PD9
PD10
PD11
PD12
PD13
PD14
PD15
CD0
CD1
CD2
CD3
CD4
CD5
CD6
CD7
CD8
CD9
CD10
CD11
CD12
CD13
CD14
CD15
RA8
RA9
RA10
RA6
RA11
RA12
RA13
168
167
166
165
164
163
162
159
158
157
156
155
154
194
195
196
197
198
199
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
LCAS
UCAS
RAS0
RAS1
RAS2
RAS3
RAS4
RAS5
DWR
DOE
PRREQ
VSYNC
DOTSFT
LLINE
VIDEO
SCCLK0
COMMAND0
CBSY0
SCCLK1
COMMAND1
CBSY1
SCCLK2
COMMAND2
CBSY2
REQXPIC
ACKXPIC
WRXIMG
IG7
IG6
IG5
IG4
IG3
IG2
IG1
IG0
TRICXSI
CLK20M
MRD
CLK32MO
CLK16MO
DOTCLK1
IN16MHZ
PANELCK
REQXOPT
ACKXOPT
PORT4
PORT5
PORT6
PORT7
BUF2G
BUF2DIR
PORTIO0
PORTIO1
PORTIO2
PORTIO3
LEDON
JBIGINT
SXIN
SXOUT
MODEMINT
OPTINT
M
IT
U
1
4
3
S
R
A
M
S
E
L
1
3
2
B
U
N
R
I
1
3
7
C
S
S
E
L
B
1
1
8
T
E
S
E
T
1
1
8
A
M
C
8
S
M
C
5
G
N
D
2
3
0
G
N
D
2
2
3
G
N
D
2
2
1
G
N
D
2
1
2
G
N
D
2
0
0
1
8
0
1
7
0
1
6
1
1
3
7
1
2
5
1
2
4
1
2
2
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
1
2
1
G
N
D
1
0
1
G
N
D
8
0
G
N
D
6
0
G
N
D
5
9
G
N
D
4
1
G
N
D
3
1
G
N
D
2
0
G
N
D
1
5
G
N
D
2
G
N
D
1
3
.3
V
2
4
0
3
.3
V
2
2
0
3
.3
V
2
0
1
3
.3
V
1
8
1
3
.3
V
1
6
0
3
.3
V
1
4
0
3
.3
V
1
2
9
3
.3
V
1
2
7
3
.3
V
1
2
0
3
.3
V
1
0
0
3
.3
V
8
1
3
.3
V
6
1
3
.3
V
4
0
3
.3
V
2
1
5
V
2
3
9
5
V
1
8
2
5
V
1
7
8
5
V
1
2
3
5
V
1
1
9
5
V
6
2
5
V
5
8
5
V
3
16
17
R
R
9
10
11
12
8
7
5
13
14
RA15C
RA15D
RA14
RA15A
RA15B
4
7
63
64
65
66
67
L11 PRREQ(7)
VSYNC0(7)
SFTCLK(7)
NEWLINE(7)
VDO0(7)
SCCLK(7)
COMMAND0(7)
CBSY0(7)
SCCLK2(6)
COMMAND2(6)
CBSY2(6)
IM[0..7]
IM[0..7]
IMAGE REQ(4)
IMAGEACK(4)
WR IN(4)
SI(4)
1
L10
1
2
2
95
96
97
102
103
104
R305
R306
R259
R290
R291
R231
R230
R229
R209
R208
R207
109
110
111
237
238
229
R227
R223
6
5
6
8
7
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
4
3
4
3
1
2
2
2
BRAS 0
BRAS 1
BRAS 3
BLCAS
BUCAS
BRAS 2
BRAS 4
BRAS 5
DWR
DOE
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
224
219
218
217
216
215
214
213
IM7
IM6
IM5
IM4
IM3
IM2
IM1
IM0
236
222
193
130
141
1
1
2
2
1
1
2
2 1
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
2
1 2
R163
R171 R162
R529
1 2
R528
CLK 32M-2(7)
CLK 32M-1(6)
CLK 32M-3(4)
CLK 16M-1(2)
CLK 16M-2(4)
CLK 16M-3(6)
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
R604
R530
R531
R532
C108
VIDEOSEL(7)
SEL16(4)
M PDOWN(2)
LED ON(2)
JBIGINT(2)
OPT MEM1(2)
MA11
MA10
MA9
MA8
MA7
MA4
MA6
MA3
MA2
MA1
MA0
MA5
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
13
12
11
10
7
9
6
5
4
3
2
1
CN19
IC42 IC35
R
A
S
0/
R502
+5 Vbup
+5 Vbup
C240
1 42
37
DA10
DA11
22
6
21
1
41
40
39
38
36
35
34
33
10
9
8
7
5
4
3
2
MD15
MD14
MD13
MD12
MD11
MD10
MD9
MD8
MD7
MD6
MD5
MD4
MD3
MD2
MD1
MD0
MD15
MD14
MD13
MD12
MD11
MD10
MD9
MD8
MD7
MD6
MD5
MD4
MD3
MD2
MD1
MD0
MA9
MA8
MA7
MA6
MA5
MA4
MA3
MA2
MA1
MA0
VSS
VSS
VSS
VCC
VCC
VCC
DQ16
DQ15
DQ14
DQ13
DQ12
DQ11
DQ10
DQ9
DQ8
DQ7
DQ6
DQ5
DQ4
DQ3
DQ2
DQ1
VSS
VSS
VSS
VCC
VCC
VCC
DQ16
DQ15
DQ14
DQ13
DQ12
DQ11
DQ10
DQ9
DQ8
DQ7
DQ6
DQ5
DQ4
DQ3
DQ2
DQ1
NC
NC
OE
UCAS
W
LCAS
RAS
NC
NC
NC
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
2
1 2
C241
1
2
R394
1
2
8
MD6
MD5
MD4
MD3
MD2
MD1
MD0
MD7
MD8
MD11
MD9
MD12
MD13
MD14
MD15
R313
R339
R341
R343 RAS 2 1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
/
RAS 3 /
RAS 4 /
RAS 5 /
MD10
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
38
39
40
41
44
42
45
46
47
48
49
50
43
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
38
39
40
41
44
42
45
46
47
48
49
50
43
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
13
12
11
10
7
9
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
MODEM DREQ(5)
CIINT(6)
C109
C112
C123
L7 R164
R170 L5
L8
131
142
133
108
107
231
232
233
234
225
226
227
228
235
192
135
R224
R169
1
1
2
2
187
125 1 2
126 1
1
1
1
2
1
2
2
X2
R538
R225
R285
R165 C111
2
2 1 2
117
53
D0
1
7
4
R
A
M
W
E
0
R
A
M
W
E
1
R
A
M
O
E
0
R
A
M
O
E
1
R
O
M
C
S
IN
F
R
O
M
C
S
F
R
M
W
E
R
D
Y
1
7
2
1
7
5
1
7
3
1
7
6
1
7
7
1
9
1
1
4
E
X
T
R
D
Y
6
D
M
A
IN
T
0
1
1
5
D
M
A
IN
T
1
1
1
6
A
C
C
IN
T
1
3
4
N
M
I
1
3
6
A
D
F
M
0
5
7
A
D
F
M
1
5
6
A
D
F
M
2
5
5
A
D
F
M
3
5
4
M
A
0
3
9
M
A
1
4
2
M
A
2
4
3
M
A
3
4
4
M
A
4
4
5
M
A
5
4
6
M
A
6
4
7
M
A
7
4
8
M
A
8
4
9
M
A
9
5
0
M
A
1
0
5
1
M
A
1
1
5
2
B
A
0
B
A
1
B
A
2
B
A
3
B
A
4
B
A
5
B
A
6
B
A
7
B
A
8
B
A
9
B
A
1
0
B
A
1
1
M
D
0
2
2
M
D
1
2
3
M
D
2
2
4
M
D
3
2
5
M
D
4
2
6
M
D
5
2
7
M
D
6
2
8
M
D
7
2
9
M
D
8
3
0
M
D
9
3
2
M
D
1
0
3
3
M
D
1
1
3
4
M
D
1
2
3
5
M
D
1
3
3
6
M
D
1
4
3
7
M
D
1
5
3
8
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
A20
A21
A22
A23
RD
WR
RES
STATUS0
SBSY0
STATUS1
SBSY1
STATUS2
SBSY2
HSYNC
REQJIMAGE
ACKJIMAGE
PRD
PWR
REQJCODE
ACKJCODE
CRD
CWR
JPD0
JPD1
JPD2
JPD3
JPD4
JPD5
JPD6
JPD7
JPD8
JPD9
JPD10
JPD11
JPD12
JPD13
JPD14
JPD15
JCD0
JCD1
JCD2
JCD3
JCD4
JCD5
JCD6
JCD7
JCD8
JCD9
JCD10
JCD11
JCD12
JCD13
JCD14
JCD15
S
S
S
1
I O
G
2
1
2
C79
1
2
C161
1
2
C160
1
2
C170
1
2
C162
1
2
C120
1
2
C119
1
2
C169
1
2
C168
1
2
1
2
1
2
C133
1
2
C132
1
2
C163
1 1
2
C145
1
2
C144
1
2
C122
2
C121
1
2
C171
IC13
C4
D1
3.3 V
3.3 V
R304 1 2
S G
S G
R
+5 Vbup
C212
1 42
37
22
6
21
1
41
40
39
38
36
35
34
33
10
9
8
7
5
4
3
2
2
1 2
C213
R378
1
2
S G
S G S
1
OPT MEM2(2)
2
C252
XRAS3/
XRAS2/
XRAS1/
XRAS0/
G
S G
+
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
1 2 3 4
RA16
RA17
RA18
RA19
8 7 6 5
R172
JP2
R228
R603
1 2
BA[0..11]
BA[0..11]
BRAS[0..5]
BRAS [0..5] /
IC20
BLCAS
BUCAS
MA[0..11]
MA[0..11]
VDOWN(2)
DOWN
LCAS
UCAS
RAS [0..5]
RAS[0..5]
VDOWN
LCAS
UCAS
/
/
/
NC
NC
OE
UCAS
W
LCAS
RAS
NC
NC
NC
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
15
16
29
30
13
31
14
12
32
11
28
27
26
25
24
23
20
19
18
17
16
15
29
30
13
31
14
12
32
11
28
27
26
25
24
23
20
19
18
17
MA9
MA8
MA7
MA6
MA5
MA4
MA3
MA2
MA1
MA0
6 3
7 2
8 1
5 4
1 2
1 2
8
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
4
3
2
1
5
6
7
8
4
3
2
1
5
6
7
8
4
3
2
1
5
6
7
8
4
3
2
1
PD[0. .15]
CD[0. .15]
RAS 1 /
L
C
A
S
/
U
C
A
S
/
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AP
3-7-13-4
Control PCB
4
OPT ADFM[0. . 3]
ADFM[0. . 3]
OPT ADFM[0. . 3]
ADFM[0. . 3]
SEL OPT(2)
PDOWN(2)
LCSO(2)
SI(3)
D[0. . 7]
ADFM0
ADFM1
ADFM2
ADFM3
OPT ADFM0
OPT ADFM1
OPT ADFM2
OPT ADFM3
2
3
5
6
11
10
14
13
1A
1B
2A
2B
3A
3B
4A
4B
1
15
A/B
G
4
7
9
12
16
8
1Y
2Y
3Y
4Y
VCC
GND
S
R403
1
2
1
2
1
2
C247
SG
SG
CN8
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
ADFM A
ADFM A
24 V
24 V
ADFM B
ADFM B
L40
L41
L42
L43
L44
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
C172
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
C180 C186
C185
C187
1 2
1 2
F G
1
2
C7
C175
1 2
1 2
1
2
1
2
C189
SG F G
ADFMM0
ADFMM2
ADFMM1
ADFMM3
R293
R315
R318
R295
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
6
5
17
16
INA
INA
INB
INB
TDA
TDB
2
13
V
S
A
V
S
B
O
U
T
A
O
U
T
A
O
U
T
B
O
U
T
B
R
S
A
R
E
F
A
R
E
F
B
R
S
B
G
A
G
B
IC33
1
2
1
2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
R5
R6
R294
R316
C174
C188
F G
SG
1 2
1 2
1 2
R307
R319
R308
S
Q9
S
R292
R317
C173
1 2
R410
1 2
1 2
R101
1 2
1 2
R87
CDRD(3)
CDWR(3)
SEL16(3)
JBIGINT(3)
CD[0. .15]
CD[0. .15]
DLYRESET(3)
CREQ(3)
CLK 16M-2(3)
CLK 32M-3(3)
LCS1(2)
CACK(3)
A[0. .23]
PACK(3)
PDWR(3)
1 2
R88
1 2 R72
1 2
R73
R100
A13 6 2
IC27B
1
2
1
2
SG
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
C142
C143 C116
C115 C117
C118
IM[0. . 7]
IM[0. . 7]
1
2
1
2
C103 C102
+5 V A
33
43
41
45
36
46
47
48
50
51
52
53
54
55
58
57
59
39
63
62
61
60
64
49
17
9
SG
1 2
1 2
1 2
R161
R187
R196
IMAGE REQ(3)
IMAGEACK(3)
LC82103 AIN(2)
SPULSE(2)
CIS CLK(2)
4 5
3 6
2 7
1 8
RA33
IM7
IM6
IM5
IM4
IM3
IM2
IM1
IM0
4 5
3 6
2 7
1 8
RA34
SAMP/LININT
AVDD
ATAPH
ATAPL
AGND
AGND
PD7/SD
PD6/SDCK
PD5/SDE
PD4/PP4
PD3/PP3
PD2/PP2
PD1/PP1
PD0/PP0
DREQ/PP6
DACK/PP5
MTP/PP7
AIN
SH
RS
CLK1
CLK2
DGND
DGND
DGND
DGND
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
23
26
27
28
11
12
13
14
15
16
18
19
20
67
66
65
64
62
63
57
58
55
92
91
90
89
86
85
84
83
80
79
78
77
74
73
72
71
48
47
46
45
44
53
68
54
56
61
98
99
96
97
95
A3
A2
A1
A0
CD15
CD14
CD13
CD12
CD11
CD10
CD9
CD8
CD7
CD6
CD5
CD4
CD3
CD2
CD1
CD0
PD15
PD14
PD13
PD12
PD11
PD10
PD9
PD8
PD7
PD6
PD5
PD4
PD3
PD2
PD1
PD0
38
43
41
42
49
52
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
29
22
21
25
30
31
32
34
35
37
44
38
42
40
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
CS
RD
WR
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
A3
A2
A1
A0
CS
BHE
RD
WR
BUS16
D15
D14
D13
D12
D11
D10
D9
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
PXCK
PTIM
SVID
PRDY
RVID
INTR
RESET
DMAAK
MCLK
TEST1
TEST0
TOUT2
TOUT1
PXCK0
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
CK
D7
OE
17
14
13
8
7
4
3
11
18
1
A3
A2
A1
A0
LCS1
A3
A2
A1
A0
20
16
15
12
9
6
5
2
19
10
VCC
Q6
Q5
Q4
Q3
Q2
Q1
Q0
Q7
GND
PDRQ
PDAK
PDRD
PDWR
XWAIT
XCLK
PD31
PD30
PD29
PD28
PD27
PD26
PD25
PD24
PD23
PD22
PD21
PD20
PD19
PD18
PD17
PD16
PD15
PD14
PD13
PD12
PD11
PD10
PD9
PD8
PD7
PD6
PD5
PD4
PD3
PD2
PD1
PD0
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
CLKIN
ICLK
TRIG
RESET
TEST
REF
DALRL
DALRH
DAHRL
DAHRH
TEMP
SG
SG
SG
SG
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
C101
1
2
C5
+5 V
A
S
S S
D[0. . 7]
LC82103 REF
DRYRD(2)
WR IN(3)
1
2
7
1
2
S
R168
1
2
R95
C85 C86 C84 C83 C63 C64 C68 C67
1
2
C78
SG
1
2
SG
SG
SG
SG
1
2
1
2
1
2
C66
7 1
2
8 1 1
1
1
8
9 3 1
4
1
0
4 1
5

5
6
2
4
1
0
D
V
D
D
D
V
D
D
D
V
D
D
V
C
C
V
C
C
V
C
C
V
C
C
V
C
C
V
C
C
V
C
C
V
C
C
V
C
C
V
C
C
V
C
C
1
0
0
9
3
8
7
8
1
7
5
6
9
5
9
5
0
3
9
2
6
1
3
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
9
4
8
8
8
2
7
6
7
0
6
0
5
1
4
0
2
7
1
4
1
IC20
IC7
JBIG
IC51
C246
IC25A
PREQ(3)
PDRD(3)
PD[0. .15]
PD[0. .15]
IC53
/
/
C278
1
2
C305
R605
C279
C299
1 2
S
S
S
S
SG
SG
SG
SG
SG
C307
1 2
2 4
C306
1
2
5
3
5
3
4
IC54
CACK
/ PACK
/ PDWR
1
2
5
3
4
IC56
CLK
Q D
12
11
Q
8
9
P
R
1
0
C
L
G
N
D
1
3
7IC55B
CLK
Q D
2
3
Q
6
5
P
R
V
C
C
4
1
4
C
L
1 IC55A
IC57
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AP
3-7-13-5
Control PCB
5
4 7
A
A
S
A
A
1 2
3 1
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
2 1
2 1
1 2
1 2
1 2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1 2
1 2
1 2
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
1 2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1 2
2 1
2 1
2 1
R507
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
AG
SG
AG
SG
AG AG
AG
AG
SG
SG
AG
SG
+
AG
+
AG
1
2
AG
+
AG
SG AG
AG
AG
AG
2
1
2
1
2
1 2
1 2
3
5 6
1 2
1
2
+
1
2
+
1
2
+
1
2
+
+
2 1
ONHOOK1
ONHOOK2
TELSEL
PLSDIL
MODRXD
RXSEL
MODTXD
NC
NC
RNGDET
OFFHOOK
RXINN
+ 12 V
+ 12 V
AG
AG
12 V
12 V
5 V
5 V
SG
SG
NC
DCCUT
CN15
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
ONHOOK1(2)
ONHOOK2(2)
TELSEL(2)
PLSDIL(2)
RXSEL(2)
EARTH(2)
KMUTE(2)
RNGDET(2)
OFFFOOK(2)
MONITOR(2)
VOL0(2)
VOL1(2)
D[0. .7]
D[0. .7]
A[0. .23]
A[0. .23]
LCS0(2)
DLYRD(2)
WR(2)
MODEM DREQ(3)
DLYRESET(2)
SPEAKER(2)
SPKGND(2)
RXIN N2(6)
LINESEL(2)
BUZZER(2)
COM
VDD
VSS
VEE
X0
X1
Y0
Y1
Z0
Z1
INH
A
B
C
12
13
2
1
5
3
6
11
10
9
X
Y
Z
VDD
VSS
VEE
14
15
4
16
8
7
1
8
4
3
CH0
CH1
ADR
INH
7
6
5
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
DCCUT(2)
+ 5 V
+ 5 V
+ 5 V
5
6
2
3
7
6
5
7
1
2
3
1
2
3
5
IC39B
IC34B
IC34A
IC39A
R303
R311
R359
R360
R301
R381
R382
R383
R303 R302
C179
C191
C190
C178
C224
C223
C198
C197 C199 X4
C193
C194
R324
C228
C205
VR1
R508
R357
R384
R385
R386
R312
R358
R361
C258
C257
C256
IC46
C227
C225
C13 C201 C200
C204
C219
C222
C207
C9
C11
C12
C203
C202
C8
C235
C231
C239 C238
C230 C237
C236
C226
IC47
R322
R213
R257
R298
R299
R348
R310
R300
R258
R325
R326
C192
VDD1
VDD2
VDD3
VDD4
5VA
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
RS0
RS1
RS2
RS3
RS4
_READ
_WRITE
_CS
NC
NC
IRQ
NC
NC
NC
_POR
_RESET
NC
NC
NC
NC
XTLI
XTL0
DGND1
DGND2
DGND3
DGND4
DGND5
11
36
41
56
21
14
9
15
16
68
17
67
18
20
66
65
64
63
60
61
62
45
44
8
38
4
1
32
59
39
2
33
3
12
13
10
19
40
43
55
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
_TALK(_RLYB)
_RI/TXRQ
_OHRC(_RLYA)
RINGO
SPKR
TXD
RXD
_RTS
_CTS
_RLSD
_DTR
_DSR/RXRQ
XTCLK
TDCLK
_RDCLK
NC
NC
EYESYNC
_EYECLK
EYEXY
GP0
TXA2
TXA1
RIN
VC
VREF
AGND1
AGND2
28
5
31
6
29
57
35
7
37
51
34
58
54
50
52
42
49
46
47
48
53
26
27
23
24
25
22
30
L13
L12
JP3
IC25B
IC29
IC45
A13
8 1 6
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AP
3-7-13-6
Control PCB
6
OPT ADFM[0. . 3]
OPT ADFM0
OPT ADFM1
OPT ADFM2
OPT ADFM3
OPT ADFM[0. . 3]
LC82103 AIN(2)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
CN22
OPT SPULSE(2)
OPT CISCK(2)
OPT LEDON(2)
READY1(7)
STATUS1(7)
PRREQ1(7)
SBSY1(7)
ORG SUB(2)
ORGTIM SUB(2)
SG
1
2
JP6 2 1
C271
EA[8. . 15]
ED[0. . 7]
EA[8. . 15]
ED[0. . 7]
EA8
EA9
EA10
EA11
EA12
EA13
EA14
EA15
ED0
ED1
ED2
ED3
ED4
ED6
ED7
ED8
GDIENCODE(7)
H STROBE(7)
DLYRESET(2)
GDI INT(7)
5 4
6 3
7 2
8 1
RA35
5 4
6 3
7 2
8 1
RA36
5 4
6 3
7 2
8 1
RA37
5 4
6 3
7 2
8 1
RA38
5 4
6 3
7 2
8 1
RA39
5 4
6 3
7 2
8 1
RA40
5 4
6 3
7 2
8 1
RA41
1 2
R552
SG
SG
SG
SG
AG
AG AG AG
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
CN16
CN20
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
A0
A1
A2
A3
DLYRD(2)
WR(2)
IOCS(2)
CI INT(3)
CLK 16M3(3)
C255
2 1
1
2
1
2
C253 C254
L21
1 2
1 2
L20
S
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
CN23
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
CN21
1 2
1 2
R500
R501
S
VDOWN(2)
OPT PDOWN(2)
COMMAND1(7)
VSREQ1(7)
SCCLK1(7)
CBSY1(7)
VSYNC1(7)
SCCLK2(3)
COMMAND2(3)
CBSY2(3)
STATUS2(3)
SBSY2(3)
RXIN N2(5)
OPT VIDEO(7)
OPT LLINE(7)
OPT SFTCLK(7)
CLK 32M1(3)
1 2
JP4
R +5 Vbup
2 1
R510
S
2 1
C259 SG
2 4
5
3
GDICLK16M
IC52
S
L25
1 2
1
2
1
2
C261
C260
SG
L24
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
L27
R446
R445
R444
L26
VIDEO CK(7)
VDO1(7)
HSYNC OUT(3)
ASB(7)
OPT PRINTER(7)
EWR(7)
ERD(7)
for SubFAX board
for GDI board
for RS232C board
for SubFAX board
for GDI board
8
4
1 2
C195
1 2
C196
8
4
8
4
1
2
1 2
C206
8
4
1 2
C220
IC39C C104 IC34C IC19C
14
7
SG SG
SG
SG SG
SG
1
2
IC8G IC26G IC27D
1
2
R519
S
14
7
1
2
1
2
R520
S
8
4
1
2
1
2
R521
S
C71 C135
C156
8
4
1
2
IC25C
1
2
R523
S
C134
8
4
1
2
IC24C
1
2
R524
S
C128
14
7
1
2
IC14G
1
2
R525
B
C95
9 8
IC14D
+5 Vbat
SG
8
4
1
2
IC9D
1
2
R602
S
C272
SG
8
4
1
2
IC11D
1
2
R522
1
2
R606
S
C80
F G
1
17
8
18
IC12E
IC12F
D[0. . 7]
A[0. . 23]
D[0. . 7]
A[0. . 23]
1
2
JP7
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AP
3-7-13-7
Control PCB
7
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
R12
R11
R20
R19
R18
R17
1
CN4
2
5
3
6
7
8
1
R9 R8
R10
2
1 2
1 2
1 2
4
1
2
5
3
C296
C25 C24
C297
C23
C57
C56
L30
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
DUPMA
DUPMA
24 V
24 V
DUPMB
DUPMB
2
1 2
1
7 1
2
8 1 1
8
1
1
9 3 1
4
1
0
4 1
5
R
S
A
R
E
F
A
R
E
F
B
R
S
B
G
A
G
B
V
S
A
V
S
B
O
U
TA
O
U
TA
O
U
T
B
O
U
T
B
L31
L32
2
1 2
1 2
C73
C70 C61 C88 C87
C2
C69
C164
C38 C39
R65
C46
R3 R83 R84
R89 R90
R4
C52 C53
2
13
IC4
+
C62
1 2
1
6
5
2
13
TDA
TDB
TDA
TDB
17
16
IC2
C29
R1 R41 R68
R39 R40
R2
C31
C58
R71
R42
1 2 1 2
1 2
1
1 L36
1 2 L37
1 2 L38
1 2
6
5
17
16
MMA
/MMA
MMB
/MMB
INA
INA
INB
INB
7 1
2
8 1 1
8
1
1
9 3 1
4
1
0
4 1
5
V
S
A
V
S
B
O
U
TA
O
U
TA
O
U
T
B
O
U
T
B
R
S
A
R
E
F
A
R
E
F
B
R
S
B
G
A
G
B
L39
CN7
L35
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
MMA
MMA
24 V
24 V
MMB
MMB
2 1 2
1
1
4
4
1
V
C
C
P
R
C
L
2
1 2
2 5
6
3 5
Q Q
Q
3
D
CLK
1
0
1
3
P
R
C
L
7
G
N
D
12 9
8
Q
11
D
CLK
IC30A
IC30B
IC11C
CLK LM
1 2 1 2
1
R91
R67 2
1
1
2
1
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
CN12
UNIT
PFUPSW
CASSETTE
5 V
PG
24 V
PFUFCL REM
ENABLE
PFUFM B
PFUFM A
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
2
1 2
1 1
3
2
+ 2
1 2
1 2
1 2 3 5
6 7
3 2
11 9
14 16
13 12
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
1
CN2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
SG
RSW
5 V
24 V
RCL REM
24 V
FCL REM
24 V
FSSOL REM
24 V
FULL/HALF
CFM REM
5 V
TH
24 V
CL REM
2
11 10
IC27C
Q3
ERASE P
IC26F
IC12B
C89 C92 C114
C90 C93 C301
C300
C285 C284
C283
IC12A FANH
FANL
Q2
D3
IC26E
IC12C
IC12D
1 2
1 R SOL1 P
F CL
REG SW
2
1
2
1 2
1
CASSETTE P
M ENA P
LF CL P
LPEMP P
UNIT P 2
S
C48
RMA
/RMA
RMB
/RMB
L33
L34
2
C54
+
C30 C47
C1
C55
C298
EJECT2 P
R15
R150
C294
R16
C21
C20 C295
6
7
8
1
1 2
1 2
1
12 9
8
Q
Q
1
0
P
R
1
3
7
C
L
G
N
D
11
D
CLK
2
1 2
1 2
CN6
CN3
R151
R14
R13
2
3
1
2
3
5 V
TEDS
4
5
4
5
TCDSW
SG
SG
1
CN25
CN9
2
3
1
2
3
SG
REVSW
5 V
4
SG
ESW
PSW
5 V
5 V
DUPSW
SG
SG
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S
C221
8
16
12
9
7
4 2
3
5
6
11
10
14
13
1
VDO0(3)
VIDEO(3)
NEWLINE(3)
OPT LLINE(6)
SFTCLK(3)
OPT SFTCLK(6)
VIDEOSEL(3)
15
1A
IC44
1B
2A
2B
3A
3B
4A
4B
A/B
G GND
VCC
4Y
3Y
2Y
1Y
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
C44
C45 C51
C50
GDICLK16M(6)
1
R102
2
1
L1
+5 VSSW
2
2
IC11B
6
G
S G
S G
S G
S G
F
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S
S
G
S G S G
S
S
G
F G
F G
S G
S G F G
F G
S G
F G S G F G
F G
F G F G
S G
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
C42
1
2
C60
1
2
C27
1
2
C37
1
1
4
4
1
2
6
1
0
9
9
0
7
3
6
1
5
4
3
7
1
8
V
C
C
V
C
C
V
C
C
V
C
C
V
C
C
V
C
C
V
C
C
V
C
C
V
C
C
S
D
7
S
D
6
S
D
5
S
D
4
S
D
3
S
D
2
S
D
1
S
D
0
1
1
4
1
1
5
1
1
6
1
1
7
1
1
9
1
2
0
1
2
1
1
2
2
S
D
7
S
D
6
S
D
5
S
D
4
S
D
3
S
D
2
S
D
1
S
D
0
2
C41
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
R243
R242
R260
R144
R146
R167
R149
R148
R147
1 2
R103
1 2
1 2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
R104
C81
OR LED ON(2)
FUTMP
C113
R145
IC19A
R275
R278
C293
C308
C291 C289
C292 C290 C288
C287
R261 R277
R276
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
C40
1
2
C28
127
118
108
91
72
62
50
55
36
19
3
1
110
96
95
94
143
142
140
139
56
53
40
44
43
46
45
48
47
10
41
141
4
2
49
33
42
38
39
32
88
9
35
34
L4
L3
L2
L17
13
11
12
RA2D
RA1D
R75
RA2A
R112
R111
RA2B
RA2C
EWR(6)
ASB(6)
EDR(6)
10 57
58
59
1
1
R34
R33
2
2
1 R32 2
1 R31 2
1 R30 2
1 R29 2
1 R53
R SOL1 P
R SOL2 P 2
1 R54 2
1 R55 2
1 R38 2
1 R37 2
1 R36 2
1 R35
VSREQ1(6)
SBSY1(6)
READY0(2)
VSREQ0(2)
GDI INT(6)
DLYRESET(2)
2
1 2
1 1 7
R535
R536
IC28B
1
2
R527
IC11A
2
60
61
62
63
64
COMMAND1(6)
STATUS1(6)
EA[8..15]
ED[0..7]
EA[8..15]
ED[0..7]
SCCLK1(6)
CBSY1(6)
CBSY0(3)
COMMAND0(3)
STATUS0(3)
SCCLK(3)
SBSY(2,3)
READY1(6)
2
3
4
5
6
7
1
8
47
48
49
FUTMP
/RESET INT
50
51
52
53
54
36
37
38
39
INT1
/HSYNC INT
/REG SW
45
41
42
35
44
P20/SI1
IC6
P21/SO1
P22/SCK1
P23/STB
P24/BUSY
P25/SI0/SB0
P26/SO0/SB1
P27/SCK0
P30/TO0
P31/TO1
P32/TO2
P33/TI1
P34/TI2
P35/PCL
P36/BUZ
P37
P10/ANI0
P11/ANI1
P12/ANI2
P13/ANI3
P14/ANI4
P15/ANI5
P16/ANI6
P17/ANI7
P00/INTP0/TI0
P01/INTP1
P02/INTP2
P03/INTP3
P04/XT1
X2
X1
RESET
XT2
11
12
13
15
14
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
25
26
27
28
29
30
ED0
ED1
ED2
ED3
ED5
ED4
ED6
ED7
EA8
EA9
EA10
EA11
EA12
EA13
EA14
EA15
MC ERR P
EJECT2 P
LPEMP P
31
32
33
34
40
9
24
43
55
56
46
P40/AD0
P41/AD1
P42/AD2
P43/AD3
P45/AD5
P44/AD4
P46/AD6
P47/AD7
P50/A8
P51/A9
P52/A10
P53/A11
P54/A12
P55/A13
P56/A14
P57/A15
P60
P61
P62
P63
P64/RD
P65/WR
P66/WAIT
P67/ASTB
VDD
VSS
VSS
VSS
AVDD
AVREF
AVSS
1
1
1
2
1
INT1
VSYNC0(3)
PRREQ0(3)
HSYNC OUT(3)
CLK 32M2(3)
PRREQ1(6)
VSYNC1(6)
VDO1(7)
VIDEO CK(6)
GDIENCODE(6)
H STROBE(6)
OPT PRINTER(6)
2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1
S
S
S
S
2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
R533
1 2
L18
1 2
L15
R608
1 2
1 2
2
2
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
14
15
16
17
20
21
22
23
8
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
EA15
EA14
EA13
EA12
EA11
EA10
EA9
EA8
ED7
ED6
ED5
ED4
ED3
ED2
ED1
ED0
RA3
RA4
RA43
RA42
123
51
52
113
87
93
84
100
97
8
89
6
104
86
101
102
103
85
83
106
5
7
107
98
99
60
58
79
57
59
65
63
64
66
75
80
78
92
76
77
74
70
68
69
UNIT P
CASSETE P
67
71
112
81
82
111
124
125
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138 3 3 RA44A
7 2 RA44B
8 1 RA44C
5 4
6 3
7 2
8 1
RA45
1 2 R56
1 2 1 2
3 4
5 6
13 IC8F 12
IC26B
IC26C
1 2
1 2
R173
R210
R27
R28
L9
1
2
1
2
C32
1
2C33
1
2
1
2
1
2
1 2 R174
1
28 22
20
27
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
25
24
21
23
2
26
OE
IC5
CE1
WE
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
CE2
14
11
12
13
15
16
18
17
1
19
VCC
GND
I/O1
I/O2
I/O3
I/O4
I/O5
I/O7
I/O6
NC
I/O8
2
R43
C124 C136
S G
S
S
G
S
S
S
G
S G
F G
F
S
S
Q4
+5 VSSW
D6
G
S G
S G
S G
F
S
G
S G
S
S
G
S G
S G
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
C137
C82
C72
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1
CN14
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
MCLK
MSYNC
MSTART
PG
24 V
HSYNC
5 V
SG
LD
VIDEO
VR
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
C282
C281
C303
C302
C280
C152
R212
R211
R177
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
CN13
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
24 V
MC/DB REM
TC1 REM
DB1 CHG
DB2 CHG
LEAK
PG
TC2 REM
IU N/O(CN18)
R26
IC26A
1 2
1 2
R25
1 2
1 2
R24 1 2 R178
1 2 R189
1 2
1 2
1 7
IC27A
IC28A
C157
C22
IC8C 5 6
IC8E 11 10
IC8B 3 4
IC8D
R69 1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
R70
R85
R86
R92
R97
R96
IC26D
IC8A
H REM (CN17)
9 8
9 R SOL2 P
MC ERR P
8
1 2
1
+5 VSSW
+5 VSSW
+5 VSSW
2
R176
R190
1
5 2
3
D
CLK
Q
6
Q
1
4
1
C
L
4
V
C
C
P
R
2
1 2
1
5
3
2 C34
C43
X1
1 2
1 2
R48
R537
1 2
1
2
R66
1
2
1
2
4
IC1
1
2
R241
HSYNC INT
R188
D4
D4
1 2 R49 RMA
1 2 R51 RMB
1 2 R50 /RMA
1 2 R52 /RMB
1 2 R116 MMA
1 2 R115 MMB
1 2 R113 /MMA
1 2
1 2
R114
R23
R22
/MMB
LM CLK
1 2 ERASE P
RESET INT
M ENA P
F CL
FANH
FANL
1 2 R21
RA1C
LF CL P
1 2
R175
1 2 R46
5 4
6 3
7 2
8 1
RA46
105
SXIN
SXOUT
TEST1
MMST
_MMLOCK
_FOLOCK
SSR
MRL
EXP
AVRERR
EXPC_CK
TPC
_FPLOCK
HVCC
HVTC
GRID
FANL
FANH
PSC
TNSC_CK
TSM
LPSC
PTM
LMST
SDHM_B
SDHMB
MRM
SDHMA
SDHM_A
SMR_A
SMRA
SMRB
SMR_B
_HSYNC
_SMLOCK
SMON
LSUCLK
S/H
_ENB
_LD
_CS4
_CS2
_CS3
_CS1
SDHOPN
_OE
FUOVH
FUTHOPN
_WE
SA12
SA11
SA10
SA9
SA8
SA7
SA6
SA5
SA4
SA3
SA2
SA1
SA0
PRC
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
PORT2
VSS
VSS
INT16CLR
PANELINT
CIINT
ADFM3
ADFM2
ADFM1
ADFM0
DOTCLK1
DOTCLK0
PCLS/GD1
H_STROBE
ENCODE
VIDEO_CK
VDO1
VSYNCI
PRREQI
WAIT
N_VCLK0
_RESET
HSYNC_OUT
32MHZ
16MHZ
VSYNC0
PRREQ0
NEWLINE
SFTCLK
VDO0
INT16
INT1
_CLK_8M
CLK_8M
ASB
_WR
_RD
EA15
EA14
EA13
EA12
EA11
EA10
EA9
EA8
ED7 IC3
ED6
ED5
ED4
ED3
ED2
ED1
ED0
PORT1
1
2
C26
1
2
C49
1
2
5
6
IC19B S G
7
+
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AP
3-7-13-8
Control PCB
8
BA0
BA1
BA2
BA3
BA4
BA5
BA6
BA7
CN10
1
2
1
2
SG
S
1
2
D10
2
4
5 1
3
SG
SG
SG
SG
SG
SG
SG
SG
SG
SG
SG
SG
SG
SG
SG
Q8
VDOWN(2)
2.4 V IN
2.4 V
2.4 V
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1 2
1
2
4
5
3IC37
IC36
R346
R345
R354 R355
Q7
R379
R380
Q10 1 2
D11
1 2
1
2
1
2
C214 C10
L16 L14
D13
IC43
LX
G
O
C14
1
2
1
2
C215
1
2
C216
D9
S
R
+5 Vbup
BA[0. . 11]
BRAS[0. . 5]
BA[0. . 11]
BRAS[0. . 5]
BLCAS(2)
BUCAS(2)
MA[0. . 11]
RAS[0. . 5]
MA[0. . 11]
RAS[0. . 5]
LCAS(2)
UCAS(2)
4
5
3
6
2
7
1
8
RA51
4
5
3
6
2
7
1
8

RA50
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
20
10
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
VCC
GND
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
G
DIR
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
19
1
8 1
7 2
6 3
5 4
8 1
7 2
6 3
5 4
RA55
RA56
+5 Vbup
R
R515
1
2
C208 C209
1
2
MA0
MA1
MA2
MA3
MA4
MA5
MA6
MA7
BA8
BA9
BA10
BA11
BRAS0
BRAS1
BRAS2
BRAS3
4
5
3
6
2
7
1
8
RA53
4
5
3
6
2
7
1
8
RA52
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
20
10
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
VCC
GND
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
G
DIR
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
19
1
8 1
7 2
6 3
5 4
8 1
7 2
6 3
5 4
RA57
RA58
+5 Vbup
R
R516
1
2
C210 C211
1
2
MA8
MA9
MA10
MA11
RAS0
RAS1
RAS2
RAS3
BRAS4
BRAS5
4
5
3
6
2
7
1
8
RA54
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
20
10
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
VCC
GND
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
G
DIR
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
19
1
8 1
7 2
6 3
5 4
RA20
+5 Vbup
R
R517
1
2
C233 C232
1
2
RAS4
RAS5
1
2
1
2
1
2
IC40
IC41
IC48
V
D
D
NC
NC OUT G
N
D
2.4 V
SG
R7
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AN-1
3-7-14
Operation unit PCB (Standard modem speed 14400 model)
R26
L2
L3
CN1-1
CN1-2
CN1-3
CN1-4
CN1-5
CN1-6
CN1-7
CN1-8
5 V
SG
OP TXD
OP CLK
OP RXD
HRDY
PRDY
RESET
+5 V
D1 D2 D3
D4 D5 D6
+5 V
R27
L4
C6
+5 V
+5 V
C9
+
C8
R21 R22 R23 R24 R25
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5
R57
VSS
R29
10K
R30
1.5K
C10
1234567891
0
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
D
G
N
D
+
5
V
V
0
R
S
R
/WE
D
B
0
D
B
1
D
B
2
D
B
3
D
B
4
D
B
5
D
B
6
D
B
7
VDD
KSO1
KSO2
KSO3
KSO4
KSO5
KSO7
KSO8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
36
37
38
39
45
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
35
41
42
P30/TO0
P31/TO1
P32/TO2
P33/TI0
P34/TI2
P35/PCL
P36/BUZ
P37
P20/SI1
P21/SO1
P22/SCK1
P23/STB
P24/BUSY
P25/SSI0/SB1
P26/SO0/SB1
P27/SCK0
P00/INT0/TI0
P01/INTP1
P02/INTP2
P03/INTP3
P04/XT14
P40/AD0
P41/AD1
P42/AD2
P43/AD3
P44/AD4
P45/AD5
P46/AD6
P47/AD7
/RESET
X2
X1
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
40
9
24
43
55
56
46
18
19
20
21
22
23
25
26
27
28 NC
29 NC
30 NC
31
32
33
34
44
R62
R63
R64
R65
R66
R67
R68
R69
R11
R12
R13
R14
R15
R16
R17
R18
SW1
SW2
SW3
SW4
SW5
SW6
SW7
SW8
SW9
SW10
SW11
SW12
SW13
SW14
SW15
SW16
SW17
SW18
SW19
SW20
SW21
SW22
SW23
SW24
SW25
SW26
SW27
SW28
SW29
SW30
SW31
SW32
SW38
SW39
SW40
SW41
SW42
SW43
SW44
SW45
SW46
SW47
SW48
SW49
SW50
SW33
SW34
SW35
SW36
SW37
K
S
O
1
K
S
O
2
K
S
O
3
K
S
O
4
K
S
O
5
K
S
O
7
K
S
O
8
VDD
L1
+5 V
C18
C17
L6
VSS
P10/ANI0
P11/ANI1
P12/ANI2
P13/ANI3
P14/ANI4
P15/ANI5
P16/ANI6
P17/ANI7
VDD
VSS
VSS
VSS
AVDD
AVREF
AVSS
P50/A8
P51/A9
P52/A10
P53/A11
P54/A12
P55/A13
P56/A14
P57/A15
P60
P61
P62
P63
P64/RD
P65/WR
P66/WAIT
P67/ASTB
XT2
NC
+5 V
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
Q6
Q7
Q8
Q9
Q10
Q11
LED1
LED2
LED3
LED4
LED5
LED6
LED7
LED8
LED9
LED10
LED11
LED12
R1
R2
R3
R4
R5
R6
R7
R8
R9
R82.
R83
R10
X1
IC1
+5 V
R81
C23
JP1 +5 V
R19
SW51
C19
+Vsub
LED
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
GREEN
GREEN
GREEN
GREEN
GREEN
GREEN
GREEN
GREEN
GREEN
GREEN
GREEN
RED
Fine
Super Fine
HalfTone
Auto Rx.
TAD
Darker
Lighter
Memory TX.
Clear/OnHook
Document in Memory
PCOn Line
Error
COLOR NAME
SW
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
0 OPER
1
2 ABC
3 DEF
4 GHI
5 JKL
6 MNO
7 PQRS
8 TUV
9 WXYZ
*
#
Alternats Display
One Touch 21/46
Print Report
One Touch 22/47
Delayd TX.
One Touch 23/48
Duplax
One Touch 24/49
Half-Tone
Super Fine/Fine
Function
One Touch 25/50
NAME
SW
No.
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
One Touch 1/26
One Touch 2/27
One Touch 3/28
One Touch 4/29
One Touch 5/30
One Touch 6/31
One Touch 7/32
One Touch 8/33
One Touch 9/34
One Touch 10/35
One Touch 11/36
One Touch 12/37
One Touch 13/38
One Touch 14/39
One Touch 15/40
One Touch 16/41
One Touch 17/42
One Touch 18/43
One Touch 19/44
One Touch 20/45
Pause/Redial
Abbr/Directry
Reset/Stop
Send
Copy/Space
NAME
SW
No.
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
NAME
SW
No.
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
Dark/Light
TAD/Auto Rx.
Memory TX
Clear/On-Hook
Enter
(Shift Switch 1)
(Shift Switch 2)
NAME
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AP
3-7-14-1
Operation unit PCB (Standard modem speed 33600 model)
R26
L2
L3
CN1-1
CN1-2
CN1-3
CN1-4
CN1-5
CN1-6
CN1-7
CN1-8
5 V
SG
OP TXD
OP CLK
OP RXD
HRDY
PRDY
RESET
+5 V
D1 D2 D3
D4 D5 D6
+5 V
R27
L4
C6
+5 V
+5 V
C9
+
C8
R21 R22 R23 R24 R25
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5
R57
VSS
R29
10K
R30
1.5K
C10
1234567891
0
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
D
G
N
D
+
5
V
V
0
R
S
R
/WE
D
B
0
D
B
1
D
B
2
D
B
3
D
B
4
D
B
5
D
B
6
D
B
7
VDD
KSO1
KSO2
KSO3
KSO4
KSO5
KSO7
KSO8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
36
37
38
39
45
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
35
41
42
P30/TO0
P31/TO1
P32/TO2
P33/TI0
P34/TI2
P35/PCL
P36/BUZ
P37
P20/SI1
P21/SO1
P22/SCK1
P23/STB
P24/BUSY
P25/SSI0/SB1
P26/SO0/SB1
P27/SCK0
P00/INT0/TI0
P01/INTP1
P02/INTP2
P03/INTP3
P04/XT14
P40/AD0
P41/AD1
P42/AD2
P43/AD3
P44/AD4
P45/AD5
P46/AD6
P47/AD7
/RESET
X2
X1
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
40
9
24
43
55
56
46
18
19
20
21
22
23
25
26
27
28 NC
29 NC
30 NC
31
32
33
34
44
R62
R63
R64
R65
R66
R67
R68
R69
R11
R12
R13
R14
R15
R16
R17
R18
SW1
SW2
SW3
SW4
SW5
SW6
SW7
SW8
SW9
SW10
SW11
SW12
SW13
SW14
SW15
SW16
SW17
SW18
SW19
SW20
SW21
SW22
SW23
SW24
SW25
SW26
SW27
SW28
SW29
SW30
SW31
SW32
SW38
SW39
SW40
SW41
SW42
SW43
SW44
SW45
SW46
SW47
SW48
SW49
SW50
SW33
SW34
SW35
SW36
SW37
K
S
O
1
K
S
O
2
K
S
O
3
K
S
O
4
K
S
O
5
K
S
O
7
K
S
O
8
VDD
L1
+5 V
C18
C17
L6
VSS
P10/ANI0
P11/ANI1
P12/ANI2
P13/ANI3
P14/ANI4
P15/ANI5
P16/ANI6
P17/ANI7
VDD
VSS
VSS
VSS
AVDD
AVREF
AVSS
P50/A8
P51/A9
P52/A10
P53/A11
P54/A12
P55/A13
P56/A14
P57/A15
P60
P61
P62
P63
P64/RD
P65/WR
P66/WAIT
P67/ASTB
XT2
NC
+5 V
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
Q6
Q7
Q8
Q9
Q10
Q11
LED1
LED2
LED3
LED4
LED5
LED6
LED7
LED8
LED9
LED10
LED11
LED12
R1
R2
R3
R4
R5
R6
R7
R8
R9
R82.
R83
R10
X1
IC1
+5 V
R81
C23
+5 V
R19
SW51
SW52
C19
+Vsub
LED
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
GREEN
GREEN
GREEN
GREEN
GREEN
GREEN
GREEN
GREEN
GREEN
GREEN
GREEN
RED
Fine
Super Fine
HalfTone
Auto Rx.
TAD
Darker
Lighter
Memory TX.
Clear/OnHook
Document in Memory
PCOn Line
Error
COLOR NAME
SW
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
0 OPER
1
2 ABC
3 DEF
4 GHI
5 JKL
6 MNO
7 PQRS
8 TUV
9 WXYZ
*
#
Alternats Display
One Touch 21/46
Print Report
One Touch 22/47
Delayd TX.
One Touch 23/48
Duplax
One Touch 24/49
Half-Tone
Super Fine/Fine
Function
One Touch 25/50
NAME
SW
No.
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
One Touch 1/26
One Touch 2/27
One Touch 3/28
One Touch 4/29
One Touch 5/30
One Touch 6/31
One Touch 7/32
One Touch 8/33
One Touch 9/34
One Touch 10/35
One Touch 11/36
One Touch 12/37
One Touch 13/38
One Touch 14/39
One Touch 15/40
One Touch 16/41
One Touch 17/42
One Touch 18/43
One Touch 19/44
One Touch 20/45
Pause/Redial
Abbr/Directry
Reset/Stop
Send
Copy/Space
NAME
SW
No.
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
NAME
SW
No.
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
Dark/Light
TAD/Auto Rx.
Memory TX
Clear/On-Hook
Enter
(Shift Switch 1)
(Shift Switch 2)
NAME
LCD
LED10
LED12
LED11
LED
LED LED
LED
LED
LED
LED 3
LED 2
LED 1
5
8
9
4
SW47 SW45 SW46
SW50
SW43 SW44
SW13
SW51 SW52
PLATE MODE
PLATE1 AND PLATE2: CLOSE
PLATE1: OPEN, PLATE2: CLOSE
PLATE1 AND PLATE2: OPEN
SW18
SW23
SW28
SW33
SW19
SW24
SW29
SW34
SW20
SW25
SW30
SW35
SW21
SW26
SW31
SW36
SW22
SW27
SW32
SW37
SW14 SW15 SW16 SW17
7
6
SW2
SW5
SW8
SW11
SW3
SW6
SW9
SW1
SW4
SW7
SW10
SW12
SW48
SW49
SW38
SW39
SW41 SW40 SW42
SWNo. 51
ON
OFF
OFF
SWNo. 52
ON
ON
OFF
PLATE2 (LOWER)
PLATE1 (UPPER)
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AN
3-7-15
Connection diagram
PO WER SUPPLY
100~ 120 V
FUSE1, FUSE2 : 10.0A/125 V
FUSE3 : 5.0A/125 V
FUSE201 : 4.0A/125 V
24 V
PG
5 V
SG
+ 12 V
12 V
H REM
I NLET
PSPCB
HRY FTH
SSW
HVTPCB
NCUPCB
M
O
D
P
C
B
O PPCB
D
D
S
W
A
D
F
T
IM
S
W
A
D
F
M
B
T
T
C
D
S
W
D
U
P
M
CPCB
ESW
PSW
DUPSW
REVSW
TEDS
M M
RSW
RCL
FCL
FSSO L
CFM
TH
CL
L
S
U
CDSW
PFUFM
PFUPSW
PFUFCL
PFUPCB
AC LI VE
G ND
AC NEUTRAL
FUSE1
CN31
CN33
FUSE3 L
FUSE2 L
NO I ZE
FI LTER
CR
HEATER
CO NTRO L
CI RCUI T
FUSE201
DC PO WER
SUPPLY
CN11
CN12
CN13
CN14
CN15
CN16
CN17
C
N
2
4
C
N
2
3
C
N
2
2
C
N
2
1
S
G
1
2
V
+
1
2
V
+
5
V
C
N
1
4
C
N
1
3
C
N
1
2
C
N
1
1
H
N
E
U
T
R
A
L
H
L
IV
E
P007
P008
P001
P005
P006
P002
140 C
FH
G RI D
M C
TC
M .BI AS
S.BI AS
CN11
CN12
CN13
CN14
CN15
CN16
CN17
CN18
CN51
CN52
CN231
CN232
CN527
CN528
CN2327
CN2328
CN131
CN132
CN133
CN134
CN135
CN136
CN137
CN138
24 V
M C/DB REM
TC1 REM
DB1 CHG
DB2 CHG
LEAK
PG
TC2 REM
CN11
CN12
CN13
CN14
CN15
CN16
CN17
CN18
24 V
PG
5 V
SG
+ 12 V
12 V
H REM
I U N/O
I M AG I NG UNI T
CN11
CN12
CN13
CN14
CN15
CN16
CN17
CN18
CN19
CN110
CN111
CN112
CN113
CN114
CN115
CN116
CN117
CN118
CN119
CN120
CN121
CN122
CN123
CN124
CN151
CN152
CN153
CN154
CN155
CN156
CN157
CN158
CN159
CN1510
CN1511
CN1512
CN1513
CN1514
CN1515
CN1516
CN1517
CN1518
CN1519
CN1520
CN1521
CN1522
CN1523
CN1524
O NHO O K 1
O NHO O K 2
TELSEL
PLSDI L
M O DRXD
RXSEL
M O DTXD
NC
NC
RNG DET
O FFHO O K
RXI NN
+ 12 V
+ 12 V
AG
AG
12 V
12 V
5 V
5 V
SG
SG
NC
DCCUT
CN21
CN22
CN23
CN24
CN25
C
N
1
1
C
N
1
4
C
N
1
2
C
N
1
3
C
N
1
5
C
N
1
6
1
C
N
1
6
2
C
N
1
6
2
9
C
N
1
6
3
0
C
N
1
1
C
N
1
2
C
N
4
1
C
N
4
2
C
N
2
2
1
C
N
2
2
2
C
N
4
1
9
C
N
4
2
0
C
N
2
2
1
9
C
N
2
2
2
0
C
N
1
2
9
C
N
1
3
0
C
N
2
0
1
C
N
2
0
2
C
N
1
1
C
N
1
2
C
N
2
0
1
9
C
N
2
0
2
0
C
N
1
1
9
C
N
1
2
0
C
N
2
1
1
C
N
2
1
2
C
N
2
1
C
N
2
2
C
N
2
1
1
4
C
N
2
1
1
5
C
N
2
1
4
C
N
2
1
5
30P
20P
20P
28P
15P
RS232C board ( option) G DI board ( option)
5
0
P
5
0
P
M
e
m
o
ry b
o
a
rd
(o
p
tio
n
)
CN3
50P
50P
M emory board
( option)
Sub-Fax board
( option)
C
N
1
1
C
N
1
2
C
N
1
3
C
N
1
4
C
N
1
5
C
N
1
6
C
N
1
7
C
N
1
8
C
N
1
1
1
C
N
1
1
2
C
N
1
1
3
C
N
1
1
4
C
N
1
1
5
C
N
1
1
6
C
N
1
1
7
C
N
1
1
8
5
V
S
G
O
P
T
X
D
O
P
C
L
K
O
P
R
X
D
H
R
D
Y
P
R
D
Y
R
E
S
E
T
C
N
1
1
1
2
C
N
1
1
1
3
C
N
5
1
1
C
N
5
1
2
C
N
5
1
3
C
N
5
1
C
N
5
2
C
N
5
3
C
N
5
4
C
N
5
5
C
N
5
6
C
N
5
7
C
N
5
8
C
N
5
9
C
N
5
1
0
C
N
5
1
4
C
N
5
1
5
C
N
5
1
6
S
P
S
G
S
IG
S
G
5
V
1
2
V
S
G
S
I
S
G
C
L
K
L
E
D
R
E
M
2
4
V
S
G
D
D
S
W
5
V
S
G
A
D
F
T
IM
S
W
5
V
C
N
8
1
C
N
8
2
C
N
8
3
C
N
8
4
C
N
8
5
C
N
8
6
C
N
1
0
1
C
N
1
0
2
C
N
9
1
C
N
9
2
C
N
9
3
C
N
9
4
C
N
9
5
C
N
9
6
C
N
3
4
C
N
3
5
A
D
F
M
A
A
D
F
M
A
2
4
V
2
4
V
A
D
F
M
B
A
D
F
M
B
D
U
P
M
A
D
U
P
M
A
2
4
V
2
4
V
D
U
P
M
B
D
U
P
M
B
2
.4
V
S
G
S
P
C
IS
T
C
D
S
W
S
G
1
1
2
2
1
2
2
1
1234567891
032132121
CN41
CN42
CN43
CN44
CN45
CN46
CN47
CN48
CN251
CN252
CN253
CN61
CN62
CN63
CN71
CN72
CN73
CN74
CN75
CN76
CN141
CN142
CN143
CN144
CN145
CN21
CN22
CN23
CN24
CN25
CN26
CN27
CN28
CN29
CN210
CN211
CN212
CN213
CN214
CN215
CN216
CN146
CN147
CN148
CN149
CN1410
CN1411
SG
ESW
5 V
SG
PSW
5 V
DUPSW
SG
SG
REVSW
5 V
5 V
TEDS
SG
M M A
M M A
24 V
24 V
M M B
M M B
SG
RSW
5 V
24 V
RCL REM
24 V
FCL REM
24 V
FSSO L REM
24 V
FULL/HALF
CFM REM
5 V
TH
24 V
CL REM
M CLK
M SYNC
M START
PG
24 V
HSYNC
5 V
SG
LD
VI DEO
VR
3
2
1
3
2
1
2
1
1
3
2
3 3
2 2
1 1
1 1
3 3
2 2
1
3
2
1 1
2 2
1 2
2 1
1 1
2 2
2 1
1 2
1 2
2 1
CN11
CN12
CN13
CN14
CN15
CN26
CN25
CN24
CN23
CN22
CN21
CN121
CN122
CN123
CN124
CN125
CN126
CN127
CN128
CN129
CN1210
PFUFM A
PFUFM B
ENABLE
PFUFCL REM
24 V
PG
5 V
CASSETTE
PFUPSW
UNI T
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
CN11
CN12
CN13
CN14
CN15
CN16
CN17
CN18
CN19
CN110
CN21
CN22
CN23
CN24
CN25
CN26
CN31
CN32
CN33
CN41
CN42
PFUFM A
PFUFM A
24 V
24 V
PFUFM B
PFUFM B
5 V
PFUPSW
SG
24 V
PFUFCL REM
L1
L2
NC
TEL1
TEL2
N
C
U
P
C
B
(o
p
tio
n
)
CN11
CN12
CN13
CN14
CN15
CN16
CN17
CN18
CN19
CN110
CN111
CN112
CN113
CN114
CN115
CN116
CN117
CN118
CN119
CN120
CN121
CN122
CN123
CN124
CN21
CN22
CN23
CN24
CN25
CN26
CN27
CN28
CN29
CN210
CN211
CN212
CN213
CN214
CN215
CN216
CN217
CN218
CN219
CN220
CN221
CN222
CN223
CN224
/O NHO O K 1
/O NHO O K 2
/TEL SEL
/PLSDI L
M O DRXD
/RXSEL
M O DTXD
/EARTH
/K M UTE
/RNG DET
/O FFHO O K
RXI N N
+ 12 V
+ 12 V
G ND
G ND
12 V
12 V
+ 5 V
+ 5 V
G ND
G ND
VSTBS
/DCCUT
C
N
2
1
C
N
2
2
C
N
2
3
C
N
2
4
C
N
2
5
M
O
D
P
C
B
(o
p
tio
n
)
C
N
1
1
C
N
1
4
C
N
1
2
C
N
1
3
C
N
1
5
L
IN
E
2
L
IN
E
1
E
X
T
E
L
2
E
X
T
E
L
1
Paper feed unit ( option)
CN35
CN37
1
2
3
1999 MITA INDUSTRIAL CO., LTD.
MITA and are registered trademarks of MITA INDUSTRIAL CO., LTD.
MITA COPYSTAR AMERICA, INC.
Headquarters:
225 Sand Road, P.O. Box 40008
Fairfield, New Jersey 07004-0008
TEL : (973) 808-8444
FAX : (973) 882-6000
New York Show Room:
149 West 51st street,
New York, NY 10019
TEL : (212) 554-2679
FAX : (212) 554-2625
Northeastern Region:
225 Sand Road, P.O. Box 40008
Fairfield, New Jersey 07004-0008
TEL : (973) 808-8444
FAX : (973) 882-4401
Midwestern Region:
225 Spring Lake Drive,
Itasca, Illinois 60143
TEL : (630) 250-7447
FAX : (630) 250-8787
Western Region:
14101 Alton Parkway,
P.O.Box 57006, Irvine,
California 92618-7006
TEL : (949) 457-9000
FAX : (949) 457-9119
Southeastern Region:
1500 Oakbrook Drive,
Norcross, Georgia 30093
TEL : (770) 729-9786
FAX : (770) 729-9873
Southwestern Region:
2825 West Story Road,
Irving, Texas 75038-5299
TEL : (972) 550-8987
FAX : (972) 570-4704
Dallas Parts Distribution Center
& National Training Center:
2825 West Story Road,
Irving, Texas 75038-5299
TEL : (972) 659-0055
FAX : (972) 570-5816
MITA COPYSTAR CANADA, LTD.
6120 Kestrel Road,
Mississauga, Ontario L5T 1S8
TEL : (905) 670-4425
FAX : (905) 670-8116
MITA COPYSTAR MEXICO, S.A. DE C.V.
Av. 16 de Septiembre #407
Col. Santa Ins,
Delegacin Azcapotzalco
Mxico, D.F. C.P. 02130
TEL : 3-83-27-41
FAX : 3-83-78-04
MITA COPYSTAR SOUTH AMERICA S.A.
Av. Mitre 1345 Florida (1602)
Pcia, Buenos Aires, Argentina.
TEL : (54) 11-4730-1070
FAX : (54) 11-4760-2071
Printed in U.S.A.

Service LDC850 870

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originalbeschreibung:

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Service LDC850 870

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

SERVICE

Returning to the user

Refer to (3) Memory

Refer to (3) Memory

04/01 '99 12:00 S

* The exposure lamp

Refer to Table 3-2-1

Press the Reset/Stop key.

Line test modes which are capable of

Press the Enter key.

Press the Enter key.

Press the Enter key.

Press the Enter key.

Press the Enter key.

Press the Enter key.

Press the Enter key.

Press the Enter key.

Press the Enter key.

Press the Enter key.

Press the Enter key.

Press the Enter key.

Press the Enter key.

Press the Enter key.

The ROM version is

Press the Enter key.

The country code and

Press the Enter key.

The preset list is printed

Refer to Table 3-2-2 on

CPCB 6/8 CPCB 5/8

CPCB 6/8 CPCB 5/8

Das könnte Ihnen auch gefallen